TW200846358A - HtrA1-PDZ and HtrA3-PDZ modulators - Google Patents

HtrA1-PDZ and HtrA3-PDZ modulators Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200846358A
TW200846358A TW097105456A TW97105456A TW200846358A TW 200846358 A TW200846358 A TW 200846358A TW 097105456 A TW097105456 A TW 097105456A TW 97105456 A TW97105456 A TW 97105456A TW 200846358 A TW200846358 A TW 200846358A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
pdz domain
polypeptide
htral
htra3
amino acid
Prior art date
Application number
TW097105456A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Brent A Appleton
Steven T Runyon
Sachdev S Sidhu
Nicholas J Skelton
Christian Wiesmann
Yingnan Zhang
Original Assignee
Genentech Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Genentech Inc filed Critical Genentech Inc
Publication of TW200846358A publication Critical patent/TW200846358A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K7/00Peptides having 5 to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K7/04Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K7/08Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links having 12 to 20 amino acids
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/10Tetrapeptides
    • C07K5/1002Tetrapeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/1005Tetrapeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
    • C07K5/1008Tetrapeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 0 or 1 carbon atoms, i.e. Gly, Ala
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K7/00Peptides having 5 to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K7/04Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K7/06Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links having 5 to 11 amino acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N9/00Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
    • C12N9/14Hydrolases (3)
    • C12N9/48Hydrolases (3) acting on peptide bonds (3.4)
    • C12N9/50Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25)
    • C12N9/64Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25) derived from animal tissue
    • C12N9/6421Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25) derived from animal tissue from mammals
    • C12N9/6424Serine endopeptidases (3.4.21)

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Gyroscopes (AREA)
  • Compression, Expansion, Code Conversion, And Decoders (AREA)
  • Digital Transmission Methods That Use Modulated Carrier Waves (AREA)

Abstract

The invention provides optimized HtrA1 PDZ domain and HtrA3 PDZ domain ligands. The invention further provides modulators of HtrA1 PDZ domain-ligand interaction and HtrA3 PDZ domain-ligand interaction, and methods of identifying and using these modulators.

Description

200846358 九、發明說明: 【先前技術】 PDZ域為常見模組化蛋白質域,其藉由以序列特異性方 式與其生物搭配物之C-末端結合或在一些情況下與内部髮 夾形基元結合來介導多種特異性蛋白質-蛋白質相互作用 (Sheng, Μ·及 Sala, C. (2001) Annual Review of 24(1),1-29)。PDZ域對其配位體之特異性最 初基於位置-2(使用標準化PDZ配位體命名法,其中C末端 φ 指定為殘基〇且以絕對值朝N末端增加之負整數對其餘殘基 編號)上Ser/Thr殘基(I型)或疏水性殘基(Π型)之存在分為兩 類。更多最近研究已提示PDZ域選擇性之決定子更複雜, 其中結合決定子可能由3至6個C-末端配位體殘基構成。舉 例而言 ’ Erbin-PDZ之結合概況極具特異性 ([D/E][T7S]WVC00H)且ZO卜PDZ1之結合概況類似 ([R/K/S/T][T/S][W/Y][V/I/L]C00H),但對最後四個配位體 殘基中之三個展現增加之混亂性。Erbin-PDZ與ZOl-PDZl φ 亦使用調節結合親和力之位置-3之上游的輔助性配位體相 互作用(Appleton,Β· A·,Zhang,Y·,Wu,P·,Yin,J. P·, Hunziker,W·,Skelton,N. J·,Sidhu,S. S·&Wiesmann,C· (2006) J. 5沁/· Ckm. 281(31),22312-22320)。此外,特異 性蛋白質-蛋白質相互作用對該等含PDZ蛋白質之生物功能 而言很重要(Zhang,Y,,Yeh,S·,Appleton,Β· A·,Held,H. A·,Kausalya,P. J·, Phua,D. C. Y·,Wong,W· L·,Lasky,L· A·,Wiesmann,C·,Hunziker,W·及 Sidhu,S· S. (2006) J. 128788.doc 200846358 5ζ·Μ· CTzem·,281(31): 22299-311)。200846358 IX. INSTRUCTIONS: [Prior Art] The PDZ domain is a common modularized protein domain that binds to the C-terminus of its bioligand in a sequence-specific manner or, in some cases, to an internal hairpin-shaped motif. To mediate a variety of specific protein-protein interactions (Sheng, Μ· and Sala, C. (2001) Annual Review of 24(1), 1-29). The specificity of the PDZ domain for its ligand is initially based on position-2 (using the normalized PDZ ligand nomenclature, where the C-terminal φ is designated as a residue 〇 and the negative number is increased to the N-terminus by a negative integer to number the remaining residues The presence of the Ser/Thr residue (type I) or the hydrophobic residue (Π type) is divided into two categories. More recent studies have suggested that the determinants of PDZ domain selectivity are more complex, where the binding determinant may consist of 3 to 6 C-terminal ligand residues. For example, the binding profile of 'Erbin-PDZ is very specific ([D/E][T7S]WVC00H) and the binding profile of ZO-PDZ1 is similar ([R/K/S/T][T/S][W /Y][V/I/L]C00H), but exhibits increased chaos for three of the last four ligand residues. Erbin-PDZ and ZOl-PDZl φ also use an auxiliary ligand interaction that regulates the position of the binding affinity-3 upstream (Appleton, Β·A·, Zhang, Y·, Wu, P·, Yin, J. P ·, Hunziker, W., Skelton, N. J., Sidhu, S. S. & Wiesmann, C. (2006) J. 5沁/· Ckm. 281(31), 22312-22320). In addition, specific protein-protein interactions are important for the biological function of PDZ-containing proteins (Zhang, Y,, Yeh, S., Appleton, Β·A·, Held, H. A., Kausalya, P J., Phua, DC Y·, Wong, W. L., Lasky, L. A., Wiesmann, C., Hunziker, W. and Sidhu, S. S. (2006) J. 128788.doc 200846358 5ζ ·Μ·CTzem·, 281(31): 22299-311).

在人類中,絲胺酸蛋白酶之Htr A家族具有四個與細菌高 溫要求 A蛋白酶(high-temperature requirement A protease, Htr A)具有廣泛同源性之已知成員。在正常溫度條件下此 細菌蛋白酶充當伴隨蛋白質,且其對在蛋白質水解功能介 導變性蛋白質降解之高溫下之存活至關重要。雖然所有人 類HtrA蛋白質共有同源胰蛋白酶樣絲胺酸蛋白酶(serine protease,SP)域及 C-末端 PDZ域,但 HtrAl 及 HtrA3 在 N-末 端區中亦含有分泌信號序列以及胰島素樣生長因子結合蛋 白質域及Kazal型SP抑制劑域。HtrAl最初鑑別為用致癌病 毒SV40轉染後在人類纖維母細胞系中受到下調之基因 (Zumbrunn, J.ATrueb, B. (1996) FEES Lett 398(2-3), 187-192)。此後,HtrAl牽涉於多種惡性腫瘤中。與正常組織 相比,HtrAl在癌瘤中受到下調,且過度表現使得腫瘤生 長及增生受到抑制(Baldi,A·,De Luca,A·,Battista,T·, Felsani,A,,Baldi,F·,Catricala,C·,Amantea,A·,Noonan, D. M·,Albini,A·,Natali,P. G·,Lombardi,D·及 Paggi,M. G· (2002) 21(43),6684-6688)。相反,HtrAl在骨關 節炎關節之軟骨中受到上調且可造成發展出此類及其他關 節炎疾病(Hu,S.-I·,Carozza,M·,Klein,M·,Nantermet,P·, Luk,D·及 Crowl,R. (1998) «/.召/〇/· CAem. 273(51), 34406-34412)。HtrAl亦牽涉於澱粉樣前驅蛋白質加工中 (Grau,S·, Baldi,A·,Bussani,R·,Tian,Χ·5 Stefanescu,R·, Przybylski,M·,Richards, P·,Jones,S. A·,Shridhar,V·, 128788.doc 200846358In humans, the Htr A family of serine proteases has four known members with broad homology to the high-temperature requirement A protease (Htr A). This bacterial protease acts as a concomitant protein under normal temperature conditions and is critical for survival at high temperatures where proteolytic function mediates denaturing protein degradation. Although all human HtrA proteins share a homologous trypsin-like serine protease (SP) domain and a C-terminal PDZ domain, HtrAl and HtrA3 also contain a secretory signal sequence and insulin-like growth factor binding in the N-terminal region. Protein domain and Kazal type SP inhibitor domain. HtrAl was originally identified as a gene that was down-regulated in human fibroblast cell lines after transfection with the oncogenic virus SV40 (Zumbrunn, J. ATrueb, B. (1996) FEES Lett 398 (2-3), 187-192). Since then, HtrAl has been implicated in a variety of malignancies. Compared with normal tissues, HtrAl is down-regulated in cancer, and excessive expression inhibits tumor growth and proliferation (Baldi, A·, De Luca, A·, Battista, T·, Felsani, A,, Baldi, F· , Catricala, C., Amantea, A., Noonan, D. M., Albini, A., Natali, P. G., Lombardi, D. and Paggi, M. G. (2002) 21(43), 6684 -6688). In contrast, HtrAl is up-regulated in the cartilage of osteoarthritic joints and can cause the development of such and other arthritic diseases (Hu, S.-I., Carozza, M., Klein, M., Nantermet, P., Luk) , D· and Crowl, R. (1998) «/. Call / 〇 / · CAem. 273 (51), 34406-34412). HtrAl is also involved in the processing of amyloid precursor proteins (Grau, S., Baldi, A., Bussani, R., Tian, Χ·5 Stefanescu, R., Przybylski, M., Richards, P., Jones, S. A·, Shridhar, V·, 128788.doc 200846358

Clausen,Τ·及 Ehrmann,Μ· (2005) PAMS 102(17),6021-6026) ’且因此可在阿兹海默氏病(Alzheimer’s disease)中 起作用。最近,已在患有導致HtrAl表現增加之濕型年齡 相關黃斑變性的患者中鑑別出HtrAl之啟動子區中之單核 苷酸多態現象,從而證實HtrAl在該疾病之發病機理中之 關鍵作用(DeWan,A·,Liu,M·,Hartman,S·,Zhang,S.S·-Clausen, Τ· and Ehrmann, Μ (2005) PAMS 102(17), 6021-6026) and thus can play a role in Alzheimer's disease. Recently, single nucleotide polymorphisms in the promoter region of HtrAl have been identified in patients with wet age-related macular degeneration leading to increased HtrAl performance, confirming the critical role of HtrAl in the pathogenesis of this disease. (DeWan, A·, Liu, M·, Hartman, S·, Zhang, SS·-

M·,Liu,D. T. L·,Zhao,C·,Tam,Ρ· 0· S·,Chan,W. M·, Lam, D. S. C·,Snyder,M,,Barnstable,C·,Pang,C. P·及 Hoh, J. (2006) Science 314(5801), 989-992 ; Yang, Z., Camp,N. J·,Sun,H.,Tong,Z·,Gibbs,D·,Cameron,D. J·, Chen,H,,Zhao,Y·,Pearson,E·,Li,X·,Chien,J·,DeWan, A·,Harmon,J·,Bernstein, P. S·,Shridhar,V·,Zabriskie,N. A.,Hoh,J·,Howes,K.及 Zhang,K. (2006) iSc/ence 314(5801),992-993)。HtrA3在胎盤發育中起作用(Nie等 人,Biol Reprod· 2006年 2月;74(2):366-74)且與 HtrAl — 起亦牵涉於子宮内膜癌中(Bowden等人,Gynecol Oncol. 2006年 10月;103(1):253-60)。 已展示HtrAl在小鼠中與TGF-β家族蛋白質結合且提出 其介導TGF-β信號轉導之抑止(Oka,C.,Tsujimoto,R., Kajikawa,M·,Koshiba-Takeuchi,K·,Ina,J·,Yano,M·, Tsuchiya,A.,Ueta,Y·,Soma,A·,Kanda,H,,Matsumoto,M· 及 Kawaichi,M. (2004) Deve/opmeni 131(5),1041-1053)。 雖然TGF-β抑止依賴於HtrAl之蛋白酶活性,但PDZ域似乎 在調控蛋白酶活性中起直接作用。來源於TGF-β家族成員 128788.doc 200846358 之C-末端之肽(諸如Col3al)與HtrAl之PDZ域結合且刺激蛋 白酶活性(Murwantoko,Yano,M·,Ueta,Y·,Murasaki,A·, Kanda,H·,Oka,C·及 Kawaichi,Μ. (2004)价oc/zem /381(第 3部分),895-904)。Hti*A3亦展示可比蛋白酶及TGF-β信號 抑制活性(Tocharus,J·,Tsuchiya,A·,Kajikawa,M·,Ueta, Y·,Oka,C.及 Kawaichi,M_ (2004) Growth and Differentiation 25Ί-2Ί。 上述歸因於HtrAl及HtrA3之重要分子功能,尤其彼等經 由HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ與配位體之間的蛋白質-蛋白 質相互作用所介導之功能提示HtTAl PDZ及HtrA3 PDZ域 代表重要治療標靶。因此,將有利地闡明配位體與HtrAl 或HtrA3 PDZ域之間的相互作用之機制態樣且提供靶向調 節其相關功能活性之組合物及方法。本發明提供該益處及 其他益處。 【發明内容】 本發明提供用於調節HtrAl及HtrA3蛋白質中每—者之 PDZ域之活性的組合物及使用該等組合物之方法。由於與 HtrA1及HtrA3相關之重要功能,因此本發明之組合物及方 法存在顯著的臨床及治療實用性。本發明部分基&係、 HtrAl PDZ域及HtrA3 PDZ域之結合搭配物(配位體)之 >析 及表徵,該分析產生如本文所述之新穎及意外之結果。 兩群針對HtrAl PDZ域及HtrA3 PDZ域中每一者夕 位體獨立地由噬菌體呈現文庫產生,其中與M13 胃 之C-末端或Ν-末端融合之肽代表需要游離羧基之狀# ^ + 128788.doc 200846358 及不需要游離叛基之肽結合子。本文描述包含游離魏基末 端或不包含游離羧基末端之HtrA1 PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域 之肽配位體。該等結果證明,不同於需要具有游離羧基末 端以能夠與PDZ結合之大多數其他PDZ域之配位體,一組 HtrAl PDZ域配位體及HtrA3 PDZ域配位體分別能夠在無 游離羧基末端之情況下與HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域結 合。無游離羧基末端之配位體代表作為多肽之N末端或内 部序列之N-末端及/或内部HtrAl PDZ域配位體或HtrA3 PDZ域配位體序列。 如下所述,藉由量測一系列肽配位體之相對親和力評估 其結合特異性。對例示性肽配位體之個別殘基進行丙胺酸 掃描分析以闡明各配位體位置處不同殘基之能量貢獻。亦 進行分子建模以使特定例示性配位體與HtrAl PDZ域及 HtrA3 PDZ域中之每一者對接以基於結構進一步評估結合 特異性。亦使用基於噬菌體之組合掃描法來鑑別HtrAl PDZ域中在能量上有助於配位體PDZ相互作用之殘基,從 而提供關於HtrAl PDZ域與其配位體相互作用之結構及能 量組分之進一步洞察。 在一實施例中,本發明提供與HtrAl PDZ域特異性結合 之分離多肽,其中多肽包含在相對於C-末端之位置-2處具 有色胺酸之序列。在一態樣中,多肽進一步在位置〇處包 含小胺基酸。在另一態樣中,位置0處之胺基酸係選自白 胺酸及纈胺酸。在另一態樣中,多肽進一步在位置-1處包 含包括大體積側鏈之胺基酸。在另一態樣中,位置-1處之 128788.doc -10- 200846358 胺基酸係選自色胺酸、異白胺酸及苯丙胺酸。在另一態樣 中,位置-1處之胺基酸為色胺酸。在另一態樣中,多肽在 位置-3處進一步包括蘇胺酸或異白胺酸。在另一態樣中, 位置-4處之胺基酸帶電。在另一悲樣中,位置-4處之胺基 酸係選自麩胺酸、離胺酸、精胺酸及天冬胺酸。在另一態 樣中,位置-4處之胺基酸係選自離胺酸及精胺酸。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供與HtrAl PDZ域特異性結 合之分離多肽,其中相對於C-末端之位置0處之胺基酸係 選自白胺酸及纈胺酸;其中位置-1處之胺基酸係選自色胺 酸、異白胺酸及苯丙胺酸;其中位置-2處之胺基酸為色胺 酸;其中位置-3處之胺基酸係選自蘇胺酸及異白胺酸;且 其中位置-4處之胺基酸係選自麩胺酸、離胺酸、精胺酸及 天冬胺酸。在一態樣中,位置0處之胺基酸為白胺酸;位 置-1處之胺基酸為色胺酸;位置-3處之胺基酸係選自蘇胺 酸及異白胺酸;且位置-4處之胺基酸係選自離胺酸及精胺 酸。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供與HtrAl PDZ域特異性結 合之分離多肽,其中多肽包含選自表1中所列出之HtrAl PDZ域結合肽之序列的序列。在一態樣中,多肽包含序列 DIETWLL(SEQ ID NO: 3)、GWKTWIL(SEQ ID NO: 4)、 DSRIWWV(SEQ ID NO: 5)或 WDKIWHV(SEQ ID NO: 6)。 在一態樣中,多肽包含序列DSRIWWV(SEQ ID NO: 5)。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供與HtrAl PDZ域特異性結 合之分離多肽,其中多肽直接與至少一個特異性HtrAl- 128788.doc 11 200846358 PDZ域殘基相互作用。在一態樣中,分離多肽之C-末端羧 酸酯基與至少一個選自Ile383、Ile385及Gly384之HtrAl PDZ域殘基配位。 在另一態樣中,分離多肽之位置-1處之胺基酸與至少一 個選自Tyr382、Arg386及Ile418之HtrAl PDZ域殘基動態相 互作用。在另一態樣中,分離多肽之位置-2處之色胺酸與 至少一個選自 Ala445、Met387及 Gln446之 HtrAl PDZ域殘 基相互作用。在另一態樣中,分離多肽之位置-3處之胺基 酸與至少一個選自Ile415及Arg386之HtrAl PDZ域殘基相 互作用。在另一態樣中,分離多肽與至少一個選自 Tyr382、Ile383、Gly384、Met387 及 S389 之 HtrAl PDZ域 殘基相互及/或配位。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供與HtrAl PDZ域特異性結 合之分離多肽,其中多肽包含在相對於酸性胺基酸之位 置-2處具有色胺酸之序列。在一態樣中,多肽包含式XI-X2-W-X3-X4之序列,其中XI係選自纈胺酸及白胺酸;其 中X2係選自絲胺酸、蘇胺酸、精胺酸、丙胺酸及纈胺酸; 其中X3係選自甘胺酸、絲胺酸、苯丙胺酸及白胺酸;且其 中X4為酸性胺基酸。在另一態樣中,X3為甘胺酸及X4係 選自麩胺酸及天冬胺酸。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供與HtrAl PDZ域特異性結 合之分離多肽,且其包含包括選自表1、2及3中所列出之 胺基酸序列之肽的胺基酸序列的C-末端、N-末端或内部胺 基酸序列。在一態樣中,C末端胺基酸序列係選自 128788.doc -12· 200846358 DIETWLL(SEQ ID NO: 3)、GWKTWIL(SEQ ID NO: 4)、 DSRIWWV(SEQ ID NO: 5)及 WDKIWHV(SEQ ID NO: 6) 〇 在另一實施例中,本發明提供包含與任何上述多肽競爭 結合HtrAl PDZ域之胺基酸序列的分離多肽。在另一實施 例中,本發明提供與任何上述多肽結合HtrAl PDZ域上同 一抗原決定基之分離多肽。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供變異HtrAl PDZ域。在一 態樣中,提供包含HtrAl PDZ變異序列之分離多肽,其中 • 至少一個選自以下各殘基之HtrAl PDZ域殘基係經另一胺 基酸取代:Ile383、Ile385、Gly384、Tyr382、Arg386、 Ile418、Ala445、Met387、Gln446、Ile415、Arg386、 Ser389、Lys380、Lys381、G1411、Tyr413、Ile414、 Val417、Thr421 及 Pi*o422。在另一態樣中,Ile418 係經另 一胺基酸取代。在另一態樣中,該另一胺基酸為丙胺酸。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供包含與任何上述Htr A1 PDZ域變異體競爭結合HtrAl PDZ域之配位體之胺基酸序 _ 列的分離多肽。在另一實施例中,本發明提供與任何上述 HtrAl PDZ域變異體結合HtrAl PDZ域之配位體上同一抗 原決定基之分離多肽。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供使用上述HtrAl PDZ域變 異體多肽及HtrAl PDZ域結合多肽之方法。在一態樣中, 本發明提供鑑別能夠調節HtrAl PDZ域-配位體相互作用之 化合物之方法,其包含使包含HtrAl PDZ域、HtrAl PDZ 域之片段及/或其功能等效物及至少一種上述HtrAl PDZ域 128788.doc •13- 200846358 結合多肽之樣品與候選化合物接觸,及㈣與不存在候選 化合物之情況下相比’存在候選化合物之情況™】 PDZ域-配位體相互作用之量;由 田此與在不存在候選化合物M·,Liu,DT L·,Zhao,C·,Tam,Ρ·0·S·,Chan,W.M·, Lam, DS C·,Snyder,M,,Barnstable,C·,Pang,C. P· and Hoh, J. (2006) Science 314(5801), 989-992; Yang, Z., Camp, N. J., Sun, H., Tong, Z., Gibbs, D., Cameron, D J·, Chen, H,, Zhao, Y·, Pearson, E·, Li, X·, Chien, J., DeWan, A·, Harmon, J., Bernstein, P. S., Shridhar, V· , Zabriskie, NA, Hoh, J., Howes, K. and Zhang, K. (2006) iSc/ence 314 (5801), 992-993). HtrA3 plays a role in placental development (Nie et al., Biol Reprod. February 2006; 74(2): 366-74) and is also involved in endometrial cancer with HtrAl (Bowden et al., Gynecol Oncol. October 2006; 103(1): 253-60). It has been shown that HtrAl binds to TGF-β family proteins in mice and suggests that it mediates inhibition of TGF-β signaling (Oka, C., Tsujimoto, R., Kajikawa, M., Koshiba-Takeuchi, K., Ina, J., Yano, M., Tsuchiya, A., Ueta, Y., Soma, A., Kanda, H,, Matsumoto, M. and Kawaichi, M. (2004) Deve/opmeni 131(5), 1041-1053). Although inhibition of TGF-β is dependent on the protease activity of HtrAl, the PDZ domain appears to play a direct role in regulating protease activity. A peptide derived from the C-terminus of TGF-β family member 128788.doc 200846358 (such as Col3al) binds to the PDZ domain of HtrAl and stimulates protease activity (Murwantoko, Yano, M., Ueta, Y., Murasaki, A., Kanda) , H., Oka, C. and Kawaichi, Μ. (2004) Price oc/zem / 381 (Part 3), 895-904). Hti*A3 also displays comparable proteases and TGF-β signaling inhibitory activity (Tocharus, J., Tsuchiya, A., Kajikawa, M., Ueta, Y., Oka, C. and Kawaichi, M_ (2004) Growth and Differentiation 25Ί -2Ί. The above-mentioned important molecular functions attributed to HtrAl and HtrA3, especially their function mediated by the protein-protein interaction between HtrAl PDZ domain or HtrA3 PDZ and ligands suggest that HtTAl PDZ and HtrA3 PDZ domain represent Important therapeutic targets. Thus, it would be advantageous to clarify the mechanism of interaction between the ligand and the HtrAl or HtrA3 PDZ domain and to provide compositions and methods for targeted modulation of its related functional activities. The present invention provides this benefit and Other Advantages The present invention provides compositions for modulating the activity of the PDZ domain of each of the HtrAl and HtrA3 proteins and methods of using the same. Due to the important functions associated with HtrA1 and HtrA3, The compositions and methods of the invention have significant clinical and therapeutic utility. The binding partners (ligands) of the partial base & system, HtrAl PDZ domain and HtrA3 PDZ domain of the present invention> Analysis and characterization, the analysis yielded novel and unexpected results as described herein. Two groups of HtrAl PDZ domains and HtrA3 PDZ domains were independently generated by phage display libraries, with M13 stomach C- The terminal or Ν-terminally fused peptide represents the form of a free carboxyl group. # ^ + 128788.doc 200846358 and a peptide conjugate that does not require a free retinoyl group. The HtrA1 PDZ domain comprising a free or a carboxy terminal or a free carboxy terminus is described herein or Peptide ligands of the HtrA3 PDZ domain. These results demonstrate that unlike a ligand that requires a free carboxyl terminus to bind to most other PDZ domains of PDZ, a set of HtrAl PDZ domain ligands and HtrA3 PDZ domains The ligand can bind to the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain, respectively, without a free carboxy terminus. The ligand without a free carboxy terminus represents the N-terminus and/or the internal HtrAl PDZ domain of the N-terminal or internal sequence of the polypeptide. Ligand or HtrA3 PDZ domain ligand sequence. The binding specificity of a series of peptide ligands is assessed by measuring the relative affinities of a series of peptide ligands as described below. Individual residues of an exemplary peptide ligand Alanine scanning analysis was performed to elucidate the energy contribution of different residues at each ligand position. Molecular modeling was also performed to interface specific excipient ligands with each of the HtrAl PDZ domain and the HtrA3 PDZ domain to structure based The binding specificity was further evaluated. Phage-based combinatorial scanning is also used to identify residues in the HtrAl PDZ domain that contribute energetically to the ligand PDZ interaction, thereby providing further structure and energy components for the interaction of the HtrAl PDZ domain with its ligands. Insight. In one embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide that specifically binds to a HtrAl PDZ domain, wherein the polypeptide comprises a sequence having tryptophan at position -2 relative to the C-terminus. In one aspect, the polypeptide further comprises a small amino acid at the position of the oxime. In another aspect, the amino acid at position 0 is selected from the group consisting of leucine and valine. In another aspect, the polypeptide further comprises an amino acid comprising a bulky side chain at position -1. In another aspect, position -18 128788.doc -10- 200846358 Amino acid is selected from the group consisting of tryptophan, isoleucine, and phenylalanine. In another aspect, the amino acid at position -1 is tryptophan. In another aspect, the polypeptide further comprises threonine or isoleucine at position -3. In another aspect, the amino acid at position -4 is charged. In another sad case, the amino acid at position -4 is selected from the group consisting of glutamic acid, lysine, arginine, and aspartic acid. In another aspect, the amino acid at position -4 is selected from the group consisting of lysine and arginine. In another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide that specifically binds to a HtrAl PDZ domain, wherein the amino acid at position 0 relative to the C-terminus is selected from the group consisting of leucine and valine; wherein position -1 The amino acid is selected from the group consisting of tryptophan, isoleucine and phenylalanine; wherein the amino acid at position -2 is tryptophan; wherein the amino acid at position -3 is selected from the group consisting of sulphate and Leucine; and wherein the amino acid at position -4 is selected from the group consisting of glutamic acid, lysine, arginine, and aspartic acid. In one aspect, the amino acid at position 0 is leucine; the amino acid at position -1 is tryptophan; the amino acid at position -3 is selected from the group consisting of threonine and isoleucine And the amino acid at position -4 is selected from the group consisting of lysine and arginine. In another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide that specifically binds to the HtrAl PDZ domain, wherein the polypeptide comprises a sequence selected from the sequence of the HtrAl PDZ domain binding peptide set forth in Table 1. In one aspect, the polypeptide comprises the sequence DIETWLL (SEQ ID NO: 3), GWKTWIL (SEQ ID NO: 4), DSRIWWV (SEQ ID NO: 5) or WDKIWHV (SEQ ID NO: 6). In one aspect, the polypeptide comprises the sequence DSRIWWV (SEQ ID NO: 5). In another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide that specifically binds to the HtrAl PDZ domain, wherein the polypeptide directly interacts with at least one specific HtrAl-128788.doc 11 200846358 PDZ domain residue. In one aspect, the C-terminal carboxylate group of the isolated polypeptide is coordinated to at least one HtrAl PDZ domain residue selected from the group consisting of Ile383, Ile385 and Gly384. In another aspect, the amino acid at position -1 of the isolated polypeptide interacts dynamically with at least one HtrAl PDZ domain residue selected from the group consisting of Tyr382, Arg386 and Ile418. In another aspect, the tryptophan at position-2 of the isolated polypeptide interacts with at least one HtrAl PDZ domain residue selected from the group consisting of Ala445, Met387 and Gln446. In another aspect, the amino acid at position -3 of the isolated polypeptide interacts with at least one HtrAl PDZ domain residue selected from the group consisting of Ile415 and Arg386. In another aspect, the isolated polypeptide is ligated and/or coordinated to at least one HtrAl PDZ domain residue selected from the group consisting of Tyr382, Ile383, Gly384, Met387, and S389. In another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide that specifically binds to the HtrAl PDZ domain, wherein the polypeptide comprises a sequence having tryptophan at position -2 relative to the acidic amino acid. In one aspect, the polypeptide comprises a sequence of the formula XI-X2-W-X3-X4, wherein the XI is selected from the group consisting of lysine and leucine; wherein the X2 is selected from the group consisting of serine, threonine, and arginine And alanine and valine; wherein X3 is selected from the group consisting of glycine, serine, phenylalanine and leucine; and wherein X4 is an acidic amino acid. In another aspect, X3 is glycine and X4 is selected from the group consisting of glutamic acid and aspartic acid. In another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide that specifically binds to a HtrAl PDZ domain, and which comprises an amino acid sequence comprising a peptide selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Tables 1, 2 and 3 C-terminal, N-terminal or internal amino acid sequence. In one aspect, the C-terminal amino acid sequence is selected from the group consisting of 128788.doc -12. 200846358 DIETWLL (SEQ ID NO: 3), GWKTWIL (SEQ ID NO: 4), DSRIWWV (SEQ ID NO: 5), and WDKIWHV (SEQ ID NO: 6) In another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence that competes with any of the above polypeptides for binding to the HtrAl PDZ domain. In another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide that binds to the same epitope on the HtrAl PDZ domain as any of the above polypeptides. In another embodiment, the invention provides a variant HtrAl PDZ domain. In one aspect, an isolated polypeptide comprising a HtrAl PDZ variant sequence is provided, wherein: at least one HtrAl PDZ domain residue selected from the following residues is substituted with another amino acid: Ile383, Ile385, Gly384, Tyr382, Arg386 Ile418, Ala445, Met387, Gln446, Ile415, Arg386, Ser389, Lys380, Lys381, G1411, Tyr413, Ile414, Val417, Thr421 and Pi*o422. In another aspect, Ile418 is substituted with another amino acid. In another aspect, the additional amino acid is alanine. In another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence-column that competes with any of the above Htr A1 PDZ domain variants for binding to a ligand of the HtrAl PDZ domain. In another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide that binds to the same antigenic determinant on a ligand of the HtrAl PDZ domain with any of the above HtrAl PDZ domain variants. In another embodiment, the invention provides methods of using the HtrAl PDZ domain variant polypeptides described above and the HtrAl PDZ domain binding polypeptide. In one aspect, the invention provides a method of identifying a compound capable of modulating HtrAl PDZ domain-ligand interaction, comprising comprising a fragment comprising a HtrAl PDZ domain, a HtrAl PDZ domain, and/or a functional equivalent thereof, and at least one The above HtrAl PDZ domain 128788.doc •13- 200846358 The sample of the binding polypeptide is contacted with the candidate compound, and (4) the case of the presence of the candidate compound in the absence of the candidate compound. TM The amount of PDZ domain-ligand interaction ; Yu Tian and in the absence of candidate compounds

之情況下之量相比,存在候選仆人 、 甘隹佚&化合物之情況下HtrAl PDZ 域-配位體相互作用之量的變化表 夂κ衣明候選化合物為能夠調 節HtrAl PDZ域-配位體相互作用之化合物。In the case of the amount of HtrAl PDZ domain-ligand interaction in the presence of candidate servants, kansas & compounds, the κ κ ming candidate compound is capable of modulating the HtrAl PDZ domain-coordination Compounds that interact with each other.

在另-態樣中,本發明提供合理設計取域·配位 體相互作用之調節劑之方法,其包含設計調節劑以包含或 模擬位於相對於C·末端或相對於肽中之酸性殘基之位置^ 處之色胺酸的功能,其中該調節劑能夠與HtrAi 域特 異性結合。在一態樣中,肽係位於羧基末端。在另一態樣 中,位置0處之胺基酸係選自白胺酸及纈胺酸,位置處 之胺基酸係選自色胺酸、異白胺酸及苯丙胺酸,位置_3處 之胺基酸係選自蘇胺酸及異白胺酸,且位置_4處之胺基酸 係選自麩胺酸、天冬胺酸、離胺酸及精胺酸。在另一態樣 中’位置0處之胺基酸係選自白胺酸及纈胺酸,位置_丨處 之胺基酸為色胺酸,位置_3處之胺基酸係選自蘇胺酸及異 白酸’且位置_4處之胺基酸係選自麩胺酸及天冬胺酸。 在另一態樣中,本發明提供治療與HtrAl蛋白質活性之 調控異常相關之病理學病狀的方法,其包含向有需要之個 體投與有效量之上述HtrAl PDZ域配位體。在另一態樣 中’本發明提供治療與HtrAl蛋白質活性之調控異常相關 之病理學病狀的方法,其包含向有需要之個體投與有效量 之HtrAl PDZ域-配位體調節劑,其中該調節劑能夠調節 128788.doc -14- 200846358In another aspect, the invention provides a method of rationally designing a modulator of domain-ligand interaction comprising designing a modulator to comprise or mimic acidic residues located relative to or relative to the C-terminus The function of tryptophan at position ^, wherein the modulator is capable of specifically binding to the HtrAi domain. In one aspect, the peptide is located at the carboxy terminus. In another aspect, the amino acid at position 0 is selected from the group consisting of leucine and valine, and the amino acid at the position is selected from the group consisting of tryptophan, isoleucine, and phenylalanine, at position _3. The amino acid is selected from the group consisting of threonine and isoleucine, and the amino acid at position _4 is selected from the group consisting of glutamic acid, aspartic acid, lysine, and arginine. In another aspect, the amino acid at position 0 is selected from the group consisting of leucine and valine, the amino acid at position 丨 is tryptophan, and the amino acid at position _3 is selected from sulphate. The acid and isotonic acid 'and the amino acid at position _4 are selected from the group consisting of glutamic acid and aspartic acid. In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a pathological condition associated with a disordered regulation of HtrAl protein activity comprising administering an effective amount of the HtrAl PDZ domain ligand to an individual in need thereof. In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a pathological condition associated with abnormal regulation of HtrAl protein activity, comprising administering to an individual in need thereof an effective amount of a HtrAl PDZ domain-ligand modulator, wherein The regulator can adjust 128788.doc -14- 200846358

HtrAl PDZ域與任何上述HtrAl PDZ域結合多肽之間的相 互作用。在另一態樣中,本發明提供治療與HtrA1蛋白質 活性之調控異常相關之病理學病狀的方法,其包含向有需 要之個體投與有效量之上述變異HtrA1 pDZ域多肽,其中 該變異HtrAl PDZ域多肽能夠調節HtrA1 pDZ域與mrAi PDZ域配位體之間的相互作用。在某些態樣中,調節為抑 制HtrAl PDZ域與配位體之間的相互作用。在某些態樣 中,調節為增強HtrAl PDZ域與配位體之間的相互作用。 ♦ 在某些態樣中,病理學病狀係選自惡性及良性腫瘤或癌 症、非白血病及淋巴樣惡性疾病、神經退化性病症、發炎 性及免疫病症及眼内新血管疾病。在某些態樣中,病理學 病狀係選自癌症(包括(但不限於)卵巢癌及子宮内膜癌)、 阿茲海默氏病、類風濕性關節炎及年齡相關(濕型)黃斑變 性。 在另一悲樣中,本發明提供治療與Htr A丨蛋白質活性之 調控異常相關之病理學病狀的方法,其包含向有需要之個 籲體投與有效量之任何上述HtrAl PDZ域結合蛋白質與^^八! PDZ域之相互作用的促效劑。在另一態樣中,本發明提供 ✓口療與HtrAl蛋白質活性之調控異常相關之病理學病狀的 方法,其包含向有需要之個體投與有效量之任何上述 HtrAl PDZ域結合蛋白質與HtrAl pDZ域之相互作用的拮 抗劑。在某些態樣中,病理學病狀係選自惡性及良性腫瘤 或癌症、非白血病及淋巴樣惡性疾病、神經退化性病症、 發炎性及免疫病症及眼内新血管疾病。在某些態樣中,病 128788.doc -15- 200846358 理學病狀係選自癌症(包括(但不限於)卵巢癌及子宮内膜 癌)、阿茲海默氏病、類風濕性關節炎及年齡相關(濕型)黃 斑變性。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供使用一或多種上述多肽、 聚核苷酸及/或抗體偵測樣品中HtrAl或HtrAl PDZ域之存 在、量或功能的方法。 在一實施例中,本發明提供與HtrA3 PDZ域特異性結合 之分離多肽,其中多肽包含在相對於C-末端之位置-1處具 有色胺酸之序列。在一態樣中,多肽具有整體疏水性特 徵。在另一態樣中,多肽進一步在位置0處包含選自纈胺 酸、異白胺酸及丙胺酸之胺基酸。在另一態樣中,多肽進 一步在位置-3處包含選自甘胺酸及絲胺酸之胺基酸。在另 一態樣中,位置0處之胺基酸係選自纈胺酸、異白胺酸及 丙胺酸;且其中位置-3處之胺基酸係選自甘胺酸及絲胺 酸。在另一態樣中,位置0處之胺基酸為纈胺酸;且位置-3處之胺基酸係選自甘胺酸及絲胺酸。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供與HtrA3 PDZ域特異性結 合之分離多肽,其中多肽包含選自表1及表3中所列出之 HtrA3 PDZ域結合肽之序列的序歹。在一態樣中,多肽包 含序列 PGRWV(SEQ ID NO: 7)、SGKGIWV(SEQ ID NO: 8)、GFWV(SEQ ID NO: 9)、IFDGRWI(SEQ ID NO: 10)、 FGRWV(SEQ ID NO: 11)、RSWWV(SEQ ID NO: 12)、 FGRWI(SEQ ID NO: 13)、FGRWL(SEQ ID NO: 14)、 GRWV(SEQ ID NO: 15)、WV,FLRWV(SEQ ID NO: 16)、 128788.doc -16- 200846358 FERWV(SEQ ID NO: 17) - FYRWV(SEQ ID NO: 18)、 FGAWV(SEQ ID NO: 19)及 FARWV(SEQ ID NO: 20)。在一 態樣中,多肽包含序列FGRWV(SEQ ID NO: 11)。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供與Hti*A3 PDZ域特異性結 合之分離多肽,其中多肽直接與至少一個特異性HUA3-PDZ域殘基相互作用。在一態樣中,HtrA3 PDZ域結合多 肽之C-末端羧酸酯基與至少一個選自Phe356、Ile357及 Gly35 8之HtrA3 PDZ域殘基配位。在另一態樣中,HtrA3 PDZ域結合多肽之位置-1處之色胺酸與至少一個選自 Glu390及Ala392之HtrA3 PDZ域殘基相互作用。在另一態 樣中,HtrA3 PDZ域結合多肽之位置-2處之胺基酸與HtrA3 PDZ域殘基Gln423相互作用。在另一態樣中,HtrA3 PDZ 域結合多肽之位置-3處之胺基酸與HtrA3 PDZ域殘基 Arg360相互作用。在另一態樣中,HtrA3 PDZ域結合多肽 與至少一個選自 Phe356、Ile357、Gly358、Glu390、 Ala392、Gln423及Arg3 60之HtrA3 PDZ域殘基相互作用及/ 或配位。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供與HtrA3 PDZ域特異性結 合之分離多肽,其中多肽包含在一或多個疏水性殘基之後 具有保守酸性殘基之序列。在一態樣中,多肽包含序列 WVL。在另一態樣中,多肽包含序列GVVVDEWMLSLL (SEQ ID NO: 21)、GVVVDEWVLSLL(SEQ ID NO: 22)、 ELLVDGYVLELL(SEQ ID NO: 23)或 GVVVNEWVLSLL (SEQ ID NO: 24)。 128788.doc 17 200846358 在另一實施例中,本發明提供與HtrA3 PDZ域特異性結 合之分離多肽,其中多肽包含選自表2中所列出之HtrA3 PDZ域結合序列之序列。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供與HtrA3 PDZ域特異性結 合之分離多肽,且其包含包括選自表1、2及3中所列出之 胺基酸序列之肽的胺基酸序列的C-末端、N-末端或内部胺 基酸序列。在一態樣中,C-末端胺基酸序列係選自 PGRWV(SEQ ID NO: 7) ^ SGKGIWV(SEQ ID NO: 8)、 GFWV(SEQ ID NO: 9) ^ IFDGRWI(SEQ ID NO: 10)、 FGRWV(SEQ ID NO: 11)、RSWWV(SEQ ID NO: 12)、 FGRWI(SEQ ID NO: 13)、FGRWL(SEQ ID NO: 14)、 GRWV(SEQ ID NO: 15)、WV,FLRWV(SEQ ID NO: 16)、 FERWV(SEQ ID NO: 17) > FYRWV(SEQ ID NO: 18)、 FGAWV(SEQ ID NO: 19)及 FARWV(SEQ ID NO: 20)。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供包含與任何上述HtrA3 PDZ域結合多肽競爭結合Hti*A3 PDZ域之胺基酸序列的分 離多肽。在另一實施例中,本發明提供包含與任何上述 HtrA3 PDZ域結合多肽結合HtrA3 PDZ域上同一抗原決定 基之胺基酸序列的分離多肽。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供分離變異HtrA3 PDZ域多 肽。在一態樣中,分離多肽包含Htr A3 PDZ變異序列,其 中至少一個選自 Phe356、Ile357、Gly358、Glu390、 Ala392、Gln423 及 Airg360 之 HtrA3 PDZ域殘基係經另一胺 基酸取代。在另一態樣中,分離變異多肽之Glu390及/或 128788.doc -18- 200846358Interaction between the HtrAl PDZ domain and any of the above HtrAl PDZ domain binding polypeptides. In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a pathological condition associated with a disordered regulation of HtrA1 protein activity, comprising administering to an individual in need thereof an effective amount of the above variant HtrA1 pDZ domain polypeptide, wherein the variant HtrAl The PDZ domain polypeptide is capable of modulating the interaction between the HtrA1 pDZ domain and the mrAi PDZ domain ligand. In some aspects, the regulation is to inhibit the interaction between the HtrAl PDZ domain and the ligand. In some aspects, it is modulated to enhance the interaction between the HtrAl PDZ domain and the ligand. ♦ In some cases, the pathological condition is selected from malignant and benign tumors or cancers, non-leukemia and lymphoid malignancies, neurodegenerative disorders, inflammatory and immune disorders, and intraocular neovascular disorders. In some aspects, the pathological condition is selected from the group consisting of cancer (including but not limited to ovarian cancer and endometrial cancer), Alzheimer's disease, rheumatoid arthritis, and age-related (wet type) Macular degeneration. In another sorrow, the present invention provides a method of treating a pathological condition associated with a regulatory abnormality in Htr A丨 protein activity comprising administering an effective amount of any of the above HtrAl PDZ domain binding proteins to a desired one. With ^^ eight! An agonist for the interaction of the PDZ domain. In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a pathological condition associated with abnormal regulation of HtrAl protein activity, comprising administering to an individual in need thereof an effective amount of any of the above HtrAl PDZ domain binding proteins and HtrAl. An antagonist of the interaction of the pDZ domain. In some aspects, the pathological condition is selected from the group consisting of malignant and benign tumors or cancer, non-leukemia and lymphoid malignancies, neurodegenerative disorders, inflammatory and immune disorders, and intraocular neovascular disorders. In some cases, the disease 128788.doc -15- 200846358 is based on cancer (including but not limited to ovarian cancer and endometrial cancer), Alzheimer's disease, rheumatoid arthritis And age-related (wet) macular degeneration. In another embodiment, the invention provides methods of detecting the presence, amount or function of a HtrAl or HtrAl PDZ domain in a sample using one or more of the above polypeptides, polynucleotides and/or antibodies. In one embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide that specifically binds to the HtrA3 PDZ domain, wherein the polypeptide comprises a sequence having tryptophan at position -1 relative to the C-terminus. In one aspect, the polypeptide has an overall hydrophobic character. In another aspect, the polypeptide further comprises an amino acid selected from the group consisting of valine, isoleucine, and alanine at position 0. In another aspect, the polypeptide further comprises an amino acid selected from the group consisting of glycine and serine at position -3. In another aspect, the amino acid at position 0 is selected from the group consisting of lysine, isoleucine, and alanine; and wherein the amino acid at position -3 is selected from the group consisting of glycine and serine. In another aspect, the amino acid at position 0 is valine; and the amino acid at position -3 is selected from the group consisting of glycine and serine. In another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide that specifically binds to the HtrA3 PDZ domain, wherein the polypeptide comprises a sequence of a sequence selected from the HtrA3 PDZ domain binding peptides listed in Tables 1 and 3. In one aspect, the polypeptide comprises the sequence PGRWV (SEQ ID NO: 7), SGKGIWV (SEQ ID NO: 8), GFWV (SEQ ID NO: 9), IFDGRWI (SEQ ID NO: 10), FGRWV (SEQ ID NO) : 11), RSWWV (SEQ ID NO: 12), FGRWI (SEQ ID NO: 13), FGRWL (SEQ ID NO: 14), GRWV (SEQ ID NO: 15), WV, FLRWV (SEQ ID NO: 16) 126788.doc -16- 200846358 FERWV (SEQ ID NO: 17) - FYRWV (SEQ ID NO: 18), FGAWV (SEQ ID NO: 19) and FARWV (SEQ ID NO: 20). In one aspect, the polypeptide comprises the sequence FGRWV (SEQ ID NO: 11). In another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide that specifically binds to the Hti*A3 PDZ domain, wherein the polypeptide directly interacts with at least one specific HUA3-PDZ domain residue. In one aspect, the HtrA3 PDZ domain binds to the C-terminal carboxylate group of the polypeptide and is coordinated to at least one HtrA3 PDZ domain residue selected from the group consisting of Phe356, Ile357 and Gly35. In another aspect, the tryptophan at position-1 of the HtrA3 PDZ domain binding polypeptide interacts with at least one HtrA3 PDZ domain residue selected from the group consisting of Glu390 and Ala392. In another aspect, the amino acid at position -2 of the HtrA3 PDZ domain binding polypeptide interacts with the HtrA3 PDZ domain residue Gln423. In another aspect, the amino acid at position -3 of the HtrA3 PDZ domain binding polypeptide interacts with the HtrA3 PDZ domain residue Arg360. In another aspect, the HtrA3 PDZ domain binding polypeptide interacts and/or coordinates with at least one HtrA3 PDZ domain residue selected from the group consisting of Phe356, Ile357, Gly358, Glu390, Ala392, Gln423, and Arg3 60. In another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide that specifically binds to a HtrA3 PDZ domain, wherein the polypeptide comprises a sequence having a conserved acidic residue following one or more hydrophobic residues. In one aspect, the polypeptide comprises the sequence WVL. In another aspect, the polypeptide comprises the sequence GVVVDEWMLSLL (SEQ ID NO: 21), GVVVDEWVLSLL (SEQ ID NO: 22), ELLVDGYVLELL (SEQ ID NO: 23) or GVVVNEWVLSLL (SEQ ID NO: 24). 128788.doc 17 200846358 In another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide that specifically binds to a HtrA3 PDZ domain, wherein the polypeptide comprises a sequence selected from the HtrA3 PDZ domain binding sequences set forth in Table 2. In another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide that specifically binds to a HtrA3 PDZ domain, and which comprises an amino acid sequence comprising a peptide selected from the amino acid sequences listed in Tables 1, 2 and 3. C-terminal, N-terminal or internal amino acid sequence. In one aspect, the C-terminal amino acid sequence is selected from the group consisting of PGRWV (SEQ ID NO: 7) ^ SGKGIWV (SEQ ID NO: 8), GFWV (SEQ ID NO: 9) ^ IFDGRWI (SEQ ID NO: 10) ), FGRWV (SEQ ID NO: 11), RSWWV (SEQ ID NO: 12), FGRWI (SEQ ID NO: 13), FGRWL (SEQ ID NO: 14), GRWV (SEQ ID NO: 15), WV, FLRWV (SEQ ID NO: 16), FERWV (SEQ ID NO: 17) > FYRWV (SEQ ID NO: 18), FGAWV (SEQ ID NO: 19), and FARWV (SEQ ID NO: 20). In another embodiment, the invention provides a separate polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence that competes with any of the above HtrA3 PDZ domain binding polypeptides for binding to the Hti*A3 PDZ domain. In another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence that binds to the same epitope on the HtrA3 PDZ domain as any of the above HtrA3 PDZ domain binding polypeptides. In another embodiment, the invention provides the isolation of a variant HtrA3 PDZ domain polypeptide. In one aspect, the isolated polypeptide comprises a Htr A3 PDZ variant sequence, wherein at least one of the HtrA3 PDZ domain residues selected from the group consisting of Phe356, Ile357, Gly358, Glu390, Ala392, Gln423, and Airg360 is substituted with another amino acid. In another aspect, the variant polypeptide is isolated from Glu390 and/or 128788.doc -18- 200846358

Ala392係經另一胺基酸取代。在某些態樣中,該另一胺基 酸為丙胺酸。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供包含與任何上述變異 HtrA3 PDZ域多肽競爭結合HtrA3 PDZ域之配位體之胺基 酸序列的分離多肽。在另一實施例中,本發明提供與任何 上述變異HtrA3 PDZ域多肽結合HtrA3 PDZ域之配位體上 同一抗原決定基之分離多肽。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供使用上述HtrA3 PDZ域變 異多肽及HtrA3 PDZ域結合多肽之方法。在一態樣中,本 發明提供鑑別能夠調節HtrA3 PDZ域-配位體相互作用之化 合物之方法,其包含使包含HtrA3 PDZ域、HtrA3 PDZ域 之片段及/或其功能等效物及至少一種上述Hti:A3 PDZ域結 合多肽之樣品與候選化合物接觸,及測定與不存在候選化 合物之情況下相比,存在候選化合物之情況下,HtrA3 PDZ域-配位體相互作用之量;由此與在不存在候選化合物 之情況下之量相比,存在候選化合物之情況下HtrA3 PDZ 域-配位體相互作用之量的變化表明候選化合物為能夠調 節HtrA3 PDZ域-配位體相互作用之化合物。 在另一態樣中,本發明提供合理設計HtrA3 PDZ域-配位 體相互作用之調節劑之方法,其包含設計調節劑以包含或 模擬位於相對於C-末端之位置-1處或相對於肽中白胺酸之 位置-2處之色胺酸的功能,其中該調節劑能夠與HtrA3 PDZ域特異性結合。在另一態樣中,位置〇處之胺基酸係 選自纈胺酸、異白胺酸及丙胺酸,位置-1處之胺基酸為色 128788.doc -19- 200846358 胺酸,且位置-3處之胺基酸係選自甘胺酸及絲胺酸。在另 一態樣中,位置0處之胺基酸為纈胺酸,位置-1處之胺基 酸為色胺酸,且位置-3處之胺基酸係選自甘胺酸及絲胺 酸。在另一態樣中,調節劑包含胺基酸序列WVL。 在另一態樣中,本發明提供治療與Htr A3蛋白質活性之 調控異常相關之病理學病狀的方法,其包含向有需要之個 體投與有效量之上述HtrA3 PDZ域配位體。在另一態樣 中,本發明提供治療與Htr A3蛋白質活性之調控異常相關 之病理學病狀的方法,其包含向有需要之個體投與有效量 之HtrA3 PDZ域-配位體調節劑,其中該調節劑能夠調節 HtrA3 PDZ域與任何上述HtrA3 PDZ域結合多肽之間的相 互作用。在另一態樣中,本發明提供治療與Htr A3蛋白質 活性之調控異常相關之病理學病狀的方法,其包含向有需 要之個體投與有效量之上述變異HtrA3 PDZ域多肽,其中 該變異Htr A3 PDZ域多肽能夠調節Htr A3 PDZ域與Htr A3 PDZ域配位體之間的相互作用。在某些態樣中,調節為抑 制Htr A3 PDZ域與配位體之間的相互作用。在某些態樣 中,調節為增強HtrA3 PDZ域與配位體之間的相互作用。 在某些態樣中,病理學病狀係選自惡性及良性腫瘤或癌 症、非白血病及淋巴樣惡性疾病及胎盤功能障礙。在某些 態樣中,病理學病狀為癌症(包括(但不限於)子宮内膜 癌)。 在另一態樣中,本發明提供治療與Htr A3蛋白質活性之 調控異常相關之病理學病狀的方法,其包含向有需要之個 128788.doc -20- 200846358 體投與有效量之任何上述HtrA3 PDZ域結合蛋白質與HtrA3 PDZ域之相互作用的促效劑。在另一態樣中,本發明提供 治療與Htr A3蛋白質活性之調控異常相關之病理學病狀的 方法,其包含向有需要之個體投與有效量之任何上述 HtrA3 PDZ域結合蛋白質與HtrA3 PDZ域之相互作用的拮 抗劑。在某些態樣中,病理學病狀係選自惡性及良性腫瘤 或癌症、非白血病及淋巴樣惡性疾病及胎盤功能障礙。在 某些態樣中,病理學病狀為癌症(包括(但不限於)子宮内膜 癌)。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供使用一或多種上述多肽、 聚核苷酸及/或抗體偵測樣品中HtrA3或HtrA3 PDZ域之存 在、量或功能的方法。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供編碼任何上述HtrAl PDZ 域結合多肽、HtrA3 PDZ域結合多肽、變異HtrAl PDZ域 或變異HtrA3 PDZ域分離聚核苷酸或其互補序列。在另一 實施例中,本發明提供包含一或多種該等聚核苷酸之載 體。在另一實施例中,本發明提供包含一或多種該等載體 之宿主細胞。在另一實施例中,本發明提供製造多肽之方 法,其包含在聚核苷酸得以表現之條件下培養該等宿主細 胞及視情況回收及/或純化多肽。在另一實施例中,本發 明提供表現一或多種該等聚核苷酸之轉殖基因非人類哺乳 動物。在一態樣中,該轉殖基因非人類哺乳動物進一步具 有至少一個經不活化HtrAl或HtrA3基因。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供與上述HtrAl PDZ域結合 128788.doc -21 - 200846358 多肽、HtrA3 PDZ域結合多肽、變異HtrAl PDZ域或變異 HtrA3 PDZ域中之一或多者特異性結合之抗體。在另一實 施例中,本發明提供包括一或多種本發明之分子之套組。 在一態樣中,該套組包含上述HtrAl PDZ域結合多肽、 HtrA3 PDZ域結合多肽、變異HtrAl PDZ域或變異HtrA3 PDZ域中之至少一者。在一態樣中,該套組包含至少一種 編碼上述HtrAl PDZ域結合多肽、HtrA3 PDZ域結合多 肽、變異HtrAl PDZ域或變異Hti*A3 PDZ域中之一者的分 # 離聚核苷酸。在另一態樣中,該套組包含至少一種與上述 HtrAl PDZ域結合多肽、HtrA3 PDZ域結合多肽、變異 HtrAl PDZ域或變異HtrA3 PDZ域中之至少一者特異性結 合的抗體。 【實施方式】 本發明提供能夠調節HtrAl或HtrA3蛋白質之PDZ域與其 細胞結合搭配物之間的結合相互作用的分子及鑑別及使用 該等分子的方法。在一態樣中,該等分子由使得鑑別出能 ® 夠以不同親和力與HtrAl PDZ或HtrA3 PDZ域結合之肽結 合子的組合方法產生。如本文所述,該等結合子分子之鑑 別及HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域與其各別結合搭配物之 間的結合相互作用之結構動力學進一步提供鑑別其他能夠 與HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域結合之調節劑之方法。鑒 於HtrAl及Htr A3在多種細胞及生理學過程中之重要性,因 此該等調節劑在(諸如)預防性、治療性及/或診斷性環境中 將具有顯著的實用性。 128788.doc -22- 200846358 一般技術 除非另有指示,否則本發明之實施將使用分子生物學 (包括重組技術)、微生物學、細胞生物學、生物化學及免 疫學之習知技術,該等技術在此項技術之技術範疇内。該 等技術詳細解釋於以下文獻中,諸如’’Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual”,第 2版,(Sambrook等人,1989); "Oligonucleotide Synthesis” (Μ· J· Gait 編,1984); ”Animal Cell Culture”(R· I· Freshney編,1987) ; "Methods in Enzymology” (Academic Press,Inc·) ; "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology”(F· M· Ausubel 等人編,1987 及週期 性更新);”PCR: The Polymerase Chain Reaction",(Mullis 4 人編 ’ 1994) ; "A Practical Guide to Molecular Cloning,, (Perbal Bernard V.? 1988) 〇 本發明中所使用或描述之募核苷酸、聚核苷酸、肽、多 肽及小分子可使用此項技術中已知之標準技術產生。 定義 當提及分子時"分離"係指已自其自然環境之組分中鑑別 出且分離及/或回收之分子 、一 〜刀丁 具目然% i兄之 >可染物組分為 干擾診斷性或治療性使用之物質。 如本文所使用之"控制序列"為使得可操作性連接之編碼 :列此夠在特定宿主生物體中表現之dna序列。原核控制 序列包括啟動子、握价了 # 輛縱子序列及核糖體結合位點。直核 制序列包括啟動子、取脸Φ人 ”极控 ^ ΛΚ腺"示呤化信號及強化子。 Ϊ使核酸與另一核酸成及丨占 1序歹j處於功能關係中時,其為,,可 128788.doc -23- 200846358 :連接"。舉例而言,當啟動子或強化子影響序列之 轉料1其與編碼序料操作性連接,或當核糖體結合 位點經定位以有利於轉料,則其與編碼序列可摔作性連 接。"可操作性連接"通常意謂所連接之職序列田比鄰,且 在分泌性前導序歹彳& ,丨軎、、W T ^ 月J ¥斤幻之h兄下,田比鄰且在讀取相(㈣峋 phase)中。然而,強化子不必毗鄰。Ala392 is substituted with another amino acid. In some aspects, the other amino acid is alanine. In another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence that competes with any of the above variant HtrA3 PDZ domain polypeptides for binding to a ligand of the HtrA3 PDZ domain. In another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide that binds to the same epitope on a ligand of the HtrA3 PDZ domain with any of the above variant HtrA3 PDZ domain polypeptides. In another embodiment, the invention provides methods of using the HtrA3 PDZ domain variant polypeptides described above and the HtrA3 PDZ domain binding polypeptide. In one aspect, the invention provides a method of identifying a compound capable of modulating an HtrA3 PDZ domain-ligand interaction comprising comprising a fragment comprising a HtrA3 PDZ domain, a HtrA3 PDZ domain, and/or a functional equivalent thereof, and at least one The Hti:A3 PDZ domain binding polypeptide sample is contacted with the candidate compound, and the amount of the HtrA3 PDZ domain-ligand interaction is present in the presence of the candidate compound compared to the absence of the candidate compound; The change in the amount of HtrA3 PDZ domain-ligand interaction in the presence of the candidate compound compared to the amount in the absence of the candidate compound indicates that the candidate compound is a compound capable of modulating the HtrA3 PDZ domain-ligand interaction. In another aspect, the invention provides a method of rationally designing a modulator of HtrA3 PDZ domain-ligand interaction, comprising designing a modulator to comprise or mimic at a position -1 relative to the C-terminus or relative to The function of tryptophan at position-2 of leucine in the peptide, wherein the modulator is capable of specifically binding to the HtrA3 PDZ domain. In another aspect, the amino acid at position 缬 is selected from the group consisting of lysine, isoleucine, and alanine, and the amino acid at position -1 is color 128788.doc -19-200846358 aminic acid, and The amino acid at position -3 is selected from the group consisting of glycine and serine. In another aspect, the amino acid at position 0 is valine acid, the amino acid at position -1 is tryptophan, and the amino acid at position -3 is selected from the group consisting of glycine and silk. acid. In another aspect, the modulator comprises an amino acid sequence WVL. In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a pathological condition associated with a disordered regulation of Htr A3 protein activity comprising administering an effective amount of the HtrA3 PDZ domain ligand to an individual in need thereof. In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a pathological condition associated with a disordered regulation of Htr A3 protein activity, comprising administering to an individual in need thereof an effective amount of a HtrA3 PDZ domain-ligand modulator, Wherein the modulator is capable of modulating the interaction between the HtrA3 PDZ domain and any of the above HtrA3 PDZ domain binding polypeptides. In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a pathological condition associated with a regulatory abnormality in Htr A3 protein activity, comprising administering to an individual in need thereof an effective amount of the above variant HtrA3 PDZ domain polypeptide, wherein the variation The Htr A3 PDZ domain polypeptide regulates the interaction between the Htr A3 PDZ domain and the Htr A3 PDZ domain ligand. In some aspects, the regulation is to inhibit the interaction between the Htr A3 PDZ domain and the ligand. In some aspects, it is modulated to enhance the interaction between the HtrA3 PDZ domain and the ligand. In some aspects, the pathological condition is selected from the group consisting of malignant and benign tumors or cancer, non-leukemia and lymphoid malignancies, and placental dysfunction. In some aspects, the pathological condition is cancer (including but not limited to, endometrial cancer). In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a pathological condition associated with a regulatory abnormality in Htr A3 protein activity, comprising administering to the desired one of 128788.doc -20-200846358 an effective amount of any of the above The HtrA3 PDZ domain binds to an agonist of the interaction of the protein with the HtrA3 PDZ domain. In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a pathological condition associated with abnormal regulation of Htr A3 protein activity comprising administering to an individual in need thereof an effective amount of any of the above HtrA3 PDZ domain binding proteins and HtrA3 PDZ Antagonists of domain interactions. In some aspects, the pathological condition is selected from the group consisting of malignant and benign tumors or cancer, non-leukemia and lymphoid malignancies, and placental dysfunction. In some aspects, the pathological condition is cancer (including but not limited to, endometrial cancer). In another embodiment, the invention provides methods of detecting the presence, amount or function of a HtrA3 or HtrA3 PDZ domain in a sample using one or more of the above polypeptides, polynucleotides and/or antibodies. In another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated polynucleotide encoding the above HtrAl PDZ domain binding polypeptide, HtrA3 PDZ domain binding polypeptide, variant HtrAl PDZ domain or variant HtrA3 PDZ domain or a complement thereof. In another embodiment, the invention provides a vector comprising one or more of such polynucleotides. In another embodiment, the invention provides host cells comprising one or more of such vectors. In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of making a polypeptide comprising culturing the host cells under conditions in which the polynucleotide is expressed and optionally recovering and/or purifying the polypeptide. In another embodiment, the invention provides a non-human mammal that expresses one or more of the polynucleotides of the polynucleotide. In one aspect, the transgenic gene non-human mammal further has at least one inactivated HtrAl or HtrA3 gene. In another embodiment, the invention provides for the specific binding of one or more of the H.sub.2 PD. antibody. In another embodiment, the invention provides a kit comprising one or more molecules of the invention. In one aspect, the kit comprises at least one of the HtrAl PDZ domain binding polypeptide, the HtrA3 PDZ domain binding polypeptide, the variant HtrAl PDZ domain or the variant HtrA3 PDZ domain. In one aspect, the kit comprises at least one of the above-described HtrAl PDZ domain binding polypeptide, HtrA3 PDZ domain binding polypeptide, variant HtrAl PDZ domain or variant Hti*A3 PDZ domain. In another aspect, the kit comprises at least one antibody that specifically binds to at least one of the HtrAl PDZ domain binding polypeptide, the HtrA3 PDZ domain binding polypeptide, the variant HtrAl PDZ domain or the variant HtrA3 PDZ domain. [Embodiment] The present invention provides molecules capable of regulating the binding interaction between the PDZ domain of the HtrAl or HtrA3 protein and its cell binding partner, and methods for identifying and using such molecules. In one aspect, the molecules are produced by a combination of methods that allow the identification of a peptide binder that binds to the HtrAl PDZ or HtrA3 PDZ domain with different affinities. As described herein, the identification of these binder molecules and the structural kinetics of the binding interaction between the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain and its respective binding partners further provide for the identification of other bindings to the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain. The method of adjusting the agent. Given the importance of HtrAl and Htr A3 in a variety of cellular and physiological processes, such modulators will have significant utility in, for example, prophylactic, therapeutic, and/or diagnostic settings. 128788.doc -22- 200846358 General Techniques Unless otherwise indicated, the practice of the present invention will employ conventional techniques of molecular biology (including recombinant techniques), microbiology, cell biology, biochemistry, and immunology, such techniques. Within the technical scope of this technology. Such techniques are explained in detail in the following documents, such as ''Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual', 2nd edition, (Sambrook et al., 1989); "Oligonucleotide Synthesis" (edited by J. Gait, 1984); Animal Cell Culture" (edited by R. I. Freshney, 1987); "Methods in Enzymology" (Academic Press, Inc.); "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology" (F·M· Ausubel et al., 1987, and Sexual update); "PCR: The Polymerase Chain Reaction", (Mullis 4 ed. '1994); "A Practical Guide to Molecular Cloning,, (Perbal Bernard V.? 1988) 募 used or described in the present invention Nucleotides, polynucleotides, peptides, polypeptides, and small molecules can be produced using standard techniques known in the art. Definitions When referring to a molecule, "separation" means having been identified from the components of its natural environment. Molecules that are isolated and/or recovered, one-to-Knife with a visible component, are components that interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic use. As used herein, the control sequence " To make the operability of the coding: to list the DNA sequence that is expressed in a particular host organism. The prokaryotic control sequence includes the promoter, the price of the longitudinal sequence and the ribosome binding site. The sequence includes a promoter, a face Φ person, a "polar control ^ ΛΚ gland" and a sputum signal and a fortifier. When the nucleic acid is made into a functional relationship with another nucleic acid and is in a functional relationship, it can be, 128788.doc -23- 200846358: linked ". For example, when the promoter or enhancer affects the sequence of the transfection 1 which is operatively linked to the coding sequence, or when the ribosome binding site is positioned to facilitate transfection, it is detachably linked to the coding sequence. . "Operative connection" usually means that the connected sequence is adjacent to the field, and in the secretory preamble amp&, 丨軎,, WT ^月J ¥斤幻之之哥, Read the phase ((4)峋 phase). However, the enhancers do not have to be adjacent.

活彳肽或其片段保留活性多狀之原生或天然存在之 對應物之生物活性。生物活性係指由活性多肽之原生或天 然存在之對應物介導之功能。舉例而言,結合或蛋白質一 蛋白質相互作用構成生物活性。 術語,,抗體”及”免疫球蛋白,,在廣義上可互換使用且包括 單株抗體(例如,全長或完整單株抗體)、多株抗體、多價 抗體、多特異性抗體(例如,雙特異性抗體,只要其展現 所要生物活性)且亦可包括某些抗體片段(如本文中更詳細 描述)。 任何脊椎動物物種之抗體之輕鏈可基於其恆定域之胺基 酸序列指定為稱為κ與λ之兩種明顯不同類型中之一種。 抗體(免疫球蛋白)視其重鏈之怪定域之胺基酸序列而定 可指定為不同種類。存在5種主要的免疫球蛋白種類: IgA、IgD、IgE、IgG及IgM,且其中數種可進一步分為亞 類(同型),例如IgG-1、IgG-2、IgA-1、IgA-2等。對應於 不同免疫球蛋白種類之重鏈恆定域分別稱為α、δ、ε、γ及 μ。不同種類之免疫球蛋白之亞單元結構及三維構形為吾 人所知且通常描述於(例如)Abbas等人,Cellular and Mol· 128788.doc -24 - 200846358The active peptide or fragment thereof retains the biological activity of the active or naturally occurring counterpart of the active polymorphism. Biological activity refers to the function mediated by the native or naturally occurring counterpart of the active polypeptide. For example, binding or protein-protein interactions constitute biological activity. The terms "," and "immunoglobulin" are used interchangeably and include monoclonal antibodies (eg, full-length or intact monoclonal antibodies), polyclonal antibodies, multivalent antibodies, multispecific antibodies (eg, double Specific antibodies, as long as they exhibit the desired biological activity, and may also include certain antibody fragments (as described in more detail herein). The light chain of an antibody to any vertebrate species can be assigned to one of two distinct types known as kappa and lambda based on the amino acid sequence of its constant domain. The antibody (immunoglobulin) can be assigned to a different species depending on the amino acid sequence of its heavy chain. There are five major immunoglobulin classes: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, and several of them can be further divided into subclasses (isotypes), such as IgG-1, IgG-2, IgA-1, IgA-2. Wait. The heavy-chain constant domains corresponding to different immunoglobulin classes are called α, δ, ε, γ, and μ, respectively. The subunit structure and three-dimensional configuration of different types of immunoglobulins are known to us and are generally described, for example, in Abbas et al., Cellular and Mol. 128788.doc -24 - 200846358

Immunology,第4版,(20〇〇)中。抗體可為由該抗體與一 或多種其他蛋自質或肽共價或非共價缔合所形成之較^融 合分子之部分。 抗體可為嵌合抗體、人類抗體、人化抗體及/或親和力 成熟抗體。 "抗體片段"僅包含完整抗體之一部分,&中該部分較佳 保留當存在於完整抗體中時通常與該部分相關之功能中之 至少種、較佳大多數或所有功能。 如本文所使用之術語”單株抗體”係指獲自大體上同源性 抗體之群體之抗體,亦即除可能少量存在之天然發生之突 變外,構成該群體之個別抗體一致。單株抗體具有針對單 一抗原之高度特異性。此外,與通常包括針對不同決定子 (抗原決定基)之不同抗體的多株抗體製劑不同,各單株抗 體係針對抗原上之單一決定子。 本文之單株抗體尤其包括”嵌合"抗體,其中重鏈及/或輕 鏈之-部分與來源於特定物㈣屬於特定抗體種類或亞類 之抗體中的相應序列—致或同源,同時該或該等鏈之其餘 部分與來源於另-物種或屬於另—抗體種類或亞類之抗體 中的相應序列一致或同源;以及該等抗體之片段,只要其 展現所要生物學活性即可(美國專利第4,816,567號;及 Morrison等人 ’ 夕以· 81685卜6855 (1984)) 〇 非人類(例如,鼠類)抗體之"人化,,形式為含有來源於非 人類免疫球蛋白之最小序列的嵌合抗體。極大程度上,人 128788.doc -25- 200846358 化抗體為人類免疫球蛋白(接受者抗體),其中接受者高變 區之殘基經具有所要特異性、親和力及容量之非人類物種 (供體抗體)(諸如小鼠、大鼠、兔或非人類靈長類動物)高 變區之殘基置換。在一些情況下,人類免疫球蛋白之構架 區(FR)殘基經相應之非人類殘基置換。此外,人化抗體可 包含接受者抗體或供體抗體中不存在之殘基。進行該等修 飾以進一步改良抗體之效能。一般而言,人化抗體將包含 大體上所有至少一個且通常兩個可變域,其中所有或大體 上所有高變環對應於非人類免疫球蛋白之高變環,且所有 或大體上所有FR為人類免疫球蛋白序列之fr。人化抗體 視情況亦將包含至少一部分免疫球蛋白恆定區(Fc),通常 為人類免疫球蛋白之恆定區。更多詳情,請參見J〇nes等 人 ’ Nature 321:522_525 (1986) ; Riechmann等人,Nature 332:323-329 (1988),及 Presta,Curr· Op. Struct. Biol 2:593-596 (1992)。亦參見下列回顧文章及其中所引用之來 考文獻:Vaswani及Hamilton,义默j//er幻;,乂⑽卿次 ImmunoL 1:105-1 15 (1998) ; Harris, Biochem, S〇〇, 23:1035-1038 (1995); Hurle 及 Gross,CWr,Immunology, 4th edition, (20〇〇). The antibody may be part of a more fused molecule formed by covalent or non-covalent association of the antibody with one or more other egg-mass or peptides. The antibody may be a chimeric antibody, a human antibody, a humanized antibody, and/or an affinity matured antibody. "antibody fragment" contains only a portion of an intact antibody, &> preferably retains at least one, preferably most or all of the functions normally associated with that portion when present in an intact antibody. The term "monoclonal antibody" as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homologous antibodies, i.e., in addition to a naturally occurring mutation that may be present in minor amounts, the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical. Individual antibodies have a high specificity for a single antigen. Furthermore, unlike individual antibody preparations which typically include different antibodies directed against different determinants (antigenic determinants), each monoclonal antibody system is directed against a single determinant on the antigen. Monoclonal antibodies herein include, inter alia, "chimeric" antibodies in which the heavy chain and/or the light chain portion are homologous or homologous to the corresponding sequence in an antibody derived from a particular antibody (a) belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass. At the same time, the remainder of the strand or the strands are identical or homologous to the corresponding sequences derived from another species or antibodies belonging to another antibody class or subclass; and fragments of such antibodies, as long as they exhibit the desired biological activity, ie (U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567; and Morrison et al., ed. 81685, 6855 (1984)), a non-human (eg, murine) antibody "humanization, in the form of a non-human immunoglobulin derived from The smallest sequence of chimeric antibodies. To a large extent, human 128788.doc -25-200846358 antibody is a human immunoglobulin (recipient antibody) in which the residue of the hypervariable region of the recipient has the desired specificity, affinity and Replacement of residues in the hypervariable regions of non-human species (donor antibodies) such as mice, rats, rabbits or non-human primates. In some cases, the framework of human immunoglobulins The (FR) residue is replaced by a corresponding non-human residue. In addition, the humanized antibody may comprise a residue that is not present in the recipient antibody or in the donor antibody. Such modifications are made to further improve the potency of the antibody. A humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one and typically two variable domains, wherein all or substantially all of the hypervariable loops correspond to a hypervariable loop of a non-human immunoglobulin, and all or substantially all of the FRs are human immunoglobulins The protein sequence of fr. The humanized antibody will, as appropriate, also comprise at least a portion of the immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically the constant region of human immunoglobulin. For more details, see J〇nes et al.' Nature 321:522_525 (1986); Riechmann et al, Nature 332: 323-329 (1988), and Presta, Curr Op. Struct. Biol 2: 593-596 (1992). See also the following review articles and references cited therein :Vaswani and Hamilton, Yimo j//er illusion;, 乂 (10) Qing Min, ImmunoL 1:105-1 15 (1998); Harris, Biochem, S〇〇, 23:1035-1038 (1995); Hurle and Gross, CWr,

Op. Biotech. 5:428-433 (1994) ® n人類抗體”為具有與人類所產生之抗體之胺基酸序列相 對應的胺基S文序列的抗體及/或使用本文所揭示之任何製 造人類抗體之技術製得的抗體。人類抗體之該定義特別排 除包含非人類抗原結合殘基之人化抗體。製造人類抗體之 方法為此項技術中所熟知且包括轉基因小鼠(xen〇m〇use) 128788.doc -26- 200846358 技術作為一非限制性實例(例如,如w〇 96/33735中所述)。 ”親和力成熟”抗體為在其一或多個CDR中具有一或多個 變異之抗體,與不具有彼等變異之親本抗體相比,彼等變 異使仔抗體對抗原之親和力得以提高。較佳親和力成熟抗 體將對靶抗原具有奈莫耳或甚至微微莫耳親和力。親和力 成熟抗體可由此項技術中已知之程序製備。Marks等人, 出 10:779-783 (1992)描述藉由 VH 及 VL域改組 貝現之親和力成#。CDR及/或構架殘基之隨機突變誘發 _ 由下列文獻描述:Barbas等人, 91:3809-3813 (1994) ; Schier 等人,G⑼e 169:147-155 (1995),Yelton等人 ’ J· i55:i994_2〇〇4 (ip%) ·,Op. Biotech. 5: 428-433 (1994) ® n human antibodies" are antibodies having an amino-based sequence corresponding to the amino acid sequence of an antibody produced by humans and/or using any of the fabrications disclosed herein. Antibodies produced by the techniques of human antibodies. This definition of human antibodies specifically excludes humanized antibodies comprising non-human antigen-binding residues. Methods for making human antibodies are well known in the art and include transgenic mice (xen〇m〇) Use) 128788.doc -26- 200846358 Technique as a non-limiting example (eg, as described in WO 96/33735). "Affinity maturation" antibodies have one or more variations in one or more of their CDRs. The antibodies, such mutations, increase the affinity of the antibody to the antigen compared to the parent antibody without the variants. Preferred affinity matured antibodies will have nemo or even picomolar affinity for the target antigen. Affinity Mature antibodies can be prepared by procedures known in the art. Marks et al, 10: 779-783 (1992) describe the recombination of the affinity of the VH and VL domains into a random mutation of CDRs and/or framework residues. Induction _ is described by the following literature: Barbas et al, 91: 3809-3813 (1994); Schier et al, G (9) e 169: 147-155 (1995), Yelton et al 'J. i55: i994_2 〇〇 4 (ip%) ·,

Jackson 等人,乂 ⑽〇/ 154(7):331〇-9 (1995);及Jackson et al., 乂 (10) 〇 / 154(7): 331〇-9 (1995); and

Hawkins等人,J. Mo/·价〇/· 226:889-896 (1992)。 ’’經抗原決定基標籤標記之”多肽係指與”標籤多肽”融合 之嵌合多肽。該等標籤提供抗體可針對其製造或獲得但大 體上不干擾多肽活性之抗原決定基。為降低抗標蕺抗體與 _ 内源性抗原決定基之反應性,該標籤多肽通常具有唯一 性。合適的標籤多肽通常具有至少6個胺基酸殘基,通常 為約8個與50個胺基酸之間,較佳8個與20個胺基酸之間。 抗原決定基標籤序列之實例包含A型流感病毒之HA、GD 及 c_myc、聚 His及 FLAG 〇 如本文可互換使用之,,聚核苷酸,,或,,核酸,,係指具有任何 長度之核苷酸之聚合物且包括(但不限於)DNA及RNA。核 皆酸可為去氧核糖核苷酸、核糖核苷酸、經修飾之核苷峻 128788.doc -27- 200846358 或驗基及/或其類似物,或可藉由DNA或RNA聚合酶或合 成反應併入聚合物中之任何受質。聚核苷酸可包含經修錦 之核皆酸’諸如甲基化核苷酸及其類似物。若存在,則可 在裝配聚合物之前或之後對核苷酸結構進行修飾。核苷酸 之序列可由非核苷酸組分中斷。聚核苷酸可在合成後經進 一步修飾’諸如藉由與標記接合。其他類型之修飾包括 (例如)巾自’用類似物取代一或多個天然存在之核苦酸; 核苦酸間修飾,諸如具有不帶電鍵聯者(例如膦酸甲酯、 石粦酸二g曰、磷醯胺酸醋(ph〇Sph〇amidate)、胺基甲酸醋等) 及具有V電鍵聯者(例如硫代填酸酯、二硫代鱗酸酯等)、 δ有懸垂口P刀者(諸如蛋白質(例如核酸酶、毒素、抗體、 信號肽、ply-L-離胺酸等)、具有嵌入劑者(例如吖啶 (acridine)、補骨脂素(ps〇raien)等)、含有螯合劑者(例如金 屬、放射性金屬、硼、氧化性金屬等)、含有烧化劑者、 具有經修飾鍵聯者(例如α變旋異構核酸等)以及聚核苷酸 之未經修飾形式。另外,糖中通常存在之任何羥基均可 (例如)經膦酸酯基、磷酸酯基置換,經標準保護基保護或 經活化以製備與其他核苷酸之其他鍵聯;或可與固體或半 固體支撐物接合。5,及3,末端〇Η可經磷酸化或經胺或具有 1至20個碳原子之有機蓋帽基團部分取代。其他羥基亦可 經衍生化成標準保護基。聚核苷酸亦可含有此項技術中通 常已知之核糖或脫氧核糖的類似形式,包括(例如)2,_〇_甲 基-核糖、2’-0-烯丙基_核糖、2,_氟_核糖或2,_迭氮基_核 糖、碳環狀糖類似物、變旋異構糖、差向異構糖(諸如 128788.doc •28- 200846358 阿拉伯糖、木糖或來蘇糖(lyx〇ses)、哌喃糖、呋喃糖、景 天庚酮糖(sedoheptuloses))、非環狀類似物及非鹼性核^ 類似物,諸如甲基核糖核苦。一或多個磷酸二酿鍵可經替 代性鍵聯基團置換。該等替代性鍵聯基團包括(但不限= 於S) 如下實施例,其中磷酸酯基經P(0)s("硫代酸酯")、/(Us (”二硫代酸酯")、(0)NR2(”醯胺化物")、ρ(〇)Κ、 P(〇)〇R|、CO或CH2("甲縮搭”)置換,其中各,獨立地 為Η或視需要含有醚鍵(_〇_)之經取代或未經取代之烷基(1_ 2〇C)、芳基、烯基、環烷基、環烯基或芳烷基“Μ办1)。 無需聚核苷酸中之所有鍵聯均相同。前述描述適用於本文 所提及之所有聚核苷酸,包括RNA及DNA。 如本文所使用之”募核苷酸”泛指短的、通常為單鏈、通 常為合成的聚核苦酸,其長度通常(但不必)小於約2〇〇個核 苷酸。術語”寡核苷酸,,及,,聚核苷酸,,並不相互排斥。以上 有關來核皆酸之描述同樣且完全適用於募核普酸。 術語”肽’’泛指經由肽基鍵連接之連續且相對短的胺基酸 序列。肽通常(但不必)具有約2至50個胺基酸、4-4〇個胺基 酸或10-30個胺基酸之長度。雖然術語”多肽”泛指肽之較長 形式,但兩個術語在本文中之某些情況下可互換使用及已 互換使用。 術語”胺基酸”及”殘基”在本文中可互換使用。 多肽之”區”為2個或2個以上胺基酸之連續序列。在其他 實施例中,區至少具有約3、5或1 〇個連續胺基酸中之任一 者。”C-末端區”或其變異體係指包含u個最靠近多肽之〇 128788.doc -29、 200846358 末端定位之殘基的多肽區域。’’N-末端區”或其變異體係指 包含1-5個最靠近多肽之N末端定位之殘基的多肽區域。多 肽之”内部11區係指既不位於多肽之N-末端亦不位於多肽之 C-末端的多肽區域。 "PDZ域",亦稱為DHR(DLG同源區)或GLGF重複,為最 初描述為在95 kDa突觸後緻密蛋白質(PSD-95)、果蠅 腫瘤抑制子盤-大及緊密接合蛋白質閉合帶-1 (zonula occludens-1,ZO-1)中之保守結構元件之蛋白質 • 域,其可見於一大且多樣的蛋白質組中,包括HtrAl蛋白 質及HtrA3蛋白質。PDZ域通常與位於相互作用蛋白質之 羧基末端之短羧基末端肽序列結合。PDZ域通常包含2個α 螺旋及6個β摺疊片。 "HtrAl PDZ域”、"HtrAl PDZ”及其變化形式係指部分或 整個 SEQ ID NO: 1 之序列(KKYIGIRMMSLTSSKAKELK DRHRDFPDVISGAYIIEVIPDTPAEAGGLKENDVIISINGQ SVVSANDVSDVIKRESTLNMVVRRGNEDIMITVIPEEIDP 鲁 (SEQ ID NO: 1);參見圖1),其直接或間接參與細胞HtrAl PDZ-配位體相互作用。 ”HtrA3 PDZ域"、"HtrA3 PDZn及其變化形式係指部分或 整個 SEQ ID NO: 2 之序列(KRFIGIRMRTITPSLVDELK ASNPDFPEVSSGIYVQEVAPNSPSQRGGIQDGDIIVKVNG RPLVDSSELQEAVLTESPLLLEVRRGNDDLLFSIAPEVVM (SEQ ID NO: 2);參見圖1),其直接或間接參與細胞HtrA3 PDZ-配位體相互作用。 128788.doc -30- 200846358 配位體”係指能夠與蛋白質或其他分子上之特異性位點 結合相互作用之天然存在或合成的分子或部分。HtrAi PDZ域配位體為與HtrA i PDZ域特異性相互作用之分子或 部分。HtrA3 PDZ域配位體為與HtrA3 PDZ域特異性相互 作用之分子或部分。配位體之實例包含蛋白質、肽及小有 機及無機分子。 融3蛋白質”係指具有兩個共價連接在一起之部分之多 肽,其中各部分來源於不同蛋白質。該兩個部分可經由單 個肽鍵直接連接或經由含有一或多個胺基酸殘基之肽連接 子連接。一般而言,該兩個部分及連接子將彼此處於閲讀 構架中且使用重組技術產生。 "病症"或"病理學病狀”為將受益於用本發明之物質/分子 或方法治療之任何病狀。其包括慢性及急性病症或疾病, 包括使哺乳動物易患所討論之病症之彼等病理學病狀。本 文中待治療之HtrAl相關病症之非限制性實例包括惡性及 良性腫瘤或癌症、非白血病及淋巴樣惡性疾病、神經退化 性病症、發炎性及免疫病症及眼内新企管疾病。HUA3相 關病症之非限制性實例包括惡性及良性腫瘤或癌症、非白 血病及淋巴樣惡性疾病及胎盤功能障礙。 術^癌症及癌性”係指或描述哺乳動物中通常以不受Hawkins et al., J. Mo/. Price / 226: 889-896 (1992). A 'polypeptide-tagged" polypeptide refers to a chimeric polypeptide fused to a "tag polypeptide." The tags provide an epitope for which the antibody can be made or obtained but does not substantially interfere with the activity of the polypeptide. The reactivity of the target antibody with an endogenous epitope, the tag polypeptide is generally unique. Suitable tag polypeptides typically have at least 6 amino acid residues, typically about 8 and 50 amino acids. Between, preferably between 8 and 20 amino acids. Examples of epitope tag sequences include HA, GD and c_myc, poly-His and FLAG of influenza A virus, as used interchangeably herein, polynucleoside An acid, or, a nucleic acid, refers to a polymer of nucleotides of any length and includes, but is not limited to, DNA and RNA. The nuclear acid can be a deoxyribonucleotide, a ribonucleotide, a Modified nucleosides 128788.doc -27- 200846358 or a test group and/or an analog thereof, or any substrate which can be incorporated into a polymer by DNA or RNA polymerase or a synthetic reaction. The polynucleotide may comprise The core of the brocade is acid-like Glycosylates and their analogs. If present, the nucleotide structure can be modified before or after assembly of the polymer. The sequence of the nucleotide can be interrupted by non-nucleotide components. The polynucleotide can be further synthesized after synthesis. Modifications 'such as by binding to a label. Other types of modifications include, for example, a towel replacing one or more naturally occurring nucleotides with an analog; inter-nucleotide modification, such as having an uncharged bond (eg, Methyl phosphonate, di gadolinium phosphinate, ph〇Sph〇amidate, urethane vinegar, etc. and those with V-bonds (eg thiolates, dithiosity Ester, etc., δ has a hanging P knife (such as proteins (such as nucleases, toxins, antibodies, signal peptides, ply-L-lysine, etc.), with intercalators (such as acridine, bone) A chelating agent (such as ps〇raien), a chelating agent (for example, a metal, a radioactive metal, boron, an oxidizing metal, etc.), a substance containing a burning agent, and a modified binding group (for example, a α-helical heteromeric nucleic acid) And the unmodified form of the polynucleotide. In addition, in the sugar Any of the hydroxyl groups normally present may, for example, be replaced by phosphonate groups, phosphate groups, protected by standard protecting groups or activated to make other linkages with other nucleotides; or may be associated with solid or semi-solid supports Engaging. 5, and 3, the terminal oxime may be phosphorylated or partially substituted with an amine or an organic cap group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Other hydroxyl groups may also be derivatized to a standard protecting group. Similar forms containing ribose or deoxyribose sugars generally known in the art include, for example, 2,_〇-methyl-ribose, 2'-0-allyl-ribose, 2,-fluoro-ribose or 2, _ azido-ribose, a carbocyclic sugar analog, a helicotropic sugar, an epimeric sugar (such as 128788.doc •28-200846358 arabinose, xylose or lyx〇ses) Halose, furanose, sedoheptuloses, acyclic analogs and non-basic nuclear analogs, such as methylribose. One or more phosphate dimerization bonds may be replaced by an alternate linkage group. The alternative linking groups include, but are not limited to, the following examples wherein the phosphate group is via P(0)s("thioester"), /(Us("dithio Acidate "), (0) NR2 ("melamine" "), ρ(〇)Κ, P(〇)〇R|, CO or CH2("甲缩搭) replacement, each of which is independent a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (1 〇 2 〇 C), aryl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or aralkyl group which is an oxime or an ether bond (_〇_) as desired. Do 1). It is not necessary to have all of the linkages in the polynucleotides the same. The foregoing description applies to all polynucleotides referred to herein, including RNA and DNA. As used herein, "raised nucleotides" generally refers to short, usually single-stranded, usually synthetic, polynucleic acids, typically, but not necessarily, less than about 2 nucleotides in length. The terms "oligonucleotides," and ", polynucleotides, are not mutually exclusive. The above description of nucleating acid is equally and fully applicable to the recruitment of pupa. The term "peptide" generally refers to a peptide group. A continuous and relatively short amino acid sequence linked by a bond. The peptide typically, but not necessarily, has a length of from about 2 to 50 amino acids, 4 to 4 amino acids, or from 10 to 30 amino acids. Although the term "polypeptide" broadly refers to the longer form of the peptide, the two terms are used interchangeably and interchangeably in some instances herein. The terms "amino acid" and "residue" are used interchangeably herein. The "region" of a polypeptide is a contiguous sequence of two or more amino acids. In other embodiments, the zone has at least about any of about 3, 5 or 1 连续 of a continuous amino acid. The "C-terminal region" or variant thereof refers to a region of the polypeptide comprising the residues located at the end of the 〇128788.doc-29, 200846358, which are closest to the polypeptide. ''N-terminal region' or a variant thereof refers to a polypeptide region comprising 1-5 residues closest to the N-terminal position of the polypeptide. The "internal 11 region" of the polypeptide refers to neither the N-terminus nor the polypeptide. The polypeptide region of the C-terminus of the polypeptide. "PDZ domain", also known as DHR (DLG homology region) or GLGF repeat, originally described as a 95 kDa post-synaptic dense protein (PSD-95), Drosophila tumor suppressor disk-large and tight junction The protein domain of the conserved structural elements in the protein zonula occludens-1 (ZO-1), which can be found in a large and diverse proteome, including the HtrAl protein and the HtrA3 protein. The PDZ domain typically binds to a short carboxy terminal peptide sequence located at the carboxy terminus of the interacting protein. The PDZ domain typically contains two alpha helices and six beta sheets. "HtrAl PDZ domain", "HtrAl PDZ" and variations thereof refer to a sequence of partial or entire SEQ ID NO: 1 (KKYIGIRMMSLTSSKAKELK DRHRDFPDVISGAYIIEVIPDTPAEAGGLKENDVIISINGQ SVVSANDVSDVIKRESTLNMVVRRGNEDIMITVIPEEIDP Lu (SEQ ID NO: 1); see Figure 1), directly or indirectly Participates in cellular HtrAl PDZ-ligand interactions. "HtrA3 PDZ domain ", "HtrA3 PDZn and its variants refer to a partial or entire sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2 (KRFIGIRMRTITPSLVDELK ASNPDFPEVSSGIYVQEVAPNSPSQRGGIQDGDIIVKVNG RPLVDSSELQEAVLTESPLLLEVRRGNDDLLFSIAPEVVM (SEQ ID NO: 2); see Figure 1), which is directly or indirectly involved in the cell HtrA3 PDZ-ligand interaction. 128788.doc -30- 200846358 Ligand refers to a naturally occurring or synthetic molecule or moiety that is capable of interacting with a specific site on a protein or other molecule. The HtrAi PDZ domain ligand is a molecule or moiety that specifically interacts with the HtrA i PDZ domain. The HtrA3 PDZ domain ligand is a molecule or part that specifically interacts with the HtrA3 PDZ domain. Examples of ligands include proteins, peptides, and small organic and inorganic molecules. "Fu3 protein" refers to a polypeptide having two portions covalently linked together, wherein each portion is derived from a different protein. The two portions may be directly linked via a single peptide bond or via one or more amino acid residues. Peptide linker ligation. In general, the two moieties and linkers will be in a reading frame and produced using recombinant techniques. "Illness" or "pathological condition" is to benefit from the use of the present invention Any condition that is treated by substance/molecule or method. It includes both chronic and acute conditions or diseases, including those pathological conditions that predispose the mammal to the disorder in question. Non-limiting examples of HtrAl related disorders to be treated herein include malignant and benign tumors or cancer, non-leukemia and lymphoid malignancies, neurodegenerative disorders, inflammatory and immune disorders, and new intraocular diseases. Non-limiting examples of HUA3-related disorders include malignant and benign tumors or cancer, non-leukemia and lymphoid malignancies, and placental dysfunction. "Technology and cancer" refers to or describes in a mammal

。癌症之實例 、肉瘤及白血 病該等癌之更特定實例包括鱗狀細胞癌、 非小細胞肺癌、肺腺癌、肺鱗狀癌 胞癌、小細胞肺癌、 黑素瘤、腹膜癌、肝 128788.doc -31 - 200846358 細胞癌、胃腸癌、胰腺癌、神經膠母細胞瘤、子宮頸癌、 卵巢癌、肝臟癌症、膀胱癌、肝細胞瘤、乳癌、結腸癌、 結腸直腸癌、子宮内膜癌或子宮癌、唾液腺癌、腎癌、肝 臟癌症、前列腺癌、陰門癌、甲狀腺癌、肝癌(hepatic carcinoma)及各種類型之頭頸癌。 如本文所使用之"神經退化性病症"包括(但不限於)哺乳 動物中通常以神經組織之退化或神經組織中細胞間通信之 退化為特徵的中樞及/或周圍神經系統之疾病或病症。神 經退化性病症之實例包括(但不限於)神經退化性疾病(包括 (但不限於)路易體病(Lewy body disease)、脊髓灰質炎後 症候群(postpoliomyelitis syndrome)、Shy-Draeger症候群 (Shy-Draeger syndrome)、 撖欖橋腦小腦萎縮 (olivopontocerebellar atrophy)、帕金森氏病(Parkins〇n,s disease)、多系統萎縮、紋狀體黑質退化(striat〇nigral degeneration))、τ蛋白病(tauopathies)(包括(但不限於)阿茲 海默氏病(Alzheimer disease)及核上麻痹))、朊病毒疾病 (包括(但不限於)牛海綿樣腦病(bovine spongiform encephalopathy)、綿羊癢病(scrapie)、克羅伊茨費爾特-雅 各布症候群(Creutzfeldt-Jakob syndrome)、克魯病(kuru)、 蓋-施氏病(Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker disease)、慢性 消耗性疾病及致死性家族性失眠症)、延髓性麻癖、運動 神經元疾病及神經糸統異質性退化性病症(nervous system heterodegenerative disorders)(包括(但不限於)嘉拿芬氏病 (Canavan disease)、亨廷頓氏病(Huntington’s disease)、神 128788.doc -32- 200846358 經元堪樣質脂褐素沈積病(neur〇nal ceroid-lipofuscinosis)、亞歷山大病(Alexander,s disease)、妥瑞氏 症候群(Tourette、syn(jrome)、緬克斯氏捲髮症候群 (Menkes kinky hair Syndrome)、柯凱因氏症候群(c〇ckayne syndrome)、哈勒沃登-施帕茨症候群(Halerv〇rden -Spatz syndrome)、拉福拉病(laf〇ra disease)、雷特症候群(Rett syndrome) 肝豆狀核變性(hepatolenticular degeneration)、萊希-尼亨症候群(Lesch_Nyhan syndrome) 及 Unverricht-Lundborg 症候群(Unverricht -Lundborg. Examples of cancer, sarcoma and leukemia More specific examples of such cancers include squamous cell carcinoma, non-small cell lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, lung squamous cell carcinoma, small cell lung cancer, melanoma, peritoneal cancer, liver 128788. Doc -31 - 200846358 Cell carcinoma, gastrointestinal cancer, pancreatic cancer, glioblastoma, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, hepatocellular carcinoma, breast cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial cancer Or uterine cancer, salivary gland cancer, kidney cancer, liver cancer, prostate cancer, genital cancer, thyroid cancer, hepatic carcinoma, and various types of head and neck cancer. "Neurodegenerative disorders" as used herein includes, but is not limited to, diseases of the central and/or peripheral nervous system that are typically characterized by degradation of neural tissue or degradation of intercellular communication in neural tissue in a mammal or Illness. Examples of neurodegenerative disorders include, but are not limited to, neurodegenerative diseases including, but not limited to, Lewy body disease, postpoliomyelitis syndrome, and Shy-Draeger syndrome (Shy-Draeger) Syndrome), olivopontocerebellar atrophy, Parkins〇n, s disease, multiple system atrophy, striat〇nigral degeneration, tau proteinosis (including (but not limited to) Alzheimer disease and nuclear paralysis), prion diseases (including but not limited to bovine spongiform encephalopathy, scrapie (scrapie) ), Creutzfeldt-Jakob syndrome, kuru, Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker disease, chronic wasting disease and lethal family Insomnia), bulbar palsy, motor neuron disease, and nervous system heterodegenerative disorders (including (but not limited to) Canavan disease, Huntington's disease, God 128788.doc -32- 200846358 Transmembrane lipofuscinosis (neur〇nal ceroid-lipofuscinosis) ), Alexander, s disease, Tourette, syn (jrome), Menkes kinky hair Syndrome, c〇ckayne syndrome, Halle Halerv〇rden-Spatz syndrome, laf〇ra disease, Rett syndrome, hepatolenticular degeneration, Leah-Niegen syndrome (Lesch_Nyhan syndrome) and Unverricht-Lundborg syndrome (Unverricht - Lundborg

Syndr〇me))、癡呆(包括(但不限於)畢克氏病(Pick,s disease)及脊髓小腦性共濟失調)。 如本文所使用之”眼内新血管疾病”包括(但不限於)增生 性視網膜病(例如,糖尿病性視網膜病)、黃斑變性(例如, 年齡相關黃斑變性(AMD)或”乾型,,黃斑變性)、新生血管性 月光眼及移植角膜組織及其他組織之免疫排斥反應。 年齡相關黃斑變性(AMD)為老年成年人之嚴重的不可逆 視力損失之最常見原因(Nati〇nal S〇ciety t0 prevent Blindness 1980)。其特徵在於大量臨床及病理學發現,諸 如稱為脈絡膜疣之淺黃色斑點、視網膜色素上皮(RpE)破 裂、脈絡膜新血管生成(CNV)及盤狀黃斑變性。疾病之表 現症狀分為兩種形式:非滲出性(乾型)及滲出性(濕型或新 血官)。脈絡臈疣為乾型形式之特徵性病變,而新血管生 成為濕型形式之特徵。盤狀AMD為新血管病變之纖維化階 段。 128788.doc •33- 200846358 AMD之發病率隨年齡增長顯著增加。參見,例如 Leibowitz等人,The Framingham Eye Study monograph: an ophthalmological and epidemiological study of cataract, glaucoma, diabetic retinopathy,macular degeneration, and visual acuity in a general population of 2631 adults,1973-1975. Swrv 24(增刊):335-610 (1980);及 Klein 等人,Prevalence of age related maculopathy. The Beaver Dam Eye Study. Ophthalmology 99:933-43 (1992)。雖然疾 病之濕型形式不多見,但其造成80%-90%的與AMD相關的 嚴重視力損失(Ferris 等人,102:1640-2 (1984))。存在估計100-120萬佔優勢的濕型AMD病例。雖 然尚不知AMD之病因;但顯然患AMD之風險隨年齡增長 而增加。其他已知風險因素包括家族病史及吸煙。推定風 險因素亦包括氧化應力、糖尿病、酒精攝入及日光曝露 (Damico DJ. Diseases of the retina. N Engl J Med 1994; 331:95-106 (1994);及 Christen WG等人,276:1147- 51 (1996))。 乾型AMD之特徵在於RPE及布魯赫氏膜(Bruch’s membrane)之變化。認為因年齡及其他風險因素而受損之 RPE使脂褐質及細胞殘骸沈積於布魯赫氏膜上。該等變化 經檢眼鏡檢查可見為脈絡膜疣,其分散於整個黃斑及視網 膜後極。亦存在可變程度之RPE萎縮及色素沈著。乾型 AMD可無征狀或伴隨有可變且通常最小程度之視力損失且 視為發展出濕型AMD之前奏。 128788.doc 34· 200846358 濕型AMD之特徵在於黃斑區之cNV。脈絡膜毛細管增生 且穿透布魯赫氏膜到達RPE且可延伸至視網膜下腔。新形 成之毛細管之滲透性增加導致漿液或血液在RpE及/或感覺 神經視網膜下或感覺神經視網膜内累積。當窩變得腫脹或 脫落時,導致視力下降,可能跟著發生纖維性化生及構 造,從而導致稱為盤狀瘢痕之視網膜下塊狀物增大,此構 成末期AMD且與永久性視力損失相關(D,Amic〇 Dj. #心y ·/咖33 i :95] 〇6 (1994))。濕型AMD之老年治療性物理治 鲁療包括光動力療法(Photodynamic therapy,PDT,例如用 VISUDYNE) 〇 如本文所使用之”發炎性及免疫病症”包括(但不限於)由 異常免疫機制及/或異常細胞激素信號轉導所引起之病 症。發炎性及免疫病症之實例包括(但不限於)自體免疫疾 病、免疫缺乏症候群及過敏症。本文中"自體免疫疾病”為 由個體自身組織所產生且針對該等組織之非惡性疾病或病 症。本文中自體免疫疾病尤其不包括惡性或癌性疾病或病 狀,尤其不包括B細胞淋巴瘤、急性淋巴母細胞性白血病 (ALL)、慢性淋巴細胞性白血病(CLL)、毛細胞白血病及慢 性骨髓母細胞白血病。自體免疫疾病或病症之實例包括 (但不限於)發炎反應,諸如發炎性皮膚病,包括牛皮癣及 皮炎(例如’異位性皮炎);全身性硬皮病及硬化症·與發 炎性腸病相關之反應(諸如克羅恩氏病(Cr〇hn,s 及 潰瘍性結腸炎);呼吸窘迫症候群(包括成人呼吸窘迫症候 群(ARDS));皮炎;腦膜炎;腦炎;葡萄膜炎;結腸炎/ I28788.doc •35· 200846358 絲球體腎炎;過敏性病狀,諸如濕疹及哮喘及其他涉及τ 細胞浸潤及慢性發炎反應之病狀;動脈粥樣硬化;白細胞 黏附缺陷;類風濕性關節炎;全身性紅斑狼瘡(sle)(包括 (但不限於)狼瘡性腎炎、皮膚狼瘡);糖尿病(例如,〗型糖 尿病或胰島素依賴性糖尿病);多發性硬化症;雷納氏症 候群(Reynaud’s syndrome);自體免疫性曱狀腺炎;橋本甲 狀腺炎(Hashimoto’s thyroiditis);過敏性腦脊趨炎;修格 蘭氏症候群(Sjogren’s syndrome);青少年發作糖尿病 (juvenile onset diabetes);及通常可見於結核病、肉狀瘤 病、多發性肌炎、肉芽腫及脈管炎中與由細胞激素及T淋 巴細胞介導之急性及延遲性過敏相關之免疫反應;惡性貧 血(阿狄森氏病(Addison’s disease));涉及白血球渗出之疾 病;中樞神經系統(CNS)發炎性病症;多器官損傷症候 群;溶血性貧企(包括(但不限於)冷球蛋白血症 (cryoglobulinemia)或庫姆斯氏陽性貧血症(c〇〇mbs p〇shive anemia));重症肌無力;抗原抗體複合物介導之疾病;抗 腎小球基膜病(anti-glomerular basement membrane disease);抗磷脂症候群;過敏性神經炎;葛瑞夫茲氏病 (Graves’ disease);蘭伯特-伊頓肌無力症候群(Lamber卜Syndr〇me)), dementia (including but not limited to, Pick, s disease and spinocerebellar ataxia). "Intraocular neovascular disease" as used herein includes, but is not limited to, proliferative retinopathy (eg, diabetic retinopathy), macular degeneration (eg, age-related macular degeneration (AMD) or "dry", macular Denaturing), neovascular lunate eye and immune rejection of transplanted corneal tissue and other tissues Age-related macular degeneration (AMD) is the most common cause of severe irreversible loss of vision in elderly adults (Nati〇nal S〇ciety t0 prevent Blindness 1980). It is characterized by a large number of clinical and pathological findings, such as pale yellow spots called choroidal ridge, retinal pigment epithelium (RpE) rupture, choroidal neovascularization (CNV), and discoid macular degeneration. There are two forms: non-exudative (dry) and exudative (wet or new blood). The choroid is a characteristic form of the dry form, while neovascularization is characterized by a wet form. Discoid AMD The stage of fibrosis for neovascularization. 128788.doc •33- 200846358 The incidence of AMD increases significantly with age. See, for example, Leibo Witz et al, The Framingham Eye Study monograph: an ophthalmological and epidemiological study of cataract, glaucoma, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, and visual acuity in a general population of 2631 adults, 1973-1975. Swrv 24 (suppl): 335-610 (1980); and Klein et al, Prevalence of age related maculopathy. The Beaver Dam Eye Study. Ophthalmology 99: 933-43 (1992). Although the wet form of the disease is rare, it causes 80%-90% Serious visual loss associated with AMD (Ferris et al., 102: 1640-2 (1984)). There are an estimated 100-1.2 million dominant cases of wet AMD. Although the cause of AMD is unknown, the risk of developing AMD is clearly Increased by age. Other known risk factors include family history and smoking. Presumed risk factors also include oxidative stress, diabetes, alcohol intake, and sun exposure (Damico DJ. Diseases of the retina. N Engl J Med 1994; 331:95 -106 (1994); and Christen WG et al., 276: 1147-51 (1996)). Dry AMD is characterized by changes in RPE and Bruch's membrane. It is believed that RPE damaged by age and other risk factors deposits lipofuscin and cell debris on Bruch's membrane. These changes can be seen as choroidal hernias, which are scattered throughout the macula and the posterior pole of the retina. There is also a variable degree of RPE atrophy and pigmentation. Dry AMD can be free of symptoms or accompanied by variable and often minimal loss of vision and is considered to develop a wet AMD prelude. 128788.doc 34· 200846358 Wet AMD is characterized by cNV in the macula. Choroidal capillary hyperplasia and penetration of Bruch's membrane reaches the RPE and can extend into the subretinal space. The increased permeability of the newly formed capillaries results in the accumulation of serum or blood in the RpE and/or sensory nerve subretinal or sensory nerve retina. When the litter becomes swollen or detached, it causes vision loss, which may follow fibrosis and structure, leading to an increase in subretinal mass called discoid scar, which constitutes terminal AMD and is associated with permanent visual loss. (D, Amic〇Dj. #心y ·/咖33 i :95] 〇6 (1994)). Elderly therapeutic physiotherapy for wet AMD includes Photodynamic therapy (PDT, for example with VISUDYNE). As used herein, "inflammatory and immune disorders" include, but are not limited to, by abnormal immune mechanisms and / Or a disorder caused by abnormal cytokine signaling. Examples of inflammatory and immune disorders include, but are not limited to, autoimmune diseases, immunodeficiency syndromes, and allergies. "autoimmune disease" as used herein is a non-malignant disease or condition produced by an individual's own tissues and directed against such tissues. The autoimmune diseases herein do not specifically include malignant or cancerous diseases or conditions, especially including B. Cell lymphoma, acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), hairy cell leukemia, and chronic myeloblastic leukemia. Examples of autoimmune diseases or conditions include, but are not limited to, inflammatory responses, Such as inflammatory skin diseases, including psoriasis and dermatitis (such as 'atopic dermatitis'); systemic scleroderma and sclerosis · reactions associated with inflammatory bowel disease (such as Crohn's disease (Cr〇hn, s and Ulcerative colitis); respiratory distress syndrome (including adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS)); dermatitis; meningitis; encephalitis; uveitis; colitis / I28788.doc •35· 200846358 spheroid nephritis; allergic disease, Such as eczema and asthma and other conditions involving tau cell infiltration and chronic inflammatory reactions; atherosclerosis; leukocyte adhesion defects; rheumatoid arthritis Systemic lupus erythematosus (including (but not limited to) lupus nephritis, cutaneous lupus); diabetes (eg, diabetes or insulin-dependent diabetes); multiple sclerosis; Reynaud's syndrome; Autoimmune verrumitis; Hashimoto's thyroiditis; allergic cerebrospinal inflammation; Sjogren's syndrome; juvenile onset diabetes; and commonly seen in tuberculosis, meat Immune response associated with acute and delayed allergies mediated by cytokines and T lymphocytes in oncology, polymyositis, granulomatosis, and vasculitis; pernicious anemia (Addison's disease) Diseases involving leukocyte oozing; central nervous system (CNS) inflammatory conditions; multiple organ injury syndrome; hemolytic poor (including but not limited to cryoglobulinemia or Cooms-positive anemia (c〇〇mbs p〇shive anemia)); myasthenia gravis; antigen-antibody complex-mediated disease; anti-glomerular basement membrane disease (anti-g Lomerular basement membrane disease; antiphospholipid syndrome; allergic neuritis; Graves' disease; Lambert-Eaton myasthenia gravis syndrome (Lamber

Eaton myasthenic syndrome);大皰性類天疱瘡(pemphig〇id bullous);天疱瘡;自體免疫性多内分泌腺病變;萊特爾 氏病(Reiter s disease),僵人症候群(stiff-man syndrome); 白塞氏病(Behcet disease);巨細胞動脈炎;免疫綜合性腎 炎;IgA腎病;IgM多發性神經病;免疫性血小板減少性紫 128788.doc -36- 200846358 癜(ITP)或自體免疫性血小板減少症等。 本發明之HtrAl PDZ域及HtrA3 PDZ域調節化合物可與 一或多種其他藥劑組合使用以治療或預防一或多種η&αι 相關病症或HtrA3相關病症。舉例而言,如一般技術者廣、 瞭解’本發明之多肽可與一或多種細胞毒性劑、化學治療 劑、生長抑制劑、消炎劑、抗血管生成劑及物理治療組合 使用來治療或預防一或多種HtrAl相關病症或HtrA3相關病 症。 • 如本文中所使用之術語π細胞毒性劑,,係指抑制或阻止細 胞功能及/或導致細胞破壞之物質。該術語意欲包括放射 性同位素(例如,At2】1、I131、I125、γ9〇、Re186、Rei88、Eaton myasthenic syndrome); pemphig〇id bullous; pemphigus; autoimmune polyendocrine gland; Reiter s disease, stiff-man syndrome; Behcet disease; giant cell arteritis; immune-induced nephritis; IgA nephropathy; IgM polyneuropathy; immune thrombocytopenic purpura 128788.doc -36- 200846358 癜 (ITP) or autoimmune platelets Reduced symptoms, etc. The HtrAl PDZ domain and HtrA3 PDZ domain modulatory compounds of the invention can be used in combination with one or more other pharmaceutical agents to treat or prevent one or more η&αι related disorders or HtrA3 associated disorders. For example, as is well known in the art, the polypeptide of the present invention can be used in combination with one or more cytotoxic agents, chemotherapeutic agents, growth inhibitors, anti-inflammatory agents, anti-angiogenic agents, and physical therapies to treat or prevent Or a variety of HtrAl related disorders or HtrA3 related disorders. • The term π cytotoxic agent as used herein refers to a substance that inhibits or prevents cell function and/or causes cell destruction. The term is intended to include radioisotopes (eg, At2] 1, I131, I125, γ9〇, Re186, Rei88,

Sm 、12、P32及1^之放射性同位素);化學治療劑,例 如甲胺蝶呤(methotrexate)、阿黴素(adriamicin)、長春生 物驗(vinca alkaloids)(長春新驗(vincristine)、長春花驗 (vinblastine)、依託泊苷(etoposide))、多柔比星 (doxorubicin)、美法侖(meiphalan)、絲裂黴素C(mitomycin 鲁 C)、苯丁 酸氮芥(chlorambucil)、道諾黴素(daunorubicin) 或其他插入劑、酶及其片段(諸如核酸分解酶)、抗生素及 毒素(諸如細菌、真菌、植物或動物來源之小分子毒素或 酶促活性毒素,包括其片段及/或變異體),以及下文所揭 示之各種抗腫瘤劑或抗癌劑。其他細胞毒性劑描述於下文 中。殺腫瘤劑引起腫瘤細胞之破壞。 "化學治療劑”為適用於治療癌症之化合物。化學治療劑 之實例包括:烧化劑,諸如硫替派(如0_勾及 128788.doc -37- 200846358Sm, 12, P32 and 1^ radioisotopes); chemotherapeutic agents, such as methotrexate, adriamicin, vinca alkaloids (vincristine), periwinkle (vinblastine), etoposide, doxorubicin, mephilan, mitomycin C, chlorambucil, darno Daunorubicin or other intervening agents, enzymes and fragments thereof (such as nucleases), antibiotics and toxins (such as small molecule toxins or enzymatically active toxins of bacterial, fungal, plant or animal origin, including fragments thereof and/or Variants, as well as various anti-tumor or anti-cancer agents disclosed below. Other cytotoxic agents are described below. Tumor killing agents cause destruction of tumor cells. "Chemotherapeutic agents" are compounds suitable for the treatment of cancer. Examples of chemotherapeutic agents include: a burning agent such as thiotepa (e.g., 0_hook and 128788.doc-37-200846358)

CYTOXAN®環填醯胺;烷基磺酸鹽,諸如白消安 (busulfan)、 英丙舒凡(improsulfan)及旅泊舒凡 (piposulfan);氮丙咬,諸如苯嗤多巴(benzodopa)、卡巴酉昆 (carboquone)、米特多巴(meturedopa)及尤利多巴 (uredopa);伸乙基亞胺及曱基密胺,包括六甲蜜胺 (altretamine)、三伸乙基密胺(triethylenemelamine)、三伸 乙基填酸胺(trietylenephosphoramide)、三伸乙基硫代填醢 胺(triethiylenethiophosphoramide)及三 甲密胺 (trimethylolomelamine);多聚乙醯(aeetogenin)(尤其布拉 他辛(bullatacin)及布拉他辛酮(bullatacinone)) ; Δ-9-四氫 大麻盼(delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol)(屈大麻齡 (dronabinol),MARINOL®) ; β-拉帕酮(beta-lapachone); 拉帕醇(lapachol); 秋水仙鹼(colchicine); 樺木酸 (betulinic acid);喜樹驗(camptothecin)(包括合成類似物拓 朴替康(topotecan)(HYCAMTIN®)、CPT-11(伊諸替康 (irinotecan) , CAMPTOSAR®)、乙酿基喜樹驗 (acetylcamptothecin)、斯考普萊叮(scopolectin)及 9·胺基喜 樹驗(9-aminocamptothecin));苔蘚蟲素(bryostatin);卡利 斯塔叮(callystatin) ; CC-1065(包括其阿多來新 (adozelesin)、卡折來新(carzelesin)及比折來新(bizelesin) 合成類似物);足葉草毒素(podophyllotoxin);足葉草酸 (podophyllinic acid);替尼泊甙(teniposide);念珠藻環肽 (cryptophycin)(尤其念珠藻環肽1及念珠藻環肽8);海兔毒 素(dolastatin);多卡米辛(duocarmycin)(包括合成類似物, 128788.doc -38 - 200846358CYTOXAN® ring-filled amine; alkyl sulfonates such as busulfan, improsulfan, and piposulfan; azepine, such as benzodopa, Carboquone, meturedopa and uredopa; ethyl imino and decyl melamine, including altretamine, triethylenemelamine , trietylenephosphoramide, triethiylenethiophosphoramide and trimethylolomelamine; aeetogenin (especially bulatacin) and cloth Deltatacinone); delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (dronabinol, MARINOl®); beta-lapachone; lapitol (lapachol); colchicine; betulinic acid; camptothecin (including synthetic analogues topotecan (HYCAMTIN®), CPT-11 (ijiticon) Irinotecan), CAMPTOSAR®), acetylcamptothecin , scopolectin and 9-aminocamptothecin; bryostatin; calistastat; CC-1065 (including its adolescence) (adozelesin), carzelesin and bizelesin synthetic analogues; podophyllotoxin; podophyllinic acid; teniposide; candida Cyclopeptide (cryptophycin) (especially Candida cyclic peptide 1 and Nostoccal cyclic peptide 8); dolastatin; doocarmycin (including synthetic analogues, 128788.doc -38 - 200846358)

KW-2189 及 CB1-TM1);艾權素(eleutherobin);盤克斯塔叮 (pancratistatin);沙考的汀(sarcodictyin);海綿素 (spongistatin);氮芥(nitrogen mustard),諸如苯丁 酸氮芥 (chlorambucil)、萘氮芬(chlornaphazine)、環鱗醢胺、雌氮 芥(estramustine)、異環鱗醢胺(ifosfamide)、二氣甲二乙胺 (mechlorethamine)、 鹽酸二氯曱二乙胺氧化物 (mechlorethamine oxide hydrochloride)、美法命、新氮芥 (novembichin)、膽固醇苯乙酸氮芬(phenesterine)、松龍苯 芥(prednimustine)、氯乙環石粦醢胺(trofosfamide)、尿哺咬 氮芥(uracil mustard);硝基脲,諸如亞确脲氮芥 (carmustine)、氯脲黴素(chlorozotocin)、福莫司汀 (fotemustine)、環己亞硝脲(lomustine)、嘴σ定亞石肖脲 (nimustine)及拉甯司汀(ranimnustine);抗生素,諸如稀二 快抗生素(例如,刺抱黴素(calicheamicin),尤其刺孢黴素 γΐΐ及刺孢黴素coll(參見,例如,Agnew,C/zem /W/·五乂 A2g/·,33:183-186 (1994));達米辛(dynemicin),包括達米 辛A ;艾斯帕米辛(esperamicin);以及新制癌菌素 (neocarzinostatin)發色團及相關色蛋白嫦二炔抗生素發色 團)、克拉斯米辛(aclacinomysin)、 放線菌素 (actinomycin)、奥斯拉米辛(authramycin)、偶氮絲胺酸 (azaserine)、 博萊黴素(bleomycin)、 放線菌素 C(cactinomycin)、卡拉比辛(carabicin)、洋紅黴素 (carminomycin)、嗜癌黴素(carzinophilin)、克羅米辛 (chromomycinis)、放線菌素(<^〇1^11〇1117(^11)、道諾黴素、 128788.doc -39- 200846358KW-2189 and CB1-TM1); eleutherobin; pancratistatin; sarcodictyin; spongistatin; nitrogen mustard, such as phenylbutyric acid Chlorambucil, chlornaphazine, cyclosporin, estramustine, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine, dichloropurine hydrochloride Mechlorethamine oxide hydrochloride, methadine, neomethane, phenesterine, prednimustine, trofosfamide, urinary feeding Nia urea mustard; nitrourea, such as carmustine, chlorozotocin, fotemustine, lomustine, sulphonate Nimustine and ranimnustine; antibiotics, such as dilute fast antibiotics (eg, calicheamicin, especially calicheamicin gammaΐΐ and calicheamicin coll (see, eg, ,Agnew,C/zem /W/·五乂A2g/·, 33:1 83-186 (1994)); dynemicin, including Damisin A; esperamicin; and neocarzinostatin chromophore and related chromoprotein diacetylene antibiotics Chromophore), aclacinomysin, actinomycin, authramycin, azaserine, bleomycin, actinomycin C ( Cactinomycin), carabincin, carminomycin, carzinophilin, chromomycinis, actinomycin (<^〇1^11〇1117(^11) , daunorubicin, 128788.doc -39- 200846358

地托比星(detorubicin)、6-重氮基-5-側氧基-L-正白胺酸、 ADRIAMYCIN®多柔比星(包括嗎琳基-多柔比星 (morpholino-doxorubicin)、 氰基嗎琳基多柔比星 (cyanomorpholino-doxorubicin)、2-口比口各琳基-多柔比星及 去氧多柔比星(deoxydoxorubicin))、 表柔比星 (epirubicin)、依索比星(esorubicin)、伊達比星 (idarubicin)、麻西羅黴素(marcellomycin)、絲裂黴素 (mitomycin)(諸如絲裂黴素 C)、黴紛酸(mycophenolic acid)、諾加黴素(nogalamycin)、橄欖黴素(olivomycins)、 培洛黴素(peplomycin)、潑非黴素(potfiromycin)、嘌呤黴 素(puromycin)、奎那黴素(quelamycin)、羅多比星 (rodorubicin)、鏈黑菌素(streptonigrin)、鏈脲黴素 (streptozocin)、殺結核菌素(tubercidin)、烏苯美司 (ubenimex)、淨司他汀(冗111〇31壮1^11)、佐柔比星(2〇1^1^(^11); 抗代謝物,諸如曱胺蝶呤及5-氟尿嘴σ定(5-fluorouracil)(5-FU);葉酸類似物,諸如傣諾特呤(denopterin)、曱胺蝶 呤、蝶羅呤(pteropterin)、三甲曲沙(trimetrexate);嗓呤類 似物,諸如氟達拉濱(fludarabine)、6-魏基嘌呤(6-mercaptopurine)、°塞咪嗓呤(thiamiprine)、硫鳥 ϋ票吟 (thioguanine) ; 5密σ定類似物,諸如環胞苦(ancitabine)、阿 紮胞芽(azacitidine)、6-氮雜尿普(6-azauridine)、卡莫氟 (carmofur)、阿糖胞苦(cytarabine)、雙去氧尿苦 (dideoxyuridine)、去氧氣尿普(doxifluridine)、依諾他濱 (enocitabine)、敗尿核苦(floxuridine);雄激素,諸如卡魯 128788.doc -40- 200846358 睾艱J (calusterone)、丙酸屈他雄酮(dromostanolone propionate)、環硫雄醇(epitiostanol)、美雄烧 (mepitiostane)、睾内酉旨(testolactone);抗腎上腺素,諸如 胺基苯乙派 σ定酮(aminoglutethimide)、米托坦(mitotane)、Detorubicin, 6-diazo-5-oxo-L-positive leucine, ADRIAMYCIN® doxorubicin (including morpholino-doxorubicin, cyanide) Cyanomorpholino-doxorubicin, 2-port specific lenyl-doxorubicin and deoxydoxorubicin, epirubicin, essobi Esorubicin, idarubicin, marcellomycin, mitomycin (such as mitomycin C), mycophenolic acid, nogamycin ( Nogalamycin), olivomycins, peplomycin, potfiromycin, puromycin, quelamycin, rodorubicin, chain Streptonigrin, streptozocin, tubercidin, ubenimex, netstatin (redundant 111〇31 壮1^11), zorubicin ( 2〇1^1^(^11); antimetabolites such as guanamine pterin and 5-fluorouracil (5-FU); folic acid analogues such as sino Denopterin, pteridopterin, pteropterin, trimetrexate, purine analogs, such as fludarabine, 6-mercaptopurine, °thiamiprine, thioguanine; 5 dense sigma analogs, such as ancitabine, azacitidine, 6-azapine (6- Azauridine), carmofur, cytarabine, dideoxyuridine, doxifluridine, enocitabine, floxuridine Androgen, such as Karoo 128788.doc -40- 200846358 testosterone J (calusterone), dromostanolone propionate, epitiostanol, mepitiostane, testicular (testolactone); anti-adrenalin, such as aminoglutethimide, mitotane,

曲洛司坦(trilostane);葉酸補充劑,諸如夫羅林酸(frolinic acid);醋葡酸内酯(aceglatone);酸麟醯胺葡糖甙 (aldophosphamide glycoside);胺基果糖酸(aminolevulinic acid);伊利盧拉(eniluracil);胺苯 σ丫咬(amsacrine);倍思 塔布(bestrabucil); 比生群(bisantrene); 艾達曲克 (edatraxate);得弗伐胺(defofamine);秋水仙胺 (demecolcine);地 ϋ丫 酉昆(diaziquone);艾弗利散 (elfornithine);依利醋銨(elliptinium acetate);埃坡黴素 (epothilone);乙環氧咬(etoglucid);硝酸鎵(gallium nitrate);經基脲(hydroxyurea);香兹糖(lentinan);羅尼達 寧(lonidainine);類美登素(maytansinoid),諸如美登素 (maytansine)及胺沙托辛(ansamitocins); 丙肺月宗 (mitoguazone);米托蒽酉昆(mitoxantrone);莫比達摩 (mopidanmol);石肖拉維林(nitraerine); 喷司他汀 (pentostatin);凡那明(phenamet);比柔比星 (pirarubicin);洛索蒽覼(losoxantrone) ; 2-乙基醯肼(2-ethylhydrazide);普魯苄肼(procarbazine) ; PSK® 多餹複合 物(JHS Natural Products, Eugene, OR);丙亞胺 (razoxane);根黴菌素(rhizoxin);西佐糖(sizofiran);螺鍺 (spirogermanium);細交鏈孢菌酮酸(tenuazonie acid);三 128788.doc -41 - 200846358Trilostane; folic acid supplements, such as frolinic acid; aceglatone; aldophosphamide glycoside; aminolevulinic acid ); ililuracil; amsacrine; bestrabucil; bisantrene; edatraxate; defofamine; Demecolcine; diaziquone; elfornithine; elliptinium acetate; epothilone; etoglucid; Gallium nitrate; hydroxyurea; lentinan; lonidainine; maytansinoid, such as maytansine and ansamitocins; Mitoguazone; mitoxantrone; mopidanmol; nitraerine; pentostatin; phenamet; Pilarubicin; losoxantrone; 2-ethylhydr Azide); procarbazine; PSK® polysaccharide complex (JHS Natural Products, Eugene, OR); razoxane; rhizoxin; sizofiran; (spirogermanium); tenuazonie acid; three 128788.doc -41 - 200846358

亞胺醌(triaziquone) ; 2,2^2^-三氯三乙基胺;單端孢黴烯 族毒素(trichothecene)(尤其T-2毒素、弗納庫林 A(verracurin A)、桿孢菌素 A(roridin A)及胺癸叮 (anguidine));烏拉坦(urethan);去乙醯長春醯胺 (vindesine)(ELDISINE® , FILDESIN®);達卡巴嗪 (dacarbazine);甘露醇氮齐(mannomustine);二漠甘露醇 (mitobronitol);二溴衛矛醇(mit〇lactol);雙溴丙基哌嗪 (pipobroman);曱托辛(gacytosine);阿糖胞苷(丨’Ara-C”); 硫替派(thiotepa);紫杉醇(taxoid),例如TAXOL®太平洋 紫杉醇(Bristol-Myers Squibb Oncology,Princeton,N.J·); ABRAXANE™無十六醇聚氧乙烯醚之經白蛋白工程化之 太平洋紫杉醇奈米粒子調配物(ABRAXANETM Cremophor-free, albumin-engineered nanoparticle formulation of paclitaxel , American Pharmaceutical Partners, Schaumberg, Illinois)及 TAXOTERE® 多 西他赛 (doxetaxel)(Rh6ne-Poulenc Rorer,Antony,France);克羅南 布(chloranbucil) ·,吉西他濱(gemcitabine)(GEMZAR®) ; 6-硫鳥嗓呤(6-thioguanine);魏基嗓呤(mercaptopurine);甲 胺蝶呤;舶類似物,諸如順舶(cisplatin)及卡銘 (carboplatin);長春花驗(vinblastine)(VELBAN®);始;依 託泊苷(VP-16);異環磷醯胺;米托蒽醌;長春新鹼 (vincristine)(ONCOVIN®) ·,奥沙利始(oxaliplatin);盧考 弗 文(leucovovin); 長 春瑞賓(vinorelbine) (NAVELBINE®);諾凡特龍(novantrone);依達曲沙 128788.doc -42- 200846358Triaziquone; 2,2^2^-trichlorotriethylamine; trichothecene (especially T-2 toxin, verracurin A, spores) Roridin A and anguidine; urethan; vindesine (ELDISINE®, FILDESIN®); dacarbazine; mannitol (mannomustine); mitobronitol; mit〇lactol; pipobroman; gacytosine; cytarabine (丨'Ara-C "); thiotepa; taxoid, such as TAXOL® Pacific Paclitaxel (Bristol-Myers Squibb Oncology, Princeton, NJ·); ABRAXANETM without hexadecanol polyoxyethylene ether, albumin engineered Pacific Paclitaxel Nanoparticle Formulation (ABRAXANETM Cremophor-free, albumin-engineered nanoparticle formulation of paclitaxel, American Pharmaceutical Partners, Schaumberg, Illinois) and TAXOTERE® doxetaxel (Rh6ne-Poulenc Rorer, Antony, France); Chloranbucil ·, Geexi Gemcitabine (GEMZAR®); 6-thioguanine; mercaptopurine; methotrexate; analogues of the class, such as cisplatin and carboplatin ); vinblastine (VELBAN®); initial; etoposide (VP-16); ifosfamide; mitoxantrone; vincristine (ONCOVIN®) ·, oxali Oxalplatin; leucovovin; vinorelbine (NAVELBINE®); novantrone; etadashasha 128788.doc -42- 200846358

(edatrexate);道諾黴素;胺基蝶呤;伊班膦酸鹽 (ibandronate);拓撲異構酶抑制劑RFS 2000 ;二氟曱基鳥 胺酸(difluorometlhylornithine,DMFO); 類視色素,諸如 視黃酸(retinoic acid);卡培他濱(capecitabine) (XELODA®);任何以上治療劑之醫藥學上可接受之鹽、 酸或衍生物;以及兩種或兩種以上治療劑之組合,諸如 CHOP(環填醯胺、多柔比星、長春新鹼及潑尼松龍 (prednisolone)之組合療法之縮寫)及FOLFOX(奥沙利鉑 (oxaliplatin)(ELOXATINTM)與5-FU及盧考弗文組合之治療 方案之縮寫)。其他化學治療劑包括適用作抗體藥物接合 物之細胞毒性劑,諸如類美登素(maytansinoid)(例如, DM1)及阿瑞他汀(auristatin)(例如,MMAE 及 MMAF)。 該定義中亦包括起調控、減少、阻斷或抑制可促進癌症 生長之激素之效應的作用且通常為系統性或全身性治療之 形式的抗激素劑。其本身可為激素。實例包括抗雌激素及 選擇性雌激素受體調節劑(SERM),包括(例如)他莫西芬 (tamoxifen)(包括 NOLVADEX® 他莫西芬)、EVISTA® 雷洛 西芬(raloxifene)、屈洛昔芬(droloxifene)、4-經基他莫西 芬(4-hydroxytamoxifen)、曲沃昔芬(trioxifene)、雷洛昔芬 鹽酸鹽(keoxifene)、LY117018、歐納氏酮(onapristone)及 FARESTON® 托瑞米芬(toremifene);抗黃體酮(anti-progesterone);雌激素受體下調劑(ERD);起抑止或制止 卵巢之作用之藥劑,例如黃體素釋放激素(LHRH)促效 劑,諸如LUPRON®&ELIGARD®乙酸亮丙瑞林(leuprolide 128788.doc -43- 200846358 acetate)、乙酸戈舍瑞林(goserelin acetate)、乙酸布舍瑞林 (buserelin acetate)及曲特瑞林(tripterelin);其他抗雄激 素,諸如氟他胺(flutamide)、尼魯米特(nilutamide)及必卡 他胺(bicalutamide);及抑制調控腎上腺中雌激素產生之酶 芳香酶之芳香酶抑制劑,諸如4(5)-咪嗤、胺基苯乙旅σ定酮 (aminoglutethimide)、MEGASE® 乙酸曱地孕酮(megestrol acetate)、AROMASIN® 依西美坦(exemestane)、弗米斯坦 (formestanie)、法偏嗤(fadrozole)、RIVISOR® 伏氯唾 (vorozole)、FEMARA⑧來曲唑(letrozole)及 ARIMIDEX® 瑞 寧德(anastrozole)。此外,化學治療劑之該定義包括:雙 膦酸鹽,諸如氣屈膦酸鹽(clodronate)(例如,BONEFOS® 或 OSTAC®)、DIDROCAL® 依替膦酸鹽(etidronate)、NE-58095、ZOMETA⑧唑來膦酸/唑來膦酸鹽、FOSAMAX®阿 侖膦酸鹽(alendronate) 、 AREDIA㊣帕米膦酸鹽 (pamidronate)、SKELID® 替魯膦酸鹽(tiludronate)或 ACTONEL®利塞膦酸鹽(risedronate);以及曲沙他濱 (troxacitabine)(l,3-二氧戊環核苷胞嘴咬類似物);反義募 核苷酸,尤其抑制基因在牽涉於異常細胞增生中之信號轉 導路徑中之表現的反義寡核苷酸,諸如PKC-α、Raf、H-Ras及表皮生長因子受體(EGF-R);疫苗,諸如 THERATOPE®疫苗及基因療法疫苗,例如ALLOVECTIN® 疫苗 、LEUVECTIN®疫苗及 VAXID®疫苗 ; LURTOTECAN®拓撲異構酶1抑制劑;ABARELIX® rmRH;拉帕替尼對曱苯磺酸鹽(lapatinib ditosylate)(ErbB- 128788.doc -44- 200846358 2與EGFR雙重脱^ °私酸激酶小分子抑制劑,亦稱為 GW572016) ; η λ 壬何以上治療劑之醫藥學上可接受之鹽、 酸或衍生物。 生長抑制劑"春A j 田在本文中使用時,其係指活體外或活體 内抑制細胞生長之化合物或組合物。在某些實施例中,該 等化合物或組合物抑制腫瘤細胞生長。因A,生長抑制劑 γ在^中顯著降低細胞(例如,腫瘤細胞)之百分比之 某背丨生長抑制劑之實例包括阻斷細胞週期進程(在不同 於s期之其他時期)之藥劑,諸如誘導⑴阻滞及μ期阻滯之 藥劑。典型Μ期阻斷劑包括長春鹼類(長春新鹼及長春 鹼)、紫杉烷(1&\&此)及拓撲異構酶„抑制劑(諸如多柔比 星、表柔比星、柔紅黴素、依託泊苷及博萊黴素)。阻滞 G1之彼等藥劑亦作用於8期阻滯中,例如DNA烷化劑,諸 如他莫西芬、潑尼松、達卡巴嗪、氮芬 (mechlorethamine)、順鉑、甲胺喋呤、5_氟尿嘧啶及 C。其他資訊可見於 The Molecular Basis of Caneei·, Mendelsohn and Israel編,第 1章,Murakami等人之標題為(edatrexate); daunorubicin; aminopterin; ibandronate; topoisomerase inhibitor RFS 2000; difluorometlhylornithine (DMFO); retinoid, such as Retinoic acid; capecitabine (XELODA®); a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, acid or derivative of any of the above therapeutic agents; and a combination of two or more therapeutic agents, Such as CHOP (abbreviation of combination therapy with CHOP (cycloheximide, doxorubicin, vincristine and prednisolone) and FOLFOX (oxaliplatin) (ELOXATINTM) with 5-FU and Luka Abbreviation for the treatment plan of the Vervin combination). Other chemotherapeutic agents include cytotoxic agents suitable for use as antibody drug conjugates, such as maytansinoids (e.g., DM1) and auristatin (e.g., MMAE and MMAF). Also included in the definition are anti-hormonal agents that modulate, reduce, block or inhibit the effects of hormones that promote cancer growth and are typically in the form of systemic or systemic treatments. It can be a hormone itself. Examples include anti-estrogen and selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERMs) including, for example, tamoxifen (including NOLVADEX® tamoxifen), EVISTA® raloxifene, and Droloxifene, 4-hydroxytamoxifen, trioxifene, leroxifene hydrochloride, LY117018, onapristone and FARESTON® toremifene; anti-progesterone; estrogen receptor down-regulator (ERD); an agent that inhibits or stops the action of the ovaries, such as the lutein-releasing hormone (LHRH) agonist Such as LUPRON® & ELIGARD® leuprolide 128788.doc -43-200846358 acetate, goserelin acetate, buserelin acetate and triptorelin Tripterelin); other antiandrogens, such as flutamide, nilutamide, and bicalutamide; and aromatase inhibitors that inhibit the regulation of estrogen production by the estrogen in the adrenal gland, Such as 4(5)-imida, amine Glut 旅 amino amino amino amino (aminoglutethimide), MEGASE® megestrol acetate, AROMASIN® exemestane, formestanie, fadrozole, RIVISOR® voltachlor Vorozole, FEMARA8 letrozole and ARIMIDEX® anastrozole. In addition, this definition of chemotherapeutic agent includes: bisphosphonates such as clodronate (eg, BONEFOS® or OSTAC®), DIDROCAL® etidronate, NE-58095, ZOMETA8 Zoledronic acid/zoledronate, FOSAMAX® alendronate, AREDIA pamidronate, SKELID® tiludronate or ACTONEL® risedronate Salt (risedronate); and troxacitabine (l,3-dioxolan nucleoside cytotoxin); antisense nucleotides, especially genes that inhibit gene involvement in abnormal cell proliferation Antisense oligonucleotides expressed in the transduction pathway, such as PKC-α, Raf, H-Ras, and epidermal growth factor receptor (EGF-R); vaccines, such as THERATOPE® vaccines and gene therapy vaccines, such as ALLOVECTIN® Vaccine, LEUVECTIN® vaccine and VAXID® vaccine; LURTOTECAN® topoisomerase 1 inhibitor; ABARELIX® rmRH; lapatinib ditosylate (ErbB-128788.doc-44-200846358 2 with EGFR double-depleted private acid kinase small molecule inhibitor, also known as GW572016); η λ non pharmaceutically acceptable salts of any more than one therapeutic agent, acids or derivatives. Growth Inhibitor "Spring A j Field, as used herein, refers to a compound or composition that inhibits cell growth in vitro or in vivo. In certain embodiments, the compounds or compositions inhibit tumor cell growth. An example of a certain growth inhibitor of growth of A, a growth inhibitor γ, which significantly reduces the percentage of cells (e.g., tumor cells), includes an agent that blocks cell cycle progression (in other periods than the s phase), such as An agent that induces (1) block and phase block. Typical sputum blockers include vinblastine (vincristine and vinblastine), taxanes (1&\& this), and topoisomerase inhibitors (such as doxorubicin, epirubicin, Daunorubicin, etoposide and bleomycin. The agents that block G1 also act on the 8-stage block, such as DNA alkylating agents such as tamoxifen, prednisone, dacarbazine , mechlorethamine, cisplatin, methotrexate, 5-fluorouracil, and C. Additional information can be found in The Molecular Basis of Caneei, edited by Mendelsohn and Israel, Chapter 1, Murakami et al.

Cell cycle regulation, oncogenes, and antineoplastic drugsrf (WB Saunders: Philadelphia,1995),尤其第 13頁。紫杉烧 (太平洋紫杉醇及多西紫杉醇(docetaxel))均為來源於紫杉 樹之抗癌藥。來源於歐洲紫杉之多西紫杉醇 (TAXOTERE®,Rhone-Poulenc Rorer)為太平洋紫杉醇 (TAXOL®,Bristol-Myers Squibb)之半合成類似物。太平 洋紫杉醇及多西紫杉醇促進由微管蛋白二聚體組裝微管且 12S788.doc -45- 200846358 藉由阻止解聚作用而使微管穩定,此導致對細胞有絲分裂 之抑制。”多柔比星"為葱環黴素類抗生素。多柔比星之化 學全名為(8S-順)-10-[(3-胺基-2,3,6-三去氧-α-L-來蘇糖基-六哌喃糖基)氧基]-7,8,9,10-四氫-6,8,11-三羥基-8-(羥基乙 酸基)-1-甲氧基-5,12 -蔡二嗣。 如本文所使用之"抗血管生成劑π為阻止或抑制血管生成 之藥劑。該等抗血管生成劑包括此項技術已知之藥劑,例 如VEGF之抗體(例如,抗VEGF中和抗體或片段(例如,人 化 Α4·6·1、AVASTIN®(Genentech,South San Francisco, CA)、Y0317、M4、G6、B20、2C3 等及 Lucentis⑧)。參 見,例如美國專利 6,582,959、6,884,879、6,703,020 ; WO 98/45332 ; WO 96/30046 ; WO 94/10202 ; EP 0666868B1 ; 美國專利申請案 20030206899 、 20030190317 、Cell cycle regulation, oncogenes, and antineoplastic drugsrf (WB Saunders: Philadelphia, 1995), especially page 13. Yew fever (pacific paclitaxel and docetaxel) are anticancer drugs derived from yew trees. TAXOTERE® (Rhone-Poulenc Rorer) is a semi-synthetic analog of paclitaxel (TAXOL®, Bristol-Myers Squibb). Pacific paclitaxel and docetaxel promote the assembly of microtubules by tubulin dimers and 12S788.doc-45-200846358 stabilizes microtubules by preventing depolymerization, which results in inhibition of cell mitosis. "Doxorubicin" is an onion cyclin antibiotic. The chemical name of doxorubicin is (8S-cis)-10-[(3-amino-2,3,6-trideoxy-α- L-lysyl-hexapipetanosyloxy]-7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-6,8,11-trihydroxy-8-(hydroxyacetoxy)-1-methoxy -5,12 - 蔡二嗣. As used herein, the anti-angiogenic agent π is an agent that prevents or inhibits angiogenesis. Such anti-angiogenic agents include agents known in the art, such as antibodies to VEGF (eg, , anti-VEGF neutralizing antibodies or fragments (eg, humanized Α4·6·1, AVASTIN® (Genentech, South San Francisco, CA), Y0317, M4, G6, B20, 2C3, etc. and Lucentis 8). See, for example, US patents 6, 582, 959, 6, 884, 879, 6, 703, 020; WO 98/45332; WO 96/30046; WO 94/10202; EP 0666868B1; US Patent Application No. 20030206899, 20030190317,

20030203409 及 20050112126 ; Popkov等人,Jowrna/ 〇/ Immunological Methods 288:149-164 (2004) ; WO20030203409 and 20050112126; Popkov et al., Jowrna/ 〇/ Immunological Methods 288:149-164 (2004); WO

2005 0123 59)、VEGF受體之抗體、阻斷VEGF受體信號轉 導之小分子(例如 PTK787/ZK2284 、 SU6668 、 SUTENT®/SU1 1248(蘋果酸舒尼替尼(sunitinib malate))、 AMG706)及原生血管生成抑制劑,例如血管生長抑素 (angiostatin)、内皮生長抑素(endostatin)等。參見,例如 Klagsbrun 及 D’Amore,尸53:217-39 (1991) ; Streit 及 Detmar, Oncogene, 22:3172-3179 (2003)(例如,表3所列之惡性黑素瘤之抗血管生成療法); Ferrara 及 Alitalo, Nature Medicine 5(12): 1359-1364 128788.doc -46- 200846358 (1999) ; Tomm等人,〇ncoge似,22:6549 6556 (2〇〇3八例 如,表2所列之抗血管生成因子);及Sat〇 〇此〇/·,8:200-206 (2003)(例如,表i列舉臨床試驗中所用 之柷血官生成劑)。如本文所使用之”治療”係指努力改變所 /〇療之個體或細胞之自然過程且可出於預防之目的或在臨 床病理學期間進行的臨床介入。所要治療效果包括預防疾 病發作或復發、舒緩症狀、減少疾病之任何直接或間接病 理性結果、預防轉移、降低疾病進展速率、改善或減輕疾 病病況及預後好轉或改善。在一些實施例中,使用本發明 之調節化合物延緩疾病或病症之發展。 π有效量π係指在所需劑量下且歷時必需之時間有效達成 所要的治療或預防結果之量。本發明之物質/分子、促效 劑或拮抗劑之”治療有效量,,可根據以下因素變化:諸如個 體之疾病病況、年齡、性別及體重,及物質/分子、促效 劑或拮抗劑於個體中引發所要的反應之能力。治療有效量 亦為物質/分子、促效劑或拮抗劑之治療有益作用超過其 任何有毒或有害作用的量。"預防有效量"係指在所需劑量 下且歷時必需之時間有效達成所要的預防結果的量。由於 預防劑量係在患病之前或在疾病早期用於個體,因此預防 有效里通常(但不必)小於治療有效量。2005 0123 59), antibodies to VEGF receptors, small molecules that block VEGF receptor signaling (eg PTK787/ZK2284, SU6668, SUTENT®/SU1 1248 (sunitinib malate), AMG706) And native angiogenesis inhibitors, such as angiostatin, endostatin, and the like. See, for example, Klagsbrun and D'Amore, corpse 53:217-39 (1991); Streit and Detmar, Oncogene, 22:3172-3179 (2003) (eg, anti-angiogenic therapy for malignant melanoma listed in Table 3) Ferrara and Alitalo, Nature Medicine 5(12): 1359-1364 128788.doc -46- 200846358 (1999); Tomm et al., 〇ncoge-like, 22:6549 6556 (2〇〇3-8, for example, Table 2 Listed as an anti-angiogenic factor); and Sat 〇〇//, 8:200-206 (2003) (for example, Table i lists the sputum producers used in clinical trials). "Treatment" as used herein refers to a clinical intervention that seeks to alter the natural processes of the individual or cell to which it is treated and which may be performed for prophylactic purposes or during clinical pathology. The desired therapeutic effect includes preventing the onset or recurrence of the disease, soothing the symptoms, reducing any direct or indirect pathological outcome of the disease, preventing metastasis, reducing the rate of disease progression, improving or reducing the condition of the disease, and improving or improving the prognosis. In some embodiments, the use of a modulatory compound of the invention delays the progression of a disease or condition. The π effective amount π is the amount effective to achieve the desired therapeutic or prophylactic result at the desired dose and for the time necessary. The "therapeutically effective amount of a substance/molecule, agonist or antagonist of the invention" may vary depending on factors such as the disease condition, age, sex and weight of the individual, and the substance/molecule, agonist or antagonist. The ability of an individual to elicit a desired response. A therapeutically effective amount is also one in which the therapeutically beneficial effect of the substance/molecule, agonist or antagonist exceeds any of its toxic or detrimental effects. "Preventive effective amount" The amount of the desired prophylactic result is effective at the dose and for a period of time necessary. Since the prophylactic dose is administered to the individual prior to or at an early stage of the disease, the prophylactic benefit is usually, but not necessarily, less than the therapeutically effective amount.

HtrAl PDZ域·配位體或HtrA3 ρι>ζ域-配位體相互作用之 調節劑 本發明提供活體内HtrAl PDZ域-配位體相互作用咬 HtrA3 PDZ域配位體相互作用之調節劑及鑑別該等調節叫 128788.doc •47、 200846358 之方法。一種調節HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域與其配位 體之間相互作用之方法為抑制該相互作用。任何破壞 HtrAl PDZ域-配位體相互作用或HtrA3 PDZ域-配位體相互 作用之分子均可為候選抑制劑。熟習此項技術者熟知之篩 選技術可鑑別該等分子。抑制劑之實例包括:(1)小有機及 無機化合物,(2)小肽,(3)抗體及衍生物,(4)與HtrAl PDZ域配位體或HtrA3 PDZ域配位體密切相關之肽,(5)核 酸適體(aptamers)。 ’’HtrAl PDZ域-配位體相互作用抑制劑”包括任何可部分 或完全阻斷、抑制或中和HtrAl PDZ域與其配位體之間相 互作用的分子。可用作該等抑制劑之分子包括結合HtrAl PDZ域之肽,諸如表1、2及3中所列之肽結合子(例如且尤 其為肽DIETWLL(SEQ ID NO: 3)、GWKTWIL(SEQ ID NO: 4)、DSRIWWV(SEQ ID NO: 5)或 WDKIWHV(SEQ ID NO: 6))、抗體(Ab)或抗體片段、内源性HtrAl PDZ域配位體之 片段或變異體、同源(cognate)含HtrAl PDZ多肽;含HtrAl PDZ多肽之變異體(例如,其中HtrAl PDZ域序列包含一或 多個取代在位置 Ile383、Ile385、Gly384、Tyr382、 Arg386、Ile418、Ala445、Met387、Gln446、Ile415、 Arg386、Ser389、Lys380、Lys381、G1411、Tyr413、 Ile414、Val417、Thr421 及 Pro422(根據人類 HtrAl 蛋白質 胺基酸序列編號),例如經一個胺基酸諸如Ala或其功能相 等物取代)、肽、及小有機分子。 nHtrA3 PDZ域-g己位體相互作用抑制劑”包括任何可部分 128788.doc -48· 200846358 或完全阻斷、抑制或中和HtrA3 PDZ域與其配位體之間相 互作用的分子。可用作該等抑制劑之分子包括結合Htr A3 PDZ域之肽,諸如表1、2及3中所歹ij之肽結合子(例如且尤 其為肽PGRWV(SEQ ID NO: 7)、SGKGIWV(SEQ ID NO: 8)、GFWV(SEQ ID NO: 9)、IFDGRWI(SEQ ID NO: 10)、 FGRWV(SEQ ID NO: 11)、RSWWV(SEQ ID NO: 12)、 FGRWI(SEQ ID NO: 13)、FGRWL(SEQ ID NO: 14)、 GRWV(SEQ ID NO: 15)、WV、FLRWV(SEQ ID NO: 16)、 FERWV(SEQ ID NO: 17)、FYRWV(SEQ ID NO: 18)、 FGAWV(SEQ ID NO: 19)、FARWV(SEQ ID NO: 20)、 GVVVDEWMLSLL(SEQ ID NO: 21)、GVVVDEWVLSLL (SEQ ID NO: 22)、ELLVDGYVLELL(SEQ ID NO: 23)、or GVVVNEWVLSLL(SEQ ID NO: 24))、抗體(Ab)或抗體片 段、内源性HtrA3 PDZ域配位體之片段或變異體、同源含 Htr A3 PDZ多肽;含Htr A3 PDZ多肽之變異體(例如,其中 HtrA3 PDZ域序列包括一或多個位置Phe356、Ile357、 Gly358、Glu390、Ala392、Gln423 及 Arg360(根據人類 HtrAl蛋白質胺基酸序列編號)處之取代,例如用諸如Ala 之胺基酸或其功能等效物取代)、肽及小有機分子。 小分子Htr A1 PDZ域或Htr A3 PDZ域調節劑 小分子可為HtrAl PDZ域-配位體相互作用及/或HtrA3 PDZ域-配位體相互作用之適用調節劑。抑制任一相互作用 之小分子為潛在適用之抑制劑。小分子調節劑之實例包括 小肽、肽樣分子,較佳可溶性及合成非肽基有機或無機化 128788.doc -49- 200846358 合物。”小分子”係指具有較佳小於約5 kD、較佳小於約4 kD且較佳小於0.6 kD之分子量之組合物。小分子可為核 酸、肽、多肽、擬肽、碳水化合物、脂質或其他有機或無 機分子。化學及/或生物混合物,諸如真菌、細菌或海藻 提取物之文庫為此項技術中所已知且可用任何檢定法篩 選。合成分子文庫之方法之實例已經描述(Carell等人,HtrAl PDZ domain·ligand or HtrA3 ρι> ζ domain-ligand interaction regulator The present invention provides a regulator and identification of HtrAl PDZ domain-ligand interaction bite HtrA3 PDZ domain ligand interaction in vivo These adjustments are called 128788.doc • 47, 200846358. One method of modulating the interaction between the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain and its ligand is to inhibit this interaction. Any molecule that disrupts the HtrAl PDZ domain-ligand interaction or the HtrA3 PDZ domain-ligand interaction can be a candidate inhibitor. Screening techniques well known to those skilled in the art can identify such molecules. Examples of inhibitors include: (1) small organic and inorganic compounds, (2) small peptides, (3) antibodies and derivatives, and (4) peptides closely related to HtrAl PDZ domain ligands or HtrA3 PDZ domain ligands. (5) aptamers. ''HtrAl PDZ domain-ligand interaction inhibitor' includes any molecule that partially or completely blocks, inhibits or neutralizes the interaction between the HtrAl PDZ domain and its ligand. Molecules useful as such inhibitors Peptides that bind to the HtrAl PDZ domain are included, such as the peptide binders listed in Tables 1, 2, and 3 (eg, and in particular, the peptides DIETWLL (SEQ ID NO: 3), GWKTWIL (SEQ ID NO: 4), DSRIWWV (SEQ ID NO: 5) or WDKIWHV (SEQ ID NO: 6)), antibody (Ab) or antibody fragment, fragment or variant of endogenous HtrAl PDZ domain ligand, cognate containing HtrAl PDZ polypeptide; containing HtrAl A variant of a PDZ polypeptide (eg, wherein the HtrAl PDZ domain sequence comprises one or more substitutions at positions Ile383, Ile385, Gly384, Tyr382, Arg386, Ile418, Ala445, Met387, Gln446, Ile415, Arg386, Ser389, Lys380, Lys381, G1411 , Tyr413, Ile414, Val417, Thr421 and Pro422 (numbered according to human HtrAl protein amino acid sequence), for example substituted with an amino acid such as Ala or its functional equivalents), peptides, and small organic molecules. nHtrA3 PDZ domain-g Self-interacting inhibitor It includes any 128788.doc -48 · 200846358 partially or fully blocks, inhibits interaction between molecules and HtrA3 PDZ domain or its ligand. Molecules useful as such inhibitors include peptides that bind to the Htr A3 PDZ domain, such as the peptide binders of 歹 ij in Tables 1, 2 and 3 (e.g., and especially the peptides PGRWV (SEQ ID NO: 7), SGKGIWV ( SEQ ID NO: 8), GFWV (SEQ ID NO: 9), IFDGRWI (SEQ ID NO: 10), FGRWV (SEQ ID NO: 11), RSWWV (SEQ ID NO: 12), FGRWI (SEQ ID NO: 13 ), FGRWL (SEQ ID NO: 14), GRWV (SEQ ID NO: 15), WV, FLRWV (SEQ ID NO: 16), FERWV (SEQ ID NO: 17), FYRWV (SEQ ID NO: 18), FGAWV (SEQ ID NO: 19), FARWV (SEQ ID NO: 20), GVVVDEWMLSLL (SEQ ID NO: 21), GVVVDEWVLSLL (SEQ ID NO: 22), ELLVDGYVLELL (SEQ ID NO: 23), or GVVVNEWVLSLL (SEQ ID NO) : 24)), an antibody (Ab) or antibody fragment, a fragment or variant of an endogenous HtrA3 PDZ domain ligand, a homologous Htr A3 PDZ polypeptide; a variant comprising a Htr A3 PDZ polypeptide (eg, wherein HtrA3 PDZ The domain sequence includes substitutions at one or more positions Phe356, Ile357, Gly358, Glu390, Ala392, Gln423, and Arg360 (numbered according to human HtrAl protein amino acid sequence numbering), such as with an amino acid such as Ala or a functional equivalent thereof Substituting), peptides and Organic molecule. Small Molecular Htr A1 PDZ Domain or Htr A3 PDZ Domain Modulator Small molecules can be suitable modulators of HtrAl PDZ domain-ligand interactions and/or HtrA3 PDZ domain-ligand interactions. Small molecules that inhibit any interaction are potentially useful inhibitors. Examples of small molecule modulators include small peptides, peptide-like molecules, preferably soluble and synthetic non-peptidyl organic or inorganic compounds 128788.doc-49-200846358. By "small molecule" is meant a composition having a molecular weight of preferably less than about 5 kD, preferably less than about 4 kD, and preferably less than 0.6 kD. Small molecules can be nucleic acids, peptides, polypeptides, peptidomimetics, carbohydrates, lipids or other organic or inorganic molecules. A library of chemical and/or biological mixtures, such as fungal, bacterial or seaweed extracts, is known in the art and can be screened by any assay. Examples of methods for synthesizing molecular libraries have been described (Carell et al.,

Angewandte Chemie International Edition· 33:2059-2061 (1994) ; Carell 等人,Angewandte Chemie International Edition. 33:2061-2064 (1994) ; Cho 等人,Sciewe· 261:1303-5 (1993) ; DeWitt等人,Proe S 儿 90:6909-13 (1993) ; Gallop等人,Chm. 37:1233-51 (1994) ; Zuckermann 等人,J Med Chem. 37:2678-85 (1994)) 〇 化合物文庫可以以下各方式呈現:溶液中(Houghten等 九,Biotechniques· 13:412-21 (1 992)),或珠粒上(Lam 等 人,⑶re· 354:82-84 (1991)),晶片上(Fodor 等人, TVaiwre. 364:555-6 (1993)),細菌、孢子(Ladner 等人,美國 專利第 5,223,409 號,1993)),質體(Cull 等人,/Vocr dead Sc/ i/ S A 89:1865-9 (1992))或噬菌體上(Cwirla 等 A J Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 87:6378-82 (1990) ; Devlin # K ^ Science. 249:404-6 (1990) ; Felicif A ^ J Mol Biol. 222:301-10 (1991) ; Ladner 等人,美國專利第 5,223,409 號,1993 ; Scott及 Smith,Science. 249:386-90 (1990))。無 細胞檢定包含使HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域與已知結合 128788.doc -50- 200846358 子化合物(諸如一或多種本文所述之結合子肽)接觸以形成 檢定混合物,使該檢定混合物與測試化合物接觸,及測定 測試化合物與HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域或結合子化合 物相互作用之能力,其中測定測試化合物與HtrAl PDZ域 或HtrA3 PDZ域或結合子化合物相互作用之能力包含測定 HtrAl PDZ域/結合子複合物或HtrA3 PDZ域/結合子複合物 之可偵測特徵是否受到調節。舉例而言,如由所形成之複 合物之量所確定,HtrAl PDZ域與結合子化合物之結合相 互作用可指示測試化合物是否能夠調節HtrAl PDZ域與結 合子化合物之間的相互作用。類似地,如由所形成之複合 物之量所確定,HtrA3 PDZ域與結合子化合物之結合相互 作用可指示測試化合物是否能夠調節HtrA3 PDZ域與結合 子化合物之間的相互作用。複合物之量可由此項技術中已 知之方法評估,其中一些已在本文中描述,例如ELISA(包 括競爭結合ELISA)、酵母雙雜交、Biacore®檢定及鄰近 (榮光共振能量傳遞、酶-受質)檢定。 多肽/肽及抗體HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域調節劑 本發明之一態樣係關於HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域與 其細胞及/或生理學結合搭配物之間的相互作用之分離肽/ 多肽調節劑。本文所述之結合子肽及由本文所述之方法獲 得之肽調節劑亦適合用作產生該相互作用之抗體調節劑之 免疫原。在一實施例中,調節劑(諸如肽及抗體)可藉由適 當純化流程使用標準蛋白質純化技術自細胞或組織來源分 離。在另一實施例中,調節劑係藉由重組DNA技術製造。 128788.doc -51 - 200846358 替代重組表現,調節劑可使用標準肽合成技術化學合成。 本發明之HtrAl PDZ域結合子肽及jjtrA3 PDZ域結合子 肽包括表1、2及3中所述之肽。本發明亦提供突變型或變 異蛋白貝,其任何殘基可由該等肽之相應殘基變化而來同 時仍編碼維持調節活性之肽。在一實施例中,結合子肽/ 多肽/配位體之變異體與參考結合子肽/多肽/配位體之序列 具有至少 5G%、6G%、7G%、8G%、9G%、95%、㈣、99% 之胺基酸序列-致性。—般而言,基於業内公認之結合檢 定定量單位/量度,變異體展現大體上與參考結合子肽/多 肽/配位體相比相同或較高之結合親和力,例如至少乃 倍、0.8倍、0.9倍、1.〇倍、倍或15倍的參考結合子肽/ 多肽/配位體之結合親和力。 本發明之變異體通常包括序列中之特定位置處之殘基已 經其他胺基酸取代之變異體,且進—步包括在親本蛋白質/ 肽之兩個殘基之間插入一或多個其他殘基之可能性以及自 親本序列缺失—或多個殘基或向親本序列中添加—或多個 殘基之可能性。本發明涵蓋任何胺基酸取代、插入或缺 失。在某些境況下,取代為如本文所述之保守取代。 ”胺基酸序列-致性百分比(%)"係定義為當比對兩個序 列時,與參考(親本)多肽序列中之胺基酸殘基一致的胺基 酸殘基之百分比。為確定胺基酸一致性%,比對序列且2 要日守引入間隙以達成最大序列一致性% ;保守取代不視為 ^列-致性之部分。確^_致性百分比之胺基酸序列比對 程序為熟習此項技術者所熟知。通常使用可公開獲得之電 128788.doc -52· 200846358 腦軟體(諸如BLAST、BLAST2、AUGN2或心㈣如 (DNASTAR)軟體)比對肽序列。熟習此項技術者可確定用 於量測比對之適當參數,包括達成與所比較之全長序列最 大比對所需之任何算法。 當比對胺基酸序列時,可如下計算給定胺基酸序列八與 給定胺基酸序列B之胺基酸序列一致性%(或者,可表述為 給定胺基酸序列A具有或佔有給定胺基酸序列特定胺 基酸序列一致性%): 胺基酸序列一致性% = Χ/Υ· 1 〇〇 其中: X為由Α與Β之序列比對程式或算法比對計分為一致性匹 配之胺基酸殘基之數目 且 γ為B中胺基酸殘基之總數目。 若胺基酸序列A之長度與胺基酸序列B之長度不相等, 則A對B之胺基酸序列一致性%將不等於8對八之胺基酸序 列一致性%。 經”分離"或”純化”之肽、多肽、蛋白質或生物活性片段 係自其自然環境之組分中分離及/或回收而來。污染物組 分包括通常將干擾多肽之診斷或治療用途之物質,且可包 括酶、激素及其他蛋白質或非蛋白質性物質。具有較佳以 非所要污染物質(污染物)之乾重計小於3〇%、較佳小於 20%、10%且較佳小於5%污染物之製劑視為大體上經分離 的纟二刀離之重組產生之肽/多肽或其生物活性部分較佳 128788.doc •53- 200846358 大體上不含培養基,亦即,培養基佔肽/多肽製劑之體積 較佳小於20%,較佳小於約1 0%且較佳小於約5%。污染物 之實例包括細胞殘骸、培養基及活體外合成肽/多肽期間 所使用及所產生之物質。 保守取代在表A中以”較佳取代”為題頭展示。若該等取 代使得生物活性變化,則可引入如表A命名為’’例示性取代’’, 或如下文參考胺基酸類別進一步描述之更多實質性變化且 篩選產物。Angewandte Chemie International Edition. 33:2059-2061 (1994); Carell et al., Angewandte Chemie International Edition. 33:2061-2064 (1994); Cho et al., Sciewe. 261:1303-5 (1993); DeWitt et al. , Proe S, 90:6909-13 (1993); Gallop et al, Chm. 37:1233-51 (1994); Zuckermann et al, J Med Chem. 37:2678-85 (1994)) Each mode is presented in solution (Houghten et al., Biotechniques 13: 412-21 (1 992)), or on beads (Lam et al., (3) re 354: 82-84 (1991)), on the wafer (Fodor et al. Human, TVaiwre. 364:555-6 (1993)), bacteria, spores (Ladner et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409, 1993), plastids (Cull et al., /Vocr dead Sc/i/SA 89:1865) -9 (1992)) or phage (Cwirla et al. AJ Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 87: 6378-82 (1990); Devlin # K ^ Science. 249:404-6 (1990); Felicif A ^ J Mol Biol. 222:301-10 (1991); Ladner et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409, 1993; Scott and Smith, Science. 249:386-90 (1990)). A cell-free assay comprises contacting a HtrAl PDZ domain or a HtrA3 PDZ domain with a known binding 128788.doc -50-200846358 sub-compound, such as one or more of the binder peptides described herein, to form a assay mixture, the assay mixture and test Compounds are contacted, and the ability of the test compound to interact with the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain or the binder compound is determined, wherein the ability to determine the interaction of the test compound with the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain or the binder compound comprises determining the HtrAl PDZ domain/ Whether the detectable characteristics of the binding partner complex or the HtrA3 PDZ domain/binding partner are regulated. For example, the interaction of the HtrAl PDZ domain with the binding of the binder compound, as determined by the amount of the complex formed, can indicate whether the test compound is capable of modulating the interaction between the HtrAl PDZ domain and the binder compound. Similarly, the binding interaction of the HtrA3 PDZ domain with the binder compound, as determined by the amount of complex formed, can indicate whether the test compound is capable of modulating the interaction between the HtrA3 PDZ domain and the binder compound. The amount of complex can be assessed by methods known in the art, some of which have been described herein, such as ELISA (including competitive binding ELISA), yeast two-hybrid, Biacore® assay, and proximity (glory resonance energy transfer, enzyme-substrate ) Verification. Polypeptide/Peptide and Antibody HtrAl PDZ Domain or HtrA3 PDZ Domain Modulator One aspect of the present invention is an isolated peptide/polypeptide regulation of the interaction between the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain and its cellular and/or physiological binding partners. Agent. The binder peptides described herein and the peptide modulators obtained by the methods described herein are also suitable for use as immunogens for the production of antibody modulators of such interactions. In one embodiment, modulators (such as peptides and antibodies) can be isolated from a cell or tissue source by standard purification techniques using standard protein purification techniques. In another embodiment, the modulator is made by recombinant DNA technology. 128788.doc -51 - 200846358 Instead of recombinant performance, modulators can be chemically synthesized using standard peptide synthesis techniques. The HtrAl PDZ domain binder peptide of the present invention and the jjtrA3 PDZ domain binder peptide include the peptides described in Tables 1, 2 and 3. The invention also provides mutant or variant protein shells, any of which may be altered by the corresponding residues of the peptides while still encoding a peptide that maintains regulatory activity. In one embodiment, the sequence of the binding peptide/polypeptide/ligand and the reference binder peptide/polypeptide/ligand have at least 5 G%, 6 G%, 7 G%, 8 G%, 9 G%, 95%. , (iv), 99% amino acid sequence-induced. In general, based on industry-recognized binding assay quantitative units/metrics, the variant exhibits substantially the same or higher binding affinity than the reference binder peptide/polypeptide/ligand, eg, at least fold, 0.8 times , 0.9 fold, 1. fold, fold or 15 fold the binding affinity of the reference binder peptide/polypeptide/ligand. Variants of the invention typically include variants in which residues at specific positions in the sequence have been substituted with other amino acids, and further comprising inserting one or more other residues between the two residues of the parent protein/peptide The possibility of residues and the possibility of deletion from the parent sequence - or multiple residues or addition to the parent sequence - or multiple residues. The invention encompasses any amino acid substitution, insertion or deletion. In some circumstances, the substitution is a conservative substitution as described herein. The "amino acid sequence-to-percent (%)" is defined as the percentage of amino acid residues consistent with the amino acid residues in the reference (parent) polypeptide sequence when the two sequences are aligned. In order to determine the amino acid identity %, the sequence is aligned and 2 is introduced into the gap to achieve the maximum sequence identity %; conservative substitutions are not considered to be part of the column-specificity. Sequence alignment procedures are well known to those skilled in the art. Peptide sequences are typically aligned using publicly available electrons 128788.doc -52.200846358 brain software such as BLAST, BLAST2, AUGN2 or cardiac (4) such as (DNASTAR) software. Those skilled in the art can determine appropriate parameters for measuring alignment, including any algorithms required to achieve maximum alignment with the full length sequence being compared. When aligning amino acid sequences, a given amine group can be calculated as follows. % acid sequence identity of the acid sequence VIII with a given amino acid sequence B (or, may be expressed as a given amino acid sequence A having or occupying a given amino acid sequence specific amino acid sequence identity %) : amino acid sequence identity % = Χ / Υ · 1 〇 Wherein: X is the number of amino acid residues that are consistently matched by the sequence alignment program or algorithm of Α and 且 and γ is the total number of amino acid residues in B. If the amino acid sequence The length of A is not equal to the length of the amino acid sequence B, and the % identity of the amino acid sequence of A to B will not be equal to the % identity of the amino acid sequence of 8 to 8. The "separation" or "purification" The peptide, polypeptide, protein or biologically active fragment is isolated and/or recovered from components of its natural environment. Contaminant components include materials that would normally interfere with the diagnostic or therapeutic use of the polypeptide, and may include enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or non-proteinaceous materials. A formulation having less than 3% by weight, preferably less than 20%, 10% and preferably less than 5% by weight of the non-desired substance (contaminant) is considered to be substantially separated. Preferably, the recombinantly produced peptide/polypeptide or biologically active portion thereof is 128788.doc • 53- 200846358 is substantially free of medium, that is, the medium comprises preferably less than 20%, preferably less than about 10% by volume of the peptide/polypeptide preparation. % and preferably less than about 5%. Examples of contaminants include cell debris, culture media, and materials used and produced during the in vitro synthesis of peptides/polypeptides. Conservative substitutions are shown in Table A as "better substitutions". If such substitutions result in a change in biological activity, it may be introduced as shown in Table A as ''exemplary substitution'', or as further described below with reference to the amino acid class, more substantial changes and screening of the product.

• 表A 原始殘基 例示性取代 較佳取代 Ala(A) val、leu、ile val Arg(R) lys、gin、asn lys Asn(N) gin、his、asp、lys、arg gin Asp(D) glu、asn glu Cys(C) ser、ala ser Gln(Q) asn、glu asn Glu(E) asp 、 gin asp Gly(G) ala ala His(H) asn、gin、lys、arg arg He(I) leu、val、met、ala、phe、正白胺酉曼 leu Leu(L) 正白胺酸、ile、val、met、ala、phe ile Lys(K) arg、gin、asn arg Met(M) leu、phe、ile leu Phe(F) leu、val、ile、ala、tyr tyr Pro(P) ala ala Ser(S) thr ' cys cys Thr(T) ser ser Trp(W) tyr、phe tyr Tyr(Y) trp ^ phe ^ thr ^ ser phe Val(V) ile、leu、met、phe、ala、正白胺酸 leu 肽/多肽之生物性質之實質性修飾係藉由選擇在其對維 持以下情形之作用方面顯著不同之取代來實現:(a)取代區 域中多肽骨架之結構,例如摺疊片或螺旋構形;(b)分子中 -54- 128788.doc 200846358 靶位點處之電荷或疏水性;或(C)側鏈體積。基於共同側鏈 性質將天然存在之殘基分為以下群組: (1) ¾丨l 水性·正白胺酸、met、ala、val、leu、ile ; (2) 中性親水性:cyS、ser、thr ; (3) 酸性:asp、glu ; (4) 驗性· asn、gin、his、lys、arg ; (5) 影響鏈取向之殘基:gly、pr〇 ;及 (6) 方族· trp、tyr、phe。 非保守性取代將需要該等類別中之一者之成員交換為另 一類別。• Table A. The original substitution of the original residue is preferably substituted for Ala(A) val, leu, ile val Arg(R) lys, gin, asn lys Asn(N) gin, his, asp, lys, arg gin Asp(D) Glu, asn glu Cys(C) ser, ala ser Gln(Q) asn, glu asn Glu(E) asp, gin asp Gly(G) ala ala His(H) asn, gin, lys, arg arg He(I) Leu, val, met, ala, phe, n-amine 酉 leu Leu (L) leucine, ile, val, met, ala, phe ile Lys (K) arg, gin, asn arg Met (M) leu ,phe,ile leu Phe(F) leu,val,ile,ala,tyr tyr Pro(P) ala ala Ser(S) thr ' cys cys Thr(T) ser ser Trp(W) tyr,phe tyr Tyr(Y) ) trp ^ phe ^ thr ^ ser phe Val(V) ile, leu, met, phe, ala, substantial modification of the biological properties of the leucine leu peptide/polypeptide by selecting for its effect on maintaining the following conditions Substantially different substitutions are achieved by: (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the substitution region, such as a folded sheet or a helical configuration; (b) the charge or hydrophobicity at the target site in the molecule -54-128788.doc 200846358; (C) Side chain volume. The naturally occurring residues are classified into the following groups based on the properties of the common side chain: (1) 3⁄4丨l water-based, leucine, met, ala, val, leu, ile; (2) neutral hydrophilicity: cyS, Ser, thr; (3) acidity: asp, glu; (4) testability · asn, gin, his, lys, arg; (5) residues that affect chain orientation: gly, pr〇; and (6) · trp, tyr, phe. Non-conservative substitutions will require members of one of these categories to be exchanged for another category.

HtrAl PDZ域-配位體相互作用或仙八3 ?〇2域_配位體相 互作用之抗體調節劑之變異體亦可基於此項技術中已知之 資訊在大體上不影響抗體活性之情況下製備。舉例而言, 抗體變異體在抗體分子中可具有至少一個經不同殘基置換 之胺基酸殘基。就抗體而言,雖然取代突變誘發最關注之 位點通常包括高變區,但亦涵蓋構架區(FR)變異。 就抗體而言,一種類型之取代變異體涉及取代親本抗體 (例如人化抗體或人類抗體)之一或多個高變區殘基。選擇 用於進一步研發之所得變異體相對於產生其之親本抗體通 常將具有經改良之生物學性質。一種用於產生該等取代變 異體之便利方法涉及使用噬菌體呈現之親和力成熟。簡言 之’使數個高變區位點(例如,6-7個位點)突變以在各位點 處產生所有可能之胺基酸取代。當如此所產生之抗體與封 裝於各粒子中之Ml3之基因III產物融合時,其由絲狀噬菌 128788.doc •55- 200846358 體粒子呈現。隨後就如本文所揭示之抗體之生物學活性 (例如,結合親和力)篩選噬菌體呈現之變異體。為鑑別用 於修飾之候選鬲變區位點,可進行丙胺酸掃描突變以鑑別 顯著有助於抗原結合之高變區殘基。另外或其他,其可有 盈於分析抗原-抗體複合物之晶體結構以鑑別抗體與抗原 之間的接觸點。該等接觸殘基及相鄰殘基為根據本文詳述 之技術進行取代之候選殘基。一旦產生該等變異體,則使 使變異體組經受如本文所述之篩選,且可在一或多個相關 檢定中選擇具有優良性質之抗體用於進一步研發。 編碼抗體之胺基酸序列變異體之核酸分子係由多種此項 技術已知之方法製備。該等方法包括(但不限於)自天然來 源分離(在天然存在之胺基酸序列變異體之情況下),或由 早期製備之變異體或抗體之非變異體形式的募核苷酸介導 (或位點特異性)之突變誘發、PCR突變誘發及序列盒突變 誘發製備。 可希望在本發明之免疫球蛋白多肽之Fc區中引入一或多 處胺基酸修飾,從而產生Fc區變異體。Fc區變異體可包含 在一或多個胺基酸位置(包括鉸鏈半胱胺酸位置)處包含胺 基酸修飾(例如取代)之人類Fc區序列(例如人類IgG 1、 IgG2、IgG3 或 IgG4 Fc 區)。 在一實施例中,Fc區變異體可呈現改變之新生兒Fc受體 (FcRn)結合親和力。該等變異Fc區可包含Fc區之以下胺基 酸位置中任一或多處之胺基酸修飾:238、252、253、 254 、 255 、 256 、 265 、 272 、 286 、 288 、 303 、 305 、 307 、 128788.doc -56- 200846358 309 、 311 、 312 、 317 、 340 、 356 、 360 、 362 、 376 、 378 、 380 、 382 、 386 、 388 、 400 、 413 、 415 、 424 、 433 、 434 、 435、436、439或447,其中?(:區中殘基之編號為如^5&1 中EU指數之編號。與FcRn之結合減弱之Fc區變異體可包 含Fc區之以下胺基酸位置中任一或多處之胺基酸修飾: 252 、 253 、 254 、 255 、 288 、 309 、 386 、 388 、 400 、 415 、 433、43 5、436、439或447,其中Fc區中殘基之編號為如 Kabat中EU指數之編號。或者,以上所提及之Fc區變異體 Φ 可呈現增強之與FcRn之結合且包含Fc區之以下胺基酸位置 中任一或多處之胺基酸修飾:238、256、265、272、 286 、 303 、 305 、 307 、 311 、 312 、 317 、 340 、 356 、 360 、 362 、 376 、 378 、 380 、 382 、 413 、 424或434 ,其中 Fc區中 殘基之編號為如Kabat中EU指數之編號。 與Fc(R之結合減弱之Fc區變異體可包含Fc區之以下胺基 酸位置中任一或多處之胺基酸修飾:238、239、248、 249 、 252 ' 254 、 265 、 268 、 269 、 270 、 272 、 278 、 289 、 • 292 、 293 、 294 、 295 、 296 、 298 、 301 、 303 、 322 、 324 、 327 、 329 、 333 、 335 、 338 、 340 、 373 、 376 、 382 、 388 、 389 、 414 、 416 、 419 、 434 、 435 、 437 、 438或439 ,其中 Fc區中殘基之編號為如Kabat中EU指數之編號。 舉例而言,Fc區變異體可呈現減弱之與Fc(RI之結合且 包含Fc區)之以下胺基酸位置中任一或多處之胺基酸修 飾:23 8、265、269、270、327或329,其中Fc區中殘基之 編號為如Kabat中EU指數之編號。 128788.doc -57- 200846358Variants of HtrAl PDZ domain-ligand interactions or antibody modulators of the interaction of the serotonin-3 ligand-ligand interaction may also be based on information known in the art without substantially affecting antibody activity. preparation. For example, an antibody variant can have at least one amino acid residue substituted with a different residue in the antibody molecule. In the case of antibodies, although the site of most interest for substitution mutation induction usually includes hypervariable regions, framework region (FR) variation is also contemplated. In the case of antibodies, one type of substitution variant involves the substitution of one or more hypervariable region residues of a parent antibody (e.g., a humanized antibody or a human antibody). The resulting variants selected for further development will generally have improved biological properties relative to the parent antibody from which they are produced. A convenient method for producing such substituted variants involves affinity maturation using phage presentation. Briefly, 'mutation of several hypervariable regions (e.g., 6-7 sites) is made to generate all possible amino acid substitutions at each point. When the antibody thus produced is fused to the gene III product of Ml3 encapsulated in each particle, it is presented by filamentous phage 128788.doc • 55- 200846358 body particles. Phage-presented variants are then screened for biological activity (e.g., binding affinity) of the antibodies disclosed herein. To identify candidate mutated region sites for modification, alanine scanning mutations can be performed to identify hypervariable region residues that contribute significantly to antigen binding. Additionally or alternatively, it may be useful to analyze the crystal structure of the antigen-antibody complex to identify the point of contact between the antibody and the antigen. The contact residues and adjacent residues are candidate residues that are substituted according to the techniques detailed herein. Once such variants are produced, the panel of variants is subjected to screening as described herein, and antibodies having superior properties can be selected for further development in one or more relevant assays. Nucleic acid molecules encoding amino acid sequence variants of antibodies are prepared by a variety of methods known in the art. Such methods include, but are not limited to, isolation from natural sources (in the case of naturally occurring amino acid sequence variants), or mediated by nucleotides in the form of non-variant forms of previously prepared variants or antibodies Mutation induction (or site specificity), PCR mutation induction and sequence cassette mutation induction preparation. It may be desirable to introduce one or more amino acid modifications in the Fc region of an immunoglobulin polypeptide of the invention to produce an Fc region variant. An Fc region variant may comprise a human Fc region sequence comprising an amino acid modification (eg, a substitution) at one or more amino acid positions (including hinge cysteine positions) (eg, human IgG 1, IgG2, IgG3, or IgG4) Fc area). In one embodiment, the Fc region variant can exhibit altered neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn) binding affinity. The variant Fc regions may comprise amino acid modifications at any one or more of the following amino acid positions of the Fc region: 238, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 265, 272, 286, 288, 303, 305 307 , 128788.doc -56- 200846358 309 , 311 , 312 , 317 , 340 , 356 , 360 , 362 , 376 , 378 , 380 , 382 , 386 , 388 , 400 , 413 , 415 , 424 , 433 , 434 , 435, 436, 439 or 447, where? (The numbering of the residues in the region is the number of the EU index as in ^5&1. The Fc region variant with weakened binding to FcRn may comprise any one or more of the amino acid positions of the following amino acid positions of the Fc region. Modification: 252, 253, 254, 255, 288, 309, 386, 388, 400, 415, 433, 43 5, 436, 439 or 447, wherein the numbering of the residues in the Fc region is the number of the EU index as in Kabat. Alternatively, the Fc region variant Φ mentioned above may exhibit enhanced amino acid modification of FcRn binding and comprising any one or more of the following amino acid positions of the Fc region: 238, 256, 265, 272, 286, 303, 305, 307, 311, 312, 317, 340, 356, 360, 362, 376, 378, 380, 382, 413, 424 or 434, wherein the number of residues in the Fc region is such as the EU index in Kabat The Fc region variant that is attenuated by binding to Fc (R may comprise an amino acid modification at any one or more of the following amino acid positions of the Fc region: 238, 239, 248, 249, 252 '254, 265 , 268, 269, 270, 272, 278, 289, • 292, 293, 294, 295, 296 298, 301, 303, 322, 324, 327, 329, 333, 335, 338, 340, 373, 376, 382, 388, 389, 414, 416, 419, 434, 435, 437, 438 or 439, wherein Fc The numbering of the residues in the region is the number of the EU index as in Kabat. For example, the Fc region variant may exhibit any one or more of the following amino acid positions that are attenuated to bind to Fc (RI and include the Fc region) Amino acid modification: 23 8, 265, 269, 270, 327 or 329, wherein the numbering of the residues in the Fc region is the number of the EU index as in Kabat. 128788.doc -57- 200846358

Fc區變異體可呈現減弱之與Fc(RII之結合且包含Fc區)之 以下胺基酸位置中任一或多處之胺基酸修飾:238、265、 269 、 270 、 292 、 294 、 295 、 298 ' 303 、 324 、 327 、 329 、 333 、 335 、 338 、 373 、 376 、 414 、 416 、 419 、 435 、 438或 439,其中Fc區中殘基之編號為如Kabat中EU指數之編號。 所關注之Fc區變異體可呈現減弱之與Fc(RIII之結合且包 含Fc區)之以下胺基酸位置中任一或多處之胺基酸修飾: 238 、 239 、 248 、 249 ' 252 、 254 、 265 、 268 > 269 、 270 、 272 、 278 、 289 、 293 、 294 、 295 、 296 、 301 、 303 、 322 、 327 、 329 、 338 、 340 、 373 、 376 、 382 、 388 、 389 、 416 、 43 4、43 5或437,其中Fc區中殘基之編號為如Kabat中EU指 數之編號。 具有改變(亦即,提高或減弱)之Clq結合及/或補體依賴 性細胞毒性(CDC)之Fc區變異體描述於WO 99/51642中。 該等變異體可包含Fc區之以下胺基酸位置中任一或多處之 胺基酸取代:270、322、326、327、329、331、333 或 334。關於Fc區變異體,亦請參見Duncan及Winter 322:73 8-40 (1988);美國專利第5,648,260號、美國專利第 5,624,821 號及 WO 94/29351。 載體構造 可使用標準合成及/或重組技術獲得編碼本文所述之肽 及多肽之聚核苷酸序列。可自適當來源細胞分離且定序所 要聚核苷酸序列。抗體之來源細胞將包括抗體產生細胞, 諸如融合瘤細胞。或者,可使用核苷酸合成儀或PCR技術 128788.doc •58- 200846358 合成聚核苷酸。一旦獲得編碼肽或多肽之序列,即可將其 插入能夠在宿主細胞中複製且表現異源聚核苷酸之重組載 體中。出於本發明之目的,可使用可獲得且為此項技術中 所已知之多種載體。適當載體之選擇將主要視待插入載體 中之核酸的大小及待經該載體轉型之特定宿主細胞而定。 各載體視其功能(異源聚核苷酸之擴增或表現或兩者)及其 與其所駐留之特定宿主細胞之相容性而定含有多種組分。 載體組分通常包括(但不限於):複製起點(尤其當將載體插 入原核細胞中時)、選擇標記基因、啟動子、核糖體結合 位點(RBS)、信號序列、異源核酸插入及轉錄終止序列。 含有來源於與宿主細胞相容之物種之複製子及控制序列 的質體載體通常與該等宿主聯合使用。該載體通常帶有複 製位點以及能夠在經轉型細胞中提供表型選擇之標記序 列。舉例而言’通常使用來源於大腸桿菌(五· co/〇物種之 質體pBR3 22轉型大腸桿菌。pBR322含有編碼安比西林 (ampicillin,Amp)及四環素(tetracycline,Tet)抗性之夷 因,且因此提供鑑別經轉型細胞之容易方式。pBR322、 其衍生物或其他微生物質體或噬菌體亦可含有或經修_以 含有可由微生物使用以供表現内源蛋白質之啟動子。 此外,含有與宿主微生物相容之複製子及控制序列的喔 菌體載體可與該等宿主聯合用作轉型載體。舉例而言,可 利用諸如XGEM.TM·-11之噬菌體製備可用於轉型諸如大腸 桿菌LE392之易感宿主細胞的重組载體。 根據可由熟習此項技術者確定之特定情形之需要,本發 128788.doc -59- 200846358 明中可使用組成性或誘導性啟動子。熟知大量由多種潛在 宿主細胞識別之啟動子。可藉由經由限制酶消化自來源 DNA移除啟動子且將所分離之啟動子序列插入所選載體中 使所選啟動子與編碼本文所述之多肽之順反子D遍可操作 性連接1使用原生啟動子序列與多種異源啟動子兩者指 導靶基因之擴增及/或表現 '然而,因與原生靶多肽啟動 子:比:異源啟動子通常允許所表現靶基因之較高轉錄及 較南產量,故其較佳。The Fc region variant may exhibit amino acid modification at any one or more of the following amino acid positions that are attenuated to bind to Fc (RII and comprise an Fc region): 238, 265, 269, 270, 292, 294, 295 298 ' 303 , 324 , 327 , 329 , 333 , 335 , 338 , 373 , 376 , 414 , 416 , 419 , 435 , 438 or 439 , wherein the numbering of the residues in the Fc region is the number of the EU index as in Kabat. The Fc region variant of interest may exhibit amino acid modification at any one or more of the following amino acid positions that are attenuated to bind to Fc (RIII and comprise an Fc region): 238, 239, 248, 249 '252, 254 , 265 , 268 > 269 , 270 , 272 , 278 , 289 , 293 , 294 , 295 , 296 , 301 , 303 , 322 , 327 , 329 , 338 , 340 , 373 , 376 , 382 , 388 , 389 , 416 , 43 4, 43 5 or 437, wherein the numbering of the residues in the Fc region is the number of the EU index as in Kabat. Fc region variants with altered (i.e., increased or decreased) Clq binding and/or complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC) are described in WO 99/51642. The variants may comprise an amino acid substitution at any one or more of the following amino acid positions of the Fc region: 270, 322, 326, 327, 329, 331, 333 or 334. For Fc region variants, see also Duncan and Winter 322: 73 8-40 (1988); U.S. Patent No. 5,648,260, U.S. Patent No. 5,624,821 and WO 94/29351. Vector Construction Polynucleotide sequences encoding the peptides and polypeptides described herein can be obtained using standard synthetic and/or recombinant techniques. The desired nucleotide sequence can be isolated and sequenced from appropriate source cells. The source cells of the antibody will include antibody producing cells, such as fusion tumor cells. Alternatively, a polynucleotide can be synthesized using a nucleotide synthesizer or PCR technique 128788.doc • 58- 200846358. Once the sequence encoding the peptide or polypeptide is obtained, it can be inserted into a recombinant vector capable of replicating in a host cell and displaying the heterologous polynucleotide. For the purposes of the present invention, a variety of carriers available and known in the art can be used. The choice of a suitable vector will depend primarily on the size of the nucleic acid to be inserted into the vector and the particular host cell to be transformed by the vector. Each vector will contain a plurality of components depending on its function (amplification or expression of the heterologous polynucleotide or both) and its compatibility with the particular host cell in which it resides. Vector components typically include, but are not limited to, an origin of replication (especially when the vector is inserted into a prokaryotic cell), a selectable marker gene, a promoter, a ribosome binding site (RBS), a signal sequence, heterologous nucleic acid insertion and transcription. Termination sequence. A plastid vector containing a replicon and a control sequence derived from a species compatible with the host cell is typically used in conjunction with such host. The vector typically carries a replication site and a marker sequence capable of providing phenotypic selection in transformed cells. For example, 'the plastid pBR3 22 transformed from Escherichia coli (5·co/〇 species) is usually used. pBR322 contains a factor encoding ampicillin (Amp) and tetracycline (Tet) resistance, and It thus provides an easy way to identify transformed cells. pBR322, its derivatives or other microbial plastids or phage may also contain or have been modified to contain a promoter that can be used by microorganisms for the expression of endogenous proteins. A bacteriophage vector compatible with the replicon and control sequences can be used as a transformation vector in conjunction with such hosts. For example, phage preparations such as XGEM.TM-11 can be used to facilitate the transformation of e.g. Recombinant vectors for host cells. Constitutive or inducible promoters can be used in the context of the specific situation as determined by those skilled in the art, and are well known to be recognized by a variety of potential host cells. Promoter. The promoter can be removed from the source DNA by restriction enzyme digestion and the isolated promoter sequence inserted into the selection The operon ligation of a selected promoter with a cistron D encoding a polypeptide described herein is used to direct amplification and/or expression of the target gene using both a native promoter sequence and a plurality of heterologous promoters. Because of the ratio to the native target polypeptide promoter: a heterologous promoter usually allows for higher transcription and a higher yield of the target gene being expressed, so it is preferred.

適於用於原核宿主之啟動子包括ph〇A啟動子、β_半乳糖 苦酶及乳糖啟動子㈣、色胺酸㈣啟動子线及雜交啟 動子(諸如⑽或的啟動子)。然、而,在細菌中具有功能之1 他啟動子(諸如其他已知細菌心菌體啟動子)亦為合適 的。已公開其核㈣序列,從而使得熟練工人能夠使用連 接子或轉接子(adaptQrs)使其與編碼餘輕鏈及重鏈之順反 子可操作性連接(Siebenlist等人(198〇)㈣2〇 2的)以提供 任何所需之限制位點。 a 在-些實施例中,重組载體中之各順反子包含指導所表 現多肽跨膜遷移之分泌信號序列組分。信號序列通常可為 载體之組分’或其可為插人載體中之標乾多肽DNA之部 分。出於本發明之目的所選擇之信號序列應為由宿主細胞 識別且加工(亦即,由信號肽酶裂解)之信號序列。對於不 識別且加工異源多肽之原生信號序列的原核宿主細胞而 言,使信號序列經(例如)選自由以下各序列組成之群之原 核信號序列取代:驗性⑽酶、青黴素酶、ipp或執穩定 128788.doc 200846358 性腸毒素 II(STII)前導序列、LamB、PhoE、PelB、OmpA 及 MBP。 適於表現多肽之原核宿主細胞包括(但不限於)古細菌 (Archaebacteria)及真細菌(Eubacteria),諸如革蘭氏陰性 (Gram-negative)生物體或革蘭氏陽性(Gram -positive)生物 體。適用細菌之實例包括埃希氏桿菌屬(Escherichia)(例如 大腸桿菌)、桿菌屬(Bacilli)(例如枯草芽孢桿菌(万 、腸細菌(Enter〇bacteria)、假單胞菌 (Pseudomonas)物種(例如綠膿桿菌(户叹⑹叫、鼠傷寒 々、門氏杯菌(Salmonella typhimurium)、黏質沙雷菌 (Seiratia maixescans)、克雷伯氏菌屬(KlebsieUa)、變形桿 菌屬(Proteus)、志贺桿菌屬(Shigella)、根瘤菌屬 (Rh1Z〇bia)、透明顫菌屬(Vitre〇sciUa)或副球菌屬 (Paracoccus) ^在一些實施例中,使用革蘭氏陰性細胞。 宿主細胞較佳應分泌最低量之蛋白質水解酶,且可能需要 將其他蛋白酶抑制劑併入細胞培養物中。 肽或多肽製備 將宿主細胞用上述表現載體轉型或轉染,且在酌情改良 以供誘導啟動子、選擇轉型體或擴增編碼所要序列之基因 之習知營養培養基中培養。 轉木係指實際上表現或不表現任何編碼序列之宿主細胞 對表現載體之吸收。—般技術者已知多種轉染方法,例如Promoters suitable for use in prokaryotic hosts include the ph〇A promoter, β-galactosidase and lactose promoters (iv), the tryptophan (iv) promoter strand, and hybrid promoters (such as the promoter of (10) or). However, it is also suitable to have a promoter in bacteria (such as other known bacteriophage promoters). Its nuclear (four) sequence has been published so that skilled workers can use operators or adaptors to operably link to the cistrons encoding the light and heavy chains (Siebenlist et al. (198) (4) 2〇 2) to provide any desired restriction sites. a In some embodiments, each cistron in the recombinant vector comprises a secretion signal sequence component that directs the transmembrane migration of the expressed polypeptide. The signal sequence can generally be a component of the vector' or it can be part of the stem polypeptide DNA inserted into the vector. The signal sequence selected for the purposes of the present invention shall be a signal sequence which is recognized by the host cell and processed (i.e., cleaved by a signal peptidase). For prokaryotic host cells that do not recognize and process the native signal sequence of the heterologous polypeptide, the signal sequence is substituted, for example, with a prokaryotic signal sequence selected from the group consisting of: an (10) enzyme, a penicillinase, an ipp or Stable stability 128788.doc 200846358 Enterotoxin II (STII) leader sequence, LamB, PhoE, PelB, OmpA and MBP. Prokaryotic host cells suitable for expressing a polypeptide include, but are not limited to, Archaebacteria and Eubacteria, such as Gram-negative organisms or Gram-positive organisms. . Examples of suitable bacteria include Escherichia (e.g., E. coli), Bacilli (e.g., Bacillus subtilis (Enterum bacteria), Pseudomonas species (e.g., Pseudomonas aeruginosa (Housin (6), Salmonella typhimurium, Salmonella typhimurium, Seiratia maixescans, Klebsie Ua, Proteus, Chi Shigella, Rh1Z〇bia, Vitre〇sciUa or Paracoccus ^ In some embodiments, Gram-negative cells are used. Host cells are preferred. The lowest amount of proteolytic enzyme should be secreted and other protease inhibitors may be required to be incorporated into the cell culture. Peptide or polypeptide preparation The host cell is transformed or transfected with the above expression vector and, as appropriate, modified for induction of the promoter, Choosing a transformant or culturing in a conventional nutrient medium that encodes a gene encoding the desired sequence. Turning wood refers to host cell pair performance that does or does not exhibit any coding sequence. .- absorbent member as known in the art that a variety of transfection methods, e.g.

CaPCU沈澱及電穿孔。者 牙孔田佰主細胞内出現對該載體之操作 之任何指示時,通常認為轉染成功。 128788.doc • 61 - 200846358 轉型意謂將DNA引入原核宿主中,以便應可作為毕色 體外元件或由染色體成分複製。視所使用之宿主細胞而 疋,使用適於料細胞之標準技術進行轉型。對含有實質 細胞壁障壁之細菌細胞而言,通常使用採用氯化鈣之鈣處 H㈣方法㈣聚乙二醇/D则。所使用之另一技 術為電穿孔。此項技術中已知其他技術。 使用於產生本發明之多肽之原核細胞在此項技術中已知 且適於培養所選宿主細胞的培養基中生長。合適培養基之 實例包括盧氏肉湯(LuHa brGth,LB)加必需養分補充物。 在較佳實施例中,培養基亦含有基於表現載體之構造而選 擇之選擇劑,其用以選擇性允許含有表現载體之原核細胞 長舉例而5,將女比西林添加至培養基中以使表現安 比西林抗性基因之細胞生長。 除碳、氮及無機磷酸鹽源外,亦可包括單獨或以與另一 補充物或培養基之混合物(諸如複合氮源)之形式引入之適 當濃度的任何必需補充物。培養基視情況可含有一或多種 選自由以下各物組成之群的還原劑:麩胱甘肽、半胱胺 酉文胱胺、巯基乙酸酯、二硫赤藻糖醇及二硫蘇糖醇。 在合適溫度下培養原核宿主細胞。對大腸桿菌生長而 言’例如,較佳溫度在約2(rc至約39^、更佳約251至約 37°C之範圍内,甚至更佳在約3(rc下。培養基之pH值主要 視宿主生物體而定可為約5至約9範圍内之任何?只值。對大 腸桿菌而言,pH值較佳為約6.8至約7,4,且更佳為約7〇。 若在表現載體中使用誘導性啟動子,則在適於活化啟動 128788.doc -62· 200846358 子之條件下誘導蛋白質表現。舉例而言,若使用ph〇A啟動 子來控制轉錄,則可在磷酸鹽限制培養基中培養經轉型宿 主細胞以供誘導。如此項技術中所已知,可根據所採用之 載體構築體使用多種其他誘導物。 在微生物中表現之本文所述之多肽可分泌於宿主細胞之 周質中且自其中回收。蛋白質回收通常涉及通常藉由諸如 滲壓衝擊、超音波處理或細胞溶解之方式破壞微生物。一 旦細胞裂解,即可藉由離心或過濾移除細胞殘骸或全細 _ 胞。可(例如)由親和性樹脂層析進^一步純化蛋白質。或 者’蛋白質可轉運至培養基中且自其中分離。可自培養物 中移除細胞,且將培養物上清液過濾且濃縮以進一步純化 所產生之蛋白質。可使用通常已知之方法進一步分離及鐘 別所表現之多肽’該等方法諸如經免疫親和性或離子交換 柱分級分離;乙醇沈澱;逆相HPLC ;經二氧化石夕或諸如 DEAE之陽離子交換樹脂層析;層析聚焦 (chromatofocusing) ; SDS-PAGE ;硫酸銨沈澱;使用(例 ❿ 如)Sephadex G-75之凝膠過濾;疏水性親和性樹脂;使用 固定於基質上之合適抗原之配位體親和力及西方墨點檢定 (Western blot assay) 〇 除原核宿主細胞外,此項技術中亦充分確立真核宿主細 胞系統。合適宿主包括(但不限於)哺乳動物細胞株,諸如 CHO ;及昆蟲細胞,諸如以下所述之細胞。 多肽/肽純化 可純化所產生之多肽/肽以獲得對進一步檢定及使用而 128788.doc -63- 200846358 言大體上均質之製劑。可採用此項技術中已知之標準蛋白 質純化方法。下列程序為合適純化程序之實例但不意欲受 此限制:經免疫親和性或離子交換柱分級分離;乙醇沈 澱;逆相HPLC ;經二氧化矽或諸如DEAE之陽離子交換樹 脂層析;層析聚焦;SDS-PAGE ;硫酸銨沈澱;及使用(例 如)SephadexG-75之凝膠過濾、。CaPCU precipitation and electroporation. Transfection is generally considered successful when any indication of the operation of the vector occurs in the primary cell of the stomata. 128788.doc • 61 - 200846358 Transformation means the introduction of DNA into a prokaryotic host so that it can be replicated as a bicolor in vitro element or as a chromosomal component. Depending on the host cell used, transformation is performed using standard techniques appropriate to the cell. For bacterial cells containing a parenchymal cell wall barrier, calcium using calcium chloride is usually used. (4) Method (4) Polyethylene glycol/D. Another technique used is electroporation. Other techniques are known in the art. Prokaryotic cells useful for producing the polypeptides of the invention are known in the art and are suitable for growth in a culture medium in which the selected host cells are cultured. Examples of suitable media include LuHa brGth (LB) plus essential nutrient supplements. In a preferred embodiment, the medium also contains a selection agent selected based on the construction of the expression vector for selectively allowing the prokaryotic cell containing the expression vector to be exemplified by 5, and the female piracetin is added to the medium for performance. Cell growth of the ampicillin resistance gene. In addition to the carbon, nitrogen and inorganic phosphate sources, any necessary supplements may be included, either alone or in a suitable concentration in the form of a mixture with another supplement or medium, such as a complex nitrogen source. The medium may optionally contain one or more reducing agents selected from the group consisting of glutathione, cysteamine cysteamine, thioglycolate, dithioerythritol, and dithiothreitol. . Prokaryotic host cells are cultured at a suitable temperature. For E. coli growth, for example, a preferred temperature is in the range of about 2 (rc to about 39, more preferably about 251 to about 37 ° C, even more preferably about 3 (rc). The pH of the medium is predominant. Depending on the host organism, it may be any value in the range of from about 5 to about 9. For E. coli, the pH is preferably from about 6.8 to about 7, 4, and more preferably about 7 Å. Inducible promoters are used in the expression vector to induce protein expression under conditions suitable for activation initiation 128788.doc -62 · 200846358. For example, if the ph〇A promoter is used to control transcription, it can be in phosphate The transformed host cells are cultured in a restriction medium for induction. As is known in the art, a variety of other inducers can be used depending on the vector construct employed. The polypeptides described herein can be secreted in a host cell. It is recovered from and recovered from the periplasm. Protein recovery usually involves destroying the microorganisms usually by means such as osmotic shock, ultrasonic treatment or cell lysis. Once the cells are lysed, cell debris or whole cells can be removed by centrifugation or filtration. can For example, the protein is purified by affinity chromatography or the protein can be transported to and isolated from the medium. The cells can be removed from the culture and the culture supernatant filtered and concentrated for further purification. Produced protein. The polypeptides can be further separated and memorized using commonly known methods such as fractionation by immunoaffinity or ion exchange column; ethanol precipitation; reverse phase HPLC; after sulphur dioxide or such as DEAE Cation exchange resin chromatography; chromatofocusing; SDS-PAGE; ammonium sulfate precipitation; gel filtration using (for example) Sephadex G-75; hydrophobic affinity resin; using a suitable antigen immobilized on a substrate Ligand Affinity and Western blot analysis In addition to prokaryotic host cells, eukaryotic host cell systems are well established in this technology. Suitable hosts include, but are not limited to, mammalian cell lines such as CHO. And insect cells, such as the cells described below. Polypeptide/peptide purification purifies the resulting polypeptide/peptide to obtain Step verification and use. 128788.doc -63- 200846358 Substantially homogeneous preparations. Standard protein purification methods known in the art can be used. The following procedures are examples of suitable purification procedures but are not intended to be limited by this: immunoaffinity Separation by sex or ion exchange column; ethanol precipitation; reverse phase HPLC; chromatography with cerium oxide or cation exchange resin such as DEAE; chromatofocusing; SDS-PAGE; ammonium sulfate precipitation; and use of, for example, Sephadex G-75 Gel filtration,.

HtrAl PDZ域及HtrA3 PDZ域調節劑之鑑別及表徵:一般 方法 • 例如結合肽之候選HtrAl PDZ域及HtrA3 PDZ域調節劑 可由許多此項技術中已知之方法鑑別。調節劑之調節特徵 可藉由測定調節劑調節HtrAl PDZ域與其細胞結合搭配物 或HtrA3 PDZ域與其細胞結合搭配物之間的相互作用之能 力來評估。一個重要特徵為結合親和力。所關注之候選調 節劑(例如肽)之結合特徵可以許多此項技術中已知之方式 中之任一種評估。 方法中之起始步驟可包括產生一或多種包含所關注之序 ® 列之候選肽,隨後使其在適於測定其HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域結合特徵之條件下呈現。舉例而言,可使用與諸如 p3或p8之鞘蛋白之蛋白質融合體使候選肽在例如絲狀噬菌 體(噬粒)之噬菌體或噬粒的表面上呈現為肽之羧基末端(C-末端)呈現文庫。C-末端呈現在此項技術中為已知的。參 見,例如 Jespers 等人,价幻;(W Γ)· 13:378-82及 WO 00/06717。可使用該等方法製備本發明之融合基因、 融合蛋白質、載體、重組噬菌體粒子、宿主細胞及其文 128788.doc -64- 200846358 庫。如本文所述,在一些實施例中,其可適用於使候選肽 在噬菌體或噬粒之表面上呈現為肽之胺基末端(N-末端)呈 現文庫。N-末端噬菌體(噬粒)呈現之方法包括彼等本文中 所述之方法及彼等此項技術中熟知之方法,例如,如美國 專利第5,750,373號(及其中所引用之參考文獻)中所述。表 徵由該等方法獲得之結合子分子之方法亦為此項技術中所 已知,包括彼等以上所引用之參考文獻中所揭示之方法 (&3?61^等人,\¥0 00/06717及美國專利第5,750,3 73號)及 如本文所述之方法。 (i) HtrAl PDZ域或Htr A3 PDZ域之結合噬菌體之分離 使具有所呈現之候選HtrAl PDZ域結合肽或HtrA3 PDZ 域結合肽之噬菌體呈現文庫與HtrAl PDZ域蛋白質或融合 蛋白質或HtrA3 PDZ域蛋白質或融合蛋白質活體外接觸以 確定文庫中與HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域標靶結合之彼 等成員。可使用熟習此項技術者已知之任何方法檢定活體 外蛋白質結合。舉例而言,可進行1、2、3或4輪或4輪以 上結合選擇,此後分離個別噬菌體且視情況以噬菌體 ELISA分析。可使用噬菌體ELISA測定肽呈現噬菌體粒子 與經固定PDZ|&蛋白質之結合親和力(Barrett等人,dna/ Biochem. 204:357-64 (1992)) °Identification and Characterization of HtrAl PDZ Domains and HtrA3 PDZ Domain Modulators: General Methods • For example, candidate HtrAl PDZ domains and HtrA3 PDZ domain modulators for binding peptides can be identified by a number of methods known in the art. Modulatory characteristics of the modulator can be assessed by assaying the ability of the modulator to modulate the interaction between the HtrAl PDZ domain and its cellular binding partner or HtrA3 PDZ domain and its cellular binding partner. An important feature is the binding affinity. The binding characteristics of the candidate modulator (e. g., peptide) of interest can be assessed in any of a number of ways known in the art. The initial step in the method can include generating one or more candidate peptides comprising the sequence of interest, which are then presented under conditions suitable for determining the binding characteristics of their HtrAl PDZ domain or HtrA3 PDZ domain. For example, a protein fusion with a sheath protein such as p3 or p8 can be used to present the candidate peptide as a carboxy terminus (C-terminus) of the peptide on the surface of a phage or phagemid such as a filamentous phage (phagemid). library. C-terminal presentations are known in the art. See, for example, Jespers et al., Price Magic; (W Γ) 13:378-82 and WO 00/06717. These methods can be used to prepare the fusion gene, fusion protein, vector, recombinant phage particle, host cell of the present invention and its library 128788.doc-64-200846358. As described herein, in some embodiments, it can be adapted to present a candidate peptide on the surface of a phage or phagemid as an amine-terminal (N-terminal) presentation library of the peptide. Methods for the presentation of N-terminal phage (phagemids) include those described herein and those well known in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,750,373 (the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference). Said. Methods for characterizing the binder molecules obtained by such methods are also known in the art, including those disclosed in the references cited above (&3?61^ et al., \¥0 00 /06717 and U.S. Patent No. 5,750,3,73) and methods as described herein. (i) Isolation of binding phage of HtrAl PDZ domain or Htr A3 PDZ domain phage display library with the presented candidate HtrAl PDZ domain binding peptide or HtrA3 PDZ domain binding peptide and HtrAl PDZ domain protein or fusion protein or HtrA3 PDZ domain protein Alternatively, the fusion protein is contacted in vitro to identify members of the library that bind to the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain target. Ex vivo protein binding can be assayed using any method known to those skilled in the art. For example, one, two, three or four or more rounds of binding can be selected, after which individual phages are isolated and analyzed by phage ELISA as appropriate. Peptide ELISA assay peptides can be used to exhibit binding affinity of phage particles to immobilized PDZ|& proteins (Barrett et al, dna/Biochem. 204:357-64 (1992)) °

在就候選物與已知HtrAl PDZ域結合子或HtrA3 PDZ域 結合子分別競爭結合HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域之能力 對其加以評估之情形下,提供適當結合競爭條件。舉例而 言,在一實施例中,可在一或多種濃度之已知HtrAl PDZ 128788.doc -65- 200846358 域結合子或HtrA3 PDZ域結合子存在下進行篩選/選擇/生 物淘選。在另一實施例中,接著可在競爭性ELIS A檢定中 在已知HtrAl PDZ域結合子或HtrA3 PDZ域結合子存在下 評估自文庫分離之候選結合子。 (ii) HtrAl PDZ 域或 HtrA3 PDZ 域之製備 可使用習知合成或重組技術便利地以含有該域之蛋白質 片段或融合多肽形式製備HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域。 融合多肽適用於噬菌體(噬粒)呈現,其中在表現研究、細 胞定位、生物鑑定、ELISA(包括結合競爭檢定)等中HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域為乾抗原。HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 ?0乙域”嵌合蛋白質”或”融合蛋白質”包含與非PDZ域多肽 融合之HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域。非PDZ域多肽大體上 不與PDZ域同源。HtrAl PDZ域融合蛋白質或HtrA3 PDZ域 融合蛋白質可包括整個PDZ域之任何部分,包括任何數量 之生物活性部分。隨後可根據已知方法使用親和性層析法 及與非PDZ域多肽結合之捕集試劑純化融合蛋白質。可使 HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域與親合性序歹ij、例如GST(麩 胱甘肽S-轉移酶)序列之C-末端融合。該等融合蛋白質有 利於使用(例如)與固體支撐物結合及/或附著於固體支撐物 (例如,用於肽篩選/選擇/生物淘選之基質)之麩胱甘肽來 純化重組HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域。其他例示性融合 體呈示於表B中,包括該等融合體之一些常見用途。 融合蛋白質可使用重組方法容易地產生。可將編碼 HtfAl PDZ域(或其部分)或HtrA3 PDZ域(或其部分)之核酸 128788.doc -66· 200846358 與非PDZ域編碼核酸在PDZ域N-末端、^末端或内部同框 融合。亦可由習知技術’包括自,DNA合成儀合成融合基 因。PCR擴增亦適用,其使用在兩個連續基因片段之間產 生互補懸垂物之錨定引子’該等基因片段接著可黏接且再 擴增以產生攸合基因序列(Ausubel等人,Current protocols in molecular biology. John Wiley & Sons, New York 1987)。可購得許多有利於同框亞選殖HtrAi pdz域或 HtrA3 PDZ域為融合蛋白質之載體。 Φ 表B適用非PDZ域融合多肽 融合搭配物 活體外 —- 活體内 人類生長激素(hGH) 放射免疫檢定 無 P-葡糖醛酸酶(GUS) 比色、螢光或化學發光 比色(用X-gluc進行組織 化學染色) 綠色螢光蛋白質(GFP)及 相關分子(RFP、BFP、 YFP域等) 螢光 ' ~ 螢光 螢光素酶(螢火蟲) 生物發光 生物發光 氯黴素乙醯轉移酶(CAT) 層析、微分萃取、螢光或免疫 檢定 無 p-半乳糖苷酶 比色、螢光、化學發光 比色(用X-gal進行組織化 學染色)、活細胞中之生 物發光 分泌鹼性磷酸酶(SEAP) 比色、生物發光、化學免 無 HIV 之 Tat 調節向細胞質及細胞核中之傳 送 調節向細胞質及細胞核 中之傳送 作為HtrAi PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域融合體之一實例 GST-HtrAl PDZ融合體可自所關注之基因以下列方式製 備。用所關注之全長基因作為模板,使用PCR使用引入方 便的限制酶位點以有利於亞選殖之引子擴增編碼PDZ域之 DNA片段。將各擴增片段用適當限制酶消化且選殖至諸如 pGEX6P-3或pGEX-4T-3之經類似消化之質體中,該質體含 128788.doc -67- 200846358 有GST且經設計以使得亞選殖片段將與GST同框且與啟動 子可操作性連接,從而產生編碼GST-HtrAl PDZ融合蛋白 質或GST-HtrA3 PDZ融合蛋白質之質體。 為產生融合蛋白質,通常使含有適當表現質體之大腸桿 菌培養物在LB肉湯中例如在約37 °C下生長至對數中期 (Α_=1·0),且可用IPTG誘導。藉由離心使細菌成糰粒, 將其再懸浮於PBS中且藉由超音波處理溶解。將懸浮液離 心,且由親和性層析法經0.5 ml麩胱甘肽-瓊脂糖自上清液 • 純化GST-HtrAl PDZ域融合蛋白質或GST_HtrA3 PDZ域融 合蛋白質。 對熟習此項技術者而言將顯而易見,許多變化將實現所 分離HtrAl PDZ域蛋白質或HtrA3 PDZ域蛋白質之目標且 可用於本發明中。舉例而言,HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ 域與抗原決定基標籤之融合體可如上所述構造且使用該等 標籤親合性純化HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域。HtrAl PDZ 域或HtrA3 PDZ域蛋白質/肽亦可在無任何融合體之情況下 ® 製備;另外,替代使用微生物載體產生蛋白質,可改為使 用活體外化學合成。可使用其他細胞產生HtrAl PDZ域或 HtrA3 PDZ域蛋白質/肽,諸如其他細菌、哺乳動物細胞 (諸如COS)或桿狀病毒系統。亦可使用多種產生多種融合 體之聚核苷酸載體。HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域融合蛋 白質之最後純化通常將視融合搭配物而定;例如,聚組胺 酸標籤融合體可以鎳管柱加以純化。 (iii)確定所呈現之肽之序列 128788.doc • 68 - 200846358 可使與具有所要特徵之HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域結 合(且視情況不與無關序列結合)之噬菌體(噬粒)經受序列 分析。在宿主細胞中擴增呈現候選結合肽之噬菌體(噬粒) 粒子,分離DNA且使用任何適當的已知定序技術對基因組 (編碼候選狀)之適當部分定序。 鑑別HtrAl PDZ域-配位體相互作用或HtrA3 PDZ域-配位 馥相互作用之調節劑之其他方法 另一鑑別HtrAl PDZ域-配位體結合或HtrA3 PDZ域-配位 體結合之調節劑之方法為併入合理藥物設計;亦即理解且 利用PDZ相互作用之生物學。在該方法中,確定PDZ配位 體中之關鍵殘基,同時視情況確定最佳肽長度。隨後,設 計具有所掌握資訊之小分子;例如,若發現色胺酸為與 PDZ域結合之關鍵殘基,則將製備且測試含有色胺酸殘基 之小分子作為抑制劑。通常2、3、4或5個胺基酸殘基將確 定為結合之關鍵,且將製備含有該等殘基或殘基側鏈之候 選小分子抑制劑。隨後就抑制HtrAl PDZ域-配位體或 HtrA3 PDZ域-配位體相互作用之能力使用此項技術中熟知 之方案(例如,競爭性抑制檢定)篩選測試化合物。 調節HtrAl PDZ域-配位體結合相互作用或HtrA3卩02域-配位體結合相互作用之化合物適用於治療與HtrAl PDZ域 或HtrA3 PDZ域之結合相互作用調控異常相關之疾病及病 狀。與HtrAl PDZ域相互作用之調控相關之疾病及病狀包 括惡性及良性腫瘤或癌症、非白血病及淋巴樣惡性疾病、 神經退化性病症、發炎性及免疫病症及眼内新血管疾病。 128788.doc -69- 200846358 與HtrA3 PDZ域相互作用之調控相關之疾病及病狀包括惡 性及良性腫瘤或癌症、非白血病及淋巴樣惡性疾病及胎盤 功能障礙。 \.確定HtrAl PDZ域結合多肽或HtrA3 PDZ域結合多肽中 之關鍵殘基 (a) 丙胺酸掃描 可使用對HtrAl PDZ域結合肽序列或HtrA3 PDZ域結合 肽序列進行之丙胺酸掃描來確定配位體中各殘基對PDZ結 # 合之相對貢獻。為確定PDZ配位體中之關鍵殘基,用單一 胺基酸、通常丙胺酸殘基取代殘基,且評估對PDZ域結合 之影響。參見 US 5,580,723、US 5,834,250 及實例。 (b) 截短(缺失系列)Appropriate binding competition conditions are provided in the case where the candidate competes with the known HtrAl PDZ domain binder or the HtrA3 PDZ domain binder for the ability to bind to the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain, respectively. By way of example, in one embodiment, screening/selection/biopanning can be performed in the presence of one or more concentrations of known HtrAl PDZ 128788.doc -65-200846358 domain binder or HtrA3 PDZ domain binder. In another embodiment, candidate binders isolated from the library can then be assessed in the presence of a known HtrAl PDZ domain binder or HtrA3 PDZ domain binder in a competitive ELIS A assay. (ii) Preparation of HtrAl PDZ domain or HtrA3 PDZ domain The HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain can be conveniently prepared in the form of a protein fragment or fusion polypeptide containing the domain using conventional synthetic or recombinant techniques. The fusion polypeptide is suitable for phage (phagemid) presentation, wherein the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain is a dry antigen in performance studies, cell localization, bioassay, ELISA (including binding competition assay) and the like. The HtrAl PDZ domain or HtrA3?0 domain "chimeric protein" or "fusion protein" comprises a HtrAl PDZ domain or a HtrA3 PDZ domain fused to a non-PDZ domain polypeptide. Non-PDZ domain polypeptides are not substantially homologous to the PDZ domain. HtrAl PDZ Domain Fusion Protein or HtrA3 PDZ Domain Fusion proteins can include any portion of the entire PDZ domain, including any number of biologically active portions. The fusion protein can then be purified using affinity chromatography and a capture reagent combined with a non-PDZ domain polypeptide according to known methods. The HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain can be fused to the C-terminus of the affinity sequence 歹 ij, such as the GST (glutathione S-transferase) sequence. The fusion proteins facilitate purification of the recombinant HtrAl PDZ domain using, for example, glutathione bound to a solid support and/or attached to a solid support (eg, a matrix for peptide screening/selection/biopanning) Or HtrA3 PDZ domain. Other exemplary fusions are presented in Table B, including some common uses of such fusions. Fusion proteins can be readily produced using recombinant methods. Nucleic acid 128788.doc-66.200846358 encoding the HtfAl PDZ domain (or a portion thereof) or the HtrA3 PDZ domain (or a portion thereof) can be fused in-frame to the non-PDZ domain-encoding nucleic acid at the N-terminus, end or internal of the PDZ domain. The fusion gene can also be synthesized by a conventional technique including a DNA synthesizer. PCR amplification is also applicable, which uses an anchor primer that produces a complementary overhang between two consecutive gene segments. These gene fragments can then be ligated and re-amplified to produce a conjugated gene sequence (Ausubel et al., Current protocols). In molecular biology. John Wiley & Sons, New York 1987). A number of vectors are commercially available which facilitate the incorporation of the HtrAi pdz domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain into a fusion protein. Φ Table B for non-PDZ domain fusion peptide fusion partners in vitro - in vivo human growth hormone (hGH) radioimmunoassay without P-glucuronidase (GUS) colorimetric, fluorescent or chemiluminescent colorimetric (using X-gluc for histochemical staining) Green fluorescent protein (GFP) and related molecules (RFP, BFP, YFP domain, etc.) Fluorescent ' ~ Fluorescent luciferase (Firefly) Bioluminescent bioluminescence Chloramphenicol Enzyme (CAT) chromatography, differential extraction, fluorescence or immunoassay without p-galactosidase colorimetric, fluorescent, chemiluminescence colorimetric (histochemical staining with X-gal), bioluminescence secretion in living cells Alkaline phosphatase (SEAP) colorimetric, bioluminescent, chemical-free Tat-free regulation of transport to the cytoplasm and nucleus regulates transmission into the cytoplasm and nucleus as an example of a fusion of the HtrAi PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain GST- The HtrAl PDZ fusion can be prepared from the gene of interest in the following manner. Using the full-length gene of interest as a template, PCR was used to amplify a DNA fragment encoding the PDZ domain using a restriction enzyme site introduced in favor of subcloning. Each amplified fragment is digested with an appropriate restriction enzyme and colonized into a similarly digested plastid such as pGEX6P-3 or pGEX-4T-3, which contains 128788.doc-67-200846358 with GST and is designed to The subcloned fragment will be ligated in frame with GST and operably linked to a promoter to produce a plastid encoding a GST-HtrAl PDZ fusion protein or a GST-HtrA3 PDZ fusion protein. To produce a fusion protein, E. coli cultures containing appropriately expressed plastids are typically grown in LB broth, for example at about 37 °C, to mid-log phase (Α_=1·0) and can be induced with IPTG. The bacteria were pelleted by centrifugation, resuspended in PBS and solubilized by ultrasonic treatment. The suspension was centrifuged and the GST-HtrAl PDZ domain fusion protein or the GST_HtrA3 PDZ domain fusion protein was purified by affinity chromatography using 0.5 ml of glutathione-agarose from the supernatant. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that many variations will achieve the goal of isolating the HtrAl PDZ domain protein or the HtrA3 PDZ domain protein and can be used in the present invention. For example, a fusion of the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain with an epitope tag can be constructed as described above and the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain can be purified using the tag affinity. The HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain protein/peptide can also be prepared without any fusion; in addition, instead of using a microbial vector to produce a protein, in vitro chemical synthesis can be used instead. Other cells can be used to produce HtrAl PDZ domains or HtrA3 PDZ domain proteins/peptides, such as other bacteria, mammalian cells (such as COS) or baculovirus systems. A variety of polynucleotide vectors that produce a plurality of fusions can also be used. The final purification of the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain fusion protein will generally depend on the fusion partner; for example, the polyhistidine tag fusion can be purified on a nickel column. (iii) determining the sequence of the presented peptide 128788.doc • 68 - 200846358 The phage (phagemid) that binds to the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain with the desired characteristics (and optionally does not bind to an unrelated sequence) can be subjected to sequences analysis. The phage (phagemid) particles presenting the candidate binding peptide are amplified in the host cell, the DNA is isolated and the appropriate portion of the genome (coding candidate) is sequenced using any suitable known sequencing technique. Other methods for identifying HtrAl PDZ domain-ligand interactions or modulators of HtrA3 PDZ domain-coordination 馥 interactions Another identification of HtrAl PDZ domain-ligand binding or HtrA3 PDZ domain-ligand binding regulators The method is to incorporate rational drug design; that is, to understand and utilize the biology of PDZ interaction. In this method, key residues in the PDZ ligand are determined and the optimal peptide length is determined as appropriate. Subsequently, a small molecule with information is known; for example, if tryptophan is found to be a key residue that binds to the PDZ domain, a small molecule containing a tryptophan residue will be prepared and tested as an inhibitor. Typically 2, 3, 4 or 5 amino acid residues will be determined to be critical for binding and a candidate small molecule inhibitor containing such residues or residue side chains will be prepared. Subsequent inhibition of HtrAl PDZ domain-ligand or HtrA3 PDZ domain-ligand interaction capabilities The test compounds are screened using protocols well known in the art (e.g., competitive inhibition assays). Compounds that modulate HtrAl PDZ domain-ligand binding interactions or HtrA3卩02 domain-ligand binding interactions are useful for treating diseases and conditions associated with abnormal regulation of binding interactions with the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain. Diseases and conditions associated with the regulation of interaction with the HtrAl PDZ domain include malignant and benign tumors or cancer, non-leukemia and lymphoid malignancies, neurodegenerative disorders, inflammatory and immune disorders, and intraocular neovascular disorders. 128788.doc -69- 200846358 The diseases and conditions associated with the regulation of the interaction of the HtrA3 PDZ domain include malignant and benign tumors or cancer, non-leukemia and lymphoid malignancies and placental dysfunction. Determining key residues in the HtrAl PDZ domain binding polypeptide or HtrA3 PDZ domain binding polypeptide (a) Alanine scanning can be determined using a tripping of the HtrAl PDZ domain binding peptide sequence or the HtrA3 PDZ domain binding peptide sequence to determine the coordination The relative contribution of each residue in the body to the PDZ junction. To identify key residues in the PDZ ligand, residues were replaced with a single amino acid, typically a propylamine residue, and the effect on PDZ domain binding was assessed. See US 5,580,723, US 5,834,250 and examples. (b) Truncated (missing series)

HtrAl PDZ域結合肽或HtrA3 PDZ域結合肽之截短不僅 可闡明結合關鍵殘基,而且亦可確定達成結合之最小肽長 度。在一些情況下,截短將揭露比原生配位體更緊密結合 之配位體;該肽適用於調節HtrAl PDZ域·· PDZ配位體相 ® 互作用或HtrA3 PDZ域:PDZ配位體相互作用。 較佳地,製備一系列HtrAl PDZ域結合肽截短形式或 HtrA3 PDZ域結合肽截短形式。一個系列將依次截短胺基 末端胺基酸;在另一系列中,截短將在羧基末端處開始。 如在丙胺酸掃描之情況下,肽可在活體外合成或由重組方 法製備。 (c) 合理調節劑設計 基於自丙胺酸掃描及截短分析獲得之資訊,熟習此項技 128788.doc -70- 200846358 術者可設計且合成小分子或選擇富含可能調節結合之化合 物之小分子文庫。舉例而言,基於如實例中所述之資訊, 可設計調節劑肽以包括2個適當間隔之疏水性部分。 (d)結合檢定 形成HtrAl PDZ域結合肽與HtrAl PDZ域之複合物或 HtrA3 PDZ域結合肽與HtrA3 PDZ域之複合物有利於將複 合形式與其未複合形式及雜質分離。HtrAl PDZ域:結合 配位體複合物或Htr A3 PDZ域:結合配位體複合物可於溶 液中形成或其中一個結合搭配物與不可溶支撐物結合。複 合物可(例如)使用管柱層析法自溶液中分離,且當與固體 支撐物結合時可藉由過濾、離心等使用熟知技術分離。使 含PDZ域之多肽或其配位體與固體支撐物結合有利於高產 量檢定。 可就在存在及不存在候選結合化合物之情況下調節(例 如,抑制)結合子多肽與HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域之相 互作用之能力篩選測試化合物,且可在諸如微量滴定板、 試管及微離心管之任何合適容器中實現篩選。亦可製備融 合蛋白質以有利於測試或分離,其中融合蛋白質含有另一 允許該等蛋白質中之一種或兩種與基質結合之域。舉例而 言,可使GST-PDZ結合肽融合蛋白質或GST-PDZ域融合蛋 白質吸附於麩胱甘肽瓊脂糖珠粒(SIGMA Chemical,St. Louis,MO)或經麩胱甘肽衍生化之微量滴定板上,隨後使 其與測試化合物或測試化合物及未吸附HtrAl PDZ域蛋白 質或HtrA3 PDZ域蛋白質或PDZ結合肽組合,且將混合物 128788.doc -71 - 200846358 在允許形成複合物之條件(例如,在鹽及pH值之生理條件 下)下培育。培育後,洗滌珠粒或微量滴定板孔以移除任 何未結合之組分,在珠粒之情況下固定基質,且直接或間 接測定複合物。或者,可使複合物與基質解離,且使用標 準技術測定結合含量或活性。 在篩選檢定中亦可使用其他固定蛋白質於基質上之融合 多肽技術。可使用生物素-抗生物素蛋白或生物素-抗生蛋 白鏈菌素系統固定HUAI PDZ結合肽或HtrAl PDZ域或 # HtrA3 PDZ結合肽或HtrA3 PDZ域。可使用諸如生物素-N-經基-丁二酸亞胺(NHS; PIERCE Chemicals,Rockford,IL) 之許多試劑實現生物素化且固定於經抗生蛋白鏈菌素塗佈 之96孔板(PIERCE Chemical)之孔中。或者,可將與HtrAl PDZ域結合肽或HtrAl PDZ域或與HtrA3 PDZ域結合肽或 HtrA3 PDZ域反應但不干擾結合肽與其靶分子之結合的抗 體衍生化於板之孔中,且使未結合之HtrAl PDZ域或結合 子肽或未結合之HtrA3 PDZ域或結合子肽藉由抗體接合捕 • 集於孔中。偵測該等複合物之方法,除關於經GST-固定之 複合物所述之方法外,亦包括使用與結合子肽或HtrA1 PDZ域或HtTA3 PDZ域反應之抗體之複合物之免疫偵測。The truncation of the HtrAl PDZ domain binding peptide or the HtrA3 PDZ domain binding peptide not only clarifies the binding of key residues, but also determines the minimum peptide length at which binding is achieved. In some cases, truncation will reveal ligands that bind more tightly than the native ligand; the peptide is suitable for modulating the HtrAl PDZ domain · PDZ ligand phase interaction or HtrA3 PDZ domain: PDZ ligands are mutually effect. Preferably, a series of HtrAl PDZ domain binding peptide truncated forms or HtrA3 PDZ domain binding peptide truncated forms are prepared. One series will cut the amino terminal amino acid in turn; in another series, the truncation will begin at the carboxy terminus. As in the case of alanine scanning, the peptide can be synthesized in vitro or prepared by recombinant methods. (c) Rational modulator design based on information obtained from alanine scanning and truncation analysis, familiar with this technique 128788.doc -70- 200846358 The surgeon can design and synthesize small molecules or select small compounds rich in possible binding binding Molecular library. For example, based on the information as described in the Examples, the modulator peptide can be designed to include two suitably spaced hydrophobic moieties. (d) Binding assay The complex of the HtrAl PDZ domain binding peptide and the HtrAl PDZ domain or the complex of the HtrA3 PDZ domain binding peptide and the HtrA3 PDZ domain is facilitated to separate the complex form from its uncomplexed form and impurities. HtrAl PDZ domain: Binding Ligand complex or Htr A3 PDZ domain: The binding ligand complex can be formed in solution or one of the binding partners can be combined with an insoluble support. The complex can be isolated from the solution, for example, using column chromatography and, when combined with a solid support, can be isolated by filtration, centrifugation, etc. using well known techniques. Combining a polypeptide comprising a PDZ domain or a ligand thereof with a solid support facilitates high yield assays. The test compound can be screened for the ability to modulate (eg, inhibit) the interaction of the binder polypeptide with the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain in the presence and absence of a candidate binding compound, and can be used in, for example, microtiter plates, test tubes, and micro Screening is achieved in any suitable container for the centrifuge tube. Fusion proteins can also be prepared to facilitate testing or isolation, wherein the fusion protein contains another domain that allows one or both of the proteins to bind to the matrix. For example, a GST-PDZ binding peptide fusion protein or a GST-PDZ domain fusion protein can be adsorbed to glutathione agarose beads (SIGMA Chemical, St. Louis, MO) or a trace amount derivatized with glutathione. The plate is then combined with the test compound or test compound and the unadsorbed HtrAl PDZ domain protein or HtrA3 PDZ domain protein or PDZ binding peptide, and the mixture 128788.doc-71 - 200846358 is allowed to form a complex (eg Cultivate under physiological conditions of salt and pH. After incubation, the beads or microtiter wells are washed to remove any unbound components, the matrix is immobilized in the case of beads, and the complex is assayed directly or indirectly. Alternatively, the complex can be dissociated from the matrix and the binding level or activity determined using standard techniques. Other fusion protein techniques for immobilizing proteins on substrates can also be used in screening assays. The HUAI PDZ binding peptide or HtrAl PDZ domain or the # HtrA3 PDZ binding peptide or HtrA3 PDZ domain can be immobilized using the biotin-avidin or biotin-anthreptin system. Biotinylation can be achieved using a number of reagents such as biotin-N-trans- succinate (NHS; PIERCE Chemicals, Rockford, IL) and immobilized on streptavidin coated 96-well plates (PIERCE) Chemical) in the hole. Alternatively, an antibody that reacts with the HtrAl PDZ domain binding peptide or the HtrAl PDZ domain or with the HtrA3 PDZ domain binding peptide or the HtrA3 PDZ domain but does not interfere with binding of the binding peptide to its target molecule can be derivatized in the pores of the plate and allowed to bind The HtrAl PDZ domain or the binder peptide or the unbound HtrA3 PDZ domain or the binder peptide is captured in the pore by antibody ligation. Methods of detecting such complexes, in addition to the methods described for GST-immobilized complexes, also include immunodetection using a complex of antibodies reactive with a binding peptide or HtrA1 PDZ domain or HtTA3 PDZ domain.

(e)結合之檢定:競爭ELISA 為評估肽、蛋白質或其他HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域 配位體之結合親和力,可使用競爭結合檢定,其中評估配 位體結合HtrAl PDZ域或Htr A3 PDZ域之能力(及必要時, 結合親和力),且將其與已知結合PDZ域之化合物之能力比 128788.doc -72- 200846358 較。 已知許多方法且可用於鑑別結合分子(例如,肽、蛋白 質、小分子等)之結合親和力;例如,結合親和力可使用 競爭ELISA測定為IC5〇值。IC5G值係定義為阻斷HtrAl PDZ 域與配位體結合或HtrA3 PDZ域與配位體結合之50%之結 合子濃度。舉例而言,在固相檢定中,可藉由用中性鏈親 和素、抗生物素蛋白或抗生蛋白鏈菌素塗佈微孔板(較佳 經處理以高效吸附蛋白質)製備檢定板。隨後經由添加牛 # 血清白蛋白(BSA)或其他蛋白質(例如,脫脂乳)之溶液阻 斷非特異性結合位點,且隨後較佳用含有諸如Tween-20之 洗滌劑之緩衝液洗滌。製備經生物素標記之已知HtrAl PDZ結合子或HtrA3 PDZ結合子(例如,與GST或另一此類 分子融合以有利於純化及偵測之噬菌體肽)且使其與板結 合。製備欲用HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域測試之分子之 連續稀釋液且使其與所結合之結合子接觸。洗滌塗佈有固 定結合子之板,隨後向孔中添加各結合反應物且簡短培 • 育。進一步洗滌後,通常用識別非PDZ融合搭配物之抗體 及識別初級抗體之經標記(諸如辣根過氧化物酶(HRP)、鹼 性磷酸酶(AP)或諸如螢光素之螢光標籤)次級抗體偵測結 合反應。隨後用適當受質(視標記而定)使板顯色且(諸如) 使用光譜光度計板讀取器量化信號。可使用最小二乘法擬 合將吸收信號擬合為結合曲線。因此,可量測各種分子抑 制PDZ域與已知PDZ域結合子結合之能力。 上述檢定之許多變化形式對一般技術者而言將顯而易 128788.doc -73 - 200846358 見。例如,替代抗生物素蛋白-生物素基系統,可使PDZ域 結合子與受質化學連接或簡單吸附。 噬菌體呈現期間可見之PDZ域肽配位體 PDZ域肽配位體,甚至彼等以相對較低之親和力(例如, 與一致序列相比)結合之配位體,為HtrAl PDZ域-配位體 相互作用或Htr A3 PDZ域-配位體相互作用之潛在適用抑制 劑,包括實例(及表1、2及3)中描述之彼等配位體。 競爭性結合ELISA為測定各噬菌體呈現之PDZ域結合肽 之功效之適用方法。 ?>·適體 適體為可用於識別及特異性結合幾乎任何分子之短寡核 苷酸序列。可使用指數富集配位體系統進化(SELEX)方法 (Ausubel 等人,Current protocols in molecular biology. John Wiley & Sons,New York (1987) ; Ellington及 Szostak, Nature. 346:818-22 (1990) ; Tuerk 及 Gold, SckNce· 249:505-10 (1990))尋找該等適體。適體具有許多診斷及臨 床用途;就幾乎任何已在臨床上或診斷上使用抗體之用途 而言,亦可使用適體。另外,適體一旦經鑑別後即可較低 廉地製造且可以多種格式容易地應用,包括以醫藥組合物 形式投藥、生物鑑定及診斷測試(Jayasena,C7h C/zem. 45:1628-50 (1999))。 在上述競爭性ELISA結合檢定中,候選適體之篩選包括 將適體併入檢定中及測定其調節HtrAl PDZ域··配位體結合 或Htr A3 PDZ域:配位體結合之能力。 128788.doc -74- 200846358 I抗體(Ab) 任何調節(例如,抑制)配位體:HtrA1 PDZ域結合或配位 體:HtrA3 PDZ域結合之抗體可分另ij為HtrAl PDZ域-配位體 相互作用或HtrA3 PDZ域-配位體相互作用之調節劑(例 如,抑制劑)。合適抗體之實例包括多株Ab、單株八1>、單 鏈Ab、抗獨特型Ab、嵌合Ab或該等抗體或其片段之人化 形式。抗體可來自任何合適來源,包括合成來源及任何可 產生免疫反應之物種。 篩選方法 本發明涵蓋篩選化合物以鑑別調節HtrAl PDZ域-配位體 相互作用或HtrA3 PDZ域-配位體相互作用之化合物的方 法。設計篩選檢定以鑑別與HtrAl PDZ域及/或配位體或 HtrA3 PDZ域及/或配位體結合或複合或以其他方式干擾 HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域與細胞因子之相互作用之化 合物。一種測定候選化合物為調節劑之能力之方法為評估 在本文中所揭示的諸如任何結合子肽(例如,實例中所述 之高親和力結合子)之已知HtrAl PDZ域結合子或已知 HtrA3 PDZ域結合子存在下候選化合物在競爭性抑制檢定 中之活性。該等篩選檢定將包括適於高產量篩選化學品文 庫從而使其尤其適於鑑別小分子藥物候選物之檢定。 可以多種格式進行檢定,包括蛋白質-蛋白質結合檢 定、生物化學篩選檢定、免疫檢定及細胞基檢定,此在此 項技術中已充分表徵。 調節劑之所有檢定之共同之處在於,需要使藥物候選物 12B788.doc -75- 200846358 與HtrAl PDZ域(或其等效物)及/或參與HtrAl PDZ域與結 合配位體之結合相互作用之結合配位體,或與HtrA3 PDZ 域(或其等效物)及/或參與HtrA3 PDZ域與結合配位體之結 合相互作用之結合配位體在足以允許該兩個組分相互作用 之條件下接觸且歷時足以允許該兩個組分相互作用之時 間。 在結合檢定中,相互作用為結合且可分離或偵測反應混 合物中所形成之複合物。在一特定實施例中,將候選物質 或分子藉由共價或非共價連接固定於固相上,例如微量滴 定板上。非共價連接通常藉由用物質/分子之溶液塗佈固 體表面且乾燥來實現。或者,可使用對待固定之物質/分 子具有特異性之經固定親和力分子、諸如抗體(例如單株 抗體)將其錨定於固體表面。藉由將可經可偵測標記加以 標記之未固定組分添加至經固定組分(例如,含有所錨定 組分之塗佈表面)進行檢定。當反應完成時,(例如)藉由洗 滌來移除未反應組分,且偵測錨定於固體表面上之複合 物。當最初未固定之組分帶有可偵測標記時,固定於表面 上之標記之偵測表明發生複合。當最初未固定之組分不帶 有標記時,可(例如)藉由使用特異性結合經固定複合物之 經標記抗體來偵測複合。 若候選化合物與HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域或者HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域之結合搭配物相互作用但不與其結 合,則可由债測蛋白質-蛋白質相互作用之熟知方法檢定 其與多肽之相互作用。該等檢定包括慣用方法,諸如交 128788.doc -76- 200846358 聯、共免疫沈澱及經由梯度或層析管柱共純化。另外,如 Chevray^ Nathans, Proc. Natl. Acad· Sci. USA, 89: 5789-5793 (1991)所揭示,可藉由使用Fields及同事所述之酵母 基遺傳系統監測蛋白質-蛋白質相互作用(Fields及Song, Nature (London), 340:245-246 (1989) ; Chien等人,Proc· Natl· Acad. Sci. USA,88:9578-9582 (1991))。許多諸如酵 母GAL4之轉錄活化劑由兩個物理離散之模組化域組成, 一個充當DNA結合域,另一個充當轉錄活化域。前述公開 案中所述之酵母表現系統(通常稱為”雙雜交系統”)利用該 性質且採用兩個雜交蛋白質,在其一個中靶蛋白質與 GAL4之DNA結合域融合,且在另一個中候選活化蛋白質 與活化域融合。在GAL4活化啟動子控制下之GALl-lacZ報 導基因之表現係依賴於GAL4活性經由蛋白質-蛋白質相互 作用之重構。用β-半乳糖苷酶之發色受質偵測含有相互作 用多肽之群落。使用雙雜交技術鑑別兩個特定蛋白質之間 的蛋白質-蛋白質相互作用之完整套組(matchmaker™) 可購自Clontech。該系統亦可經擴展以定位參與特異性蛋 白質相互作用之蛋白質域以及精確定位對該等相互作用而 言關鍵之胺基酸殘基。 在任何上述篩選方法中,通常希望藉由測定候選化合物 與HtrAl PDZ域及已知高親和力結合子(諸如本文所述之結 合子中之一種)或HtrA3 PDZ域及已知高親和力結合子(諸 如本文所述之結合子中之一種)結合之能力來評估其調節 能力。 I28788.doc -77- 200846358 可基於本文所述之資訊,尤其與配位體内之個別殘基及 部分對HtrAl PDZ域-配位體結合相互作用或配位體内之個 別殘基及部分對HtrA3 PDZ域-配位體結合相互作用之貢獻 及重要性或HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域序列本身相關之 資訊,由已知結合子之組合文庫及/或突變產生候選化合 物。 可如下測試干擾HtrAl PDZ域與結合配位體或HtrA3 PDZ域與結合配位體之相互作用之化合物:通常在允許 PDZ域與配位體相互作用及結合之條件下且歷時允許該相 互作用及結合之時間製備含有HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ 域及配位體之反應混合物。為測試候選化合物抑制結合相 互作用之能力,在不存在及存在測試化合物之情況下進行 反應。另外,可將安慰劑添加至第三反應混合物中以充當 陽性對照。如上文所述監測測試化合物與存在於混合物中 之HtrAl PDZ域及/或結合配位體或存在於混合物中之 HtrA3 PDZ域及/或結合配位體之間的結合(複合物形成)。 在對照反應中但不在含有測試化合物之反應混合物中形成 複合物表明測試化合物干擾HtrAl PDZ域與結合配位體之 相互作用或HtrA3 PDZ域與結合配位體之相互作用。 如本文所述,本發明之物質/分子可為肽。獲得該等肽 之方法在此項技術中為熟知的且包括篩選肽文庫中靶抗原 之結合子。在一實施例中,合適靶抗原包含HtrAl PDZ域 或HtrA3 PDZ域(或其包含HtrAl PDZ域配位體或HtrA3 PDZ域配位體之結合位點之部分),其在本文中詳細描述。 128788.doc -78 - 200846358 肽之文庫在此項技術中為熟知的且亦可根據此項技術已知 之方法製備。參見,例如Clark等人,美國專利第 6,121,416號。與異源蛋白質組分(諸如噬菌體鞘蛋白)融合 之肽文庫在此項技術中為熟知的,例如,如Ciark等人, 上述中所述。在一實施例中,具有阻斷HtrA1 pDZ域蛋白 質-蛋白質相互作用或HtrA3 PDZ域蛋白質-蛋白質相互作 用之能力之肽包含任何本文所揭示之結合子肽之胺基酸序 列。在另一實施例中,具有阻斷HtrAl PDZ域蛋白質-蛋白 • 質相互作用或HtrA3 PDZ域蛋白質-蛋白質相互作用之能力 之肽包含由如上所述的調節劑篩選檢定獲得之結合子肽之 胺基酸序列。在一實施例中,肽具有與一或多種本文所揭 示之結合子肽(參見實例)競爭結合Htr A1 PDZ域或Htr A3 PDZ域之能力。在一實施例中,肽與本文所揭示之一或多 種結合子肽(參見實例)所結合之HtrAl PDZ域上之同一抗 原決定基結合或HtrA3 PDZ域上之同一抗原決定基結合。 可藉由篩選肽之突變體以獲得所關注之特徵(例如,靶結 ^ 合親和力增強、藥物動力學增強、毒性降低、治療指數提 尚等)產生第一肽結合子之變異體。突變誘發技術在此項 技術中為熟知的。此外,掃描突變誘發技術(諸如基於丙 胺酸掃描之技術)尤其可有助於評估肽内個別胺基酸殘基 之結構及/或功能重要性。 可藉由在活體外或活體内檢定中測試物質/分子之調節 能力進行本發明之候選物質/分子(諸如包含本文所揭示之 結合子肽之胺基酸序列的肽)調節HtrAl PDZ域活性或 128788.doc -79- 200846358(e) Binding assay: competition ELISA To assess the binding affinity of peptides, proteins or other HtrAl PDZ domains or HtrA3 PDZ domain ligands, a competitive binding assay can be used in which the ligand binding to the HtrAl PDZ domain or the Htr A3 PDZ domain is assessed. The ability (and, if necessary, binding affinity), and its ability to bind to compounds that bind to the PDZ domain is compared to 128788.doc -72-200846358. A number of methods are known and can be used to identify binding affinities of binding molecules (e.g., peptides, proteins, small molecules, etc.); for example, binding affinities can be determined as IC5 〇 values using competition ELISA. The IC5G value is defined as the concentration of the binding block that blocks the binding of the HtrAl PDZ domain to the ligand or the binding of the HtrA3 PDZ domain to the ligand. For example, in a solid phase assay, a assay plate can be prepared by coating a microplate with neutral streptavidin, avidin or streptavidin, preferably treated to efficiently adsorb proteins. The non-specific binding site is then blocked by the addition of a solution of bovine serum albumin (BSA) or other protein (e.g., skim milk), and then preferably washed with a buffer containing a detergent such as Tween-20. A biotinylated known HtrAl PDZ binder or HtrA3 PDZ binder (e.g., a phage peptide fused to GST or another such molecule to facilitate purification and detection) is prepared and combined with a plate. Serial dilutions of the molecules to be tested with the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain were prepared and brought into contact with the bound binder. The plate coated with the fixed binder was washed, and then each of the binding reactants was added to the wells and briefly cultured. After further washing, antibodies that recognize non-PDZ fusion partners and markers that recognize primary antibodies (such as horseradish peroxidase (HRP), alkaline phosphatase (AP), or fluorescent labels such as luciferin) are commonly used. Secondary antibodies detect binding reactions. The plate is then colored with the appropriate substrate (depending on the label) and the signal is quantized, for example, using a spectrophotometer plate reader. The least squares method can be used to fit the absorption signal to the binding curve. Thus, the ability of various molecules to inhibit binding of the PDZ domain to known PDZ domain binders can be measured. Many variations of the above assays will be apparent to the average technician. 128788.doc -73 - 200846358 See. For example, instead of the avidin-biotin based system, the PDZ domain binder can be chemically linked to the substrate or simply adsorbed. PDZ domain peptide ligand PDZ domain peptide ligands visible during phage display, even ligands that bind with relatively low affinity (eg, compared to consensus sequences), are HtrAl PDZ domain-ligands Potentially useful inhibitors of interactions or Htr A3 PDZ domain-ligand interactions, including those described in the Examples (and Tables 1, 2 and 3). Competitive binding ELISA is a suitable method for determining the efficacy of PDZ domain binding peptides exhibited by each phage. ? aptamer An aptamer is a short oligonucleotide sequence that can be used to recognize and specifically bind to almost any molecule. The Exponentially Enriched Ligand System Evolution (SELEX) method can be used (Ausubel et al., Current protocols in molecular biology. John Wiley & Sons, New York (1987); Ellington and Szostak, Nature. 346:818-22 (1990) ); Tuerk and Gold, SckNce. 249:505-10 (1990)) looking for such aptamers. Aptamers have many diagnostic and clinical uses; aptamers can also be used for almost any clinical or diagnostic use of antibodies. In addition, aptamers, once identified, can be manufactured inexpensively and can be readily applied in a variety of formats, including pharmaceutical, bioassay, and diagnostic tests in the form of pharmaceutical compositions (Jayasena, C7h C/zem. 45:1628-50 (1999) )). In the above competitive ELISA binding assay, screening of candidate aptamers involves the incorporation of aptamers into assays and their ability to modulate HtrAl PDZ domain ligand binding or Htr A3 PDZ domain: ligand binding. 128788.doc -74- 200846358 I antibody (Ab) any regulatory (eg, inhibitory) ligand: HtrA1 PDZ domain binding or ligand: HtrA3 PDZ domain binding antibody can be divided into another HjAl PDZ domain-ligand Interaction or modulator of HtrA3 PDZ domain-ligand interaction (eg, inhibitor). Examples of suitable antibodies include multiple strains of Ab, single plant VIII>, single chain Ab, anti-idiotype Ab, chimeric Ab or humanized forms of such antibodies or fragments thereof. The antibody may be from any suitable source, including synthetic sources and any species that produce an immune response. Screening Methods The present invention encompasses methods for screening compounds to identify compounds that modulate HtrAl PDZ domain-ligand interactions or HtrA3 PDZ domain-ligand interactions. Screening assays are designed to identify compounds that bind to or complex with, or otherwise interfere with, the HtrAl PDZ domain and/or ligands of the HtrAl PDZ domain and/or ligands, or the HtrA3 PDZ domain interacts with cytokines. One method for determining the ability of a candidate compound to be a modulator is to evaluate a known HtrAl PDZ domain binder or a known HtrA3 PDZ, such as any of the binder peptides (eg, the high affinity binders described in the Examples) disclosed herein. The activity of the candidate compound in a competitive inhibition assay in the presence of a domain binder. Such screening assays will include assays suitable for high yield screening of chemical libraries to make them particularly suitable for identifying small molecule drug candidates. Verification can be performed in a variety of formats, including protein-protein binding assays, biochemical screening assays, immunoassays, and cell-based assays, which are well characterized in this technique. Common to all assays of modulators is the need to bind the drug candidate 12B788.doc -75- 200846358 to the HtrAl PDZ domain (or its equivalent) and/or to the binding interaction of the HtrAl PDZ domain with the binding ligand. The binding ligand, or a binding ligand that interacts with the HtrA3 PDZ domain (or its equivalent) and/or the HtrA3 PDZ domain and the binding ligand, is sufficient to allow interaction of the two components. The conditions of contact and duration are sufficient to allow the two components to interact. In the binding assay, the interaction is binding and the complex formed in the reaction mixture can be separated or detected. In a particular embodiment, the candidate substance or molecule is immobilized on a solid phase, such as a microtiter plate, by covalent or non-covalent attachment. Non-covalent attachment is typically achieved by coating the solid surface with a solution of matter/molecule and drying. Alternatively, a fixed affinity molecule, such as an antibody (e.g., a monoclonal antibody), specific for the substance/molecule to be immobilized, can be anchored to the solid surface. The assay is performed by adding an unfixed component that can be labeled by a detectable label to a fixed component (e.g., a coated surface containing the anchor component). When the reaction is complete, the unreacted components are removed, for example, by washing, and the complex anchored to the solid surface is detected. When the initially unfixed component carries a detectable label, detection of the label immobilized on the surface indicates recombination. When the initially unfixed component is not labeled, the complex can be detected, for example, by using a labeled antibody that specifically binds to the immobilized complex. If a candidate compound interacts with, but does not bind to, a binding partner of the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain or the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain, its interaction with the polypeptide can be determined by well-known methods of binding protein-protein interactions. Such assays include conventional methods such as the administration of 128788.doc-76-200846358, co-immunoprecipitation, and co-purification via a gradient or chromatography column. In addition, as described by Chevray^ Nathans, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89: 5789-5793 (1991), protein-protein interactions can be monitored by using yeast-based genetic systems as described by Fields and colleagues. And Song, Nature (London), 340:245-246 (1989); Chien et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 88:9578-9582 (1991)). Many transcriptional activators such as the yeast GAL4 consist of two physically discrete modular domains, one acting as a DNA binding domain and the other acting as a transcriptional activation domain. The yeast expression system described in the aforementioned publication (commonly referred to as "two-hybrid system") utilizes this property and employs two hybrid proteins in which the target protein is fused to the DNA binding domain of GAL4 and is candidate in another The activated protein is fused to the activation domain. The expression of the GAL1-lacZ reporter gene under the control of the GAL4 activating promoter is dependent on the remodeling of GAL4 activity via protein-protein interaction. The chromogenic receptor of β-galactosidase is used to detect communities containing interacting polypeptides. A complete set of protein-protein interactions between two specific proteins using a two-hybrid technique (matchmakerTM) is available from Clontech. The system can also be extended to locate protein domains involved in specific protein interactions and to pinpoint amino acid residues that are critical to such interactions. In any of the above screening methods, it is generally desirable to determine the candidate compound and the HtrAl PDZ domain and a known high affinity binder (such as one of the binders described herein) or the HtrA3 PDZ domain and a known high affinity binder (such as One of the binders described herein) combines the ability to assess its ability to regulate. I28788.doc -77- 200846358 may be based on the information described herein, particularly with respect to HtrAl PDZ domain-ligand binding interactions or individual residues and partial pairs in the ligand with individual residues and moieties in the ligand. The contribution and importance of the HtrA3 PDZ domain-ligand binding interaction or information relating to the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain sequence itself, the candidate compounds are produced from combinatorial libraries and/or mutations of known binders. Compounds that interfere with the interaction of the HtrAl PDZ domain with the binding ligand or the HtrA3 PDZ domain and the binding ligand can be tested as follows: typically allowing the interaction and binding of the PDZ domain to the ligand and allowing for that interaction and The reaction mixture containing the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain and the ligand was prepared at the time of binding. To test the ability of a candidate compound to inhibit binding interactions, the reaction is carried out in the absence and presence of a test compound. Alternatively, a placebo can be added to the third reaction mixture to serve as a positive control. The binding of the test compound to the HtrAl PDZ domain and/or the binding ligand present in the mixture or the HtrA3 PDZ domain and/or the binding ligand present in the mixture (complex formation) is monitored as described above. Formation of the complex in the control reaction but not in the reaction mixture containing the test compound indicates that the test compound interferes with the interaction of the HtrAl PDZ domain with the binding ligand or the interaction of the HtrA3 PDZ domain with the binding ligand. As described herein, the substance/molecule of the invention can be a peptide. Methods for obtaining such peptides are well known in the art and include screening for binders of target antigens in a peptide library. In one embodiment, a suitable target antigen comprises a HtrAl PDZ domain or a HtrA3 PDZ domain (or a portion thereof comprising a binding site for a HtrAl PDZ domain ligand or a HtrA3 PDZ domain ligand), which is described in detail herein. 128788.doc -78 - 200846358 A library of peptides is well known in the art and can also be prepared according to methods known in the art. See, for example, Clark et al., U.S. Patent No. 6,121,416. Peptide libraries fused to heterologous protein components, such as phage sheath proteins, are well known in the art, for example, as described in Ciark et al., supra. In one embodiment, the peptide having the ability to block the HtrA1 pDZ domain protein-protein interaction or the HtrA3 PDZ domain protein-protein interaction comprises any of the amino acid sequences of the binder peptides disclosed herein. In another embodiment, the peptide having the ability to block the HtrAl PDZ domain protein-protein interaction or the HtrA3 PDZ domain protein-protein interaction comprises an amine of the binder peptide obtained by the modulator screening assay as described above. Base acid sequence. In one embodiment, the peptide has the ability to compete with one or more of the binder peptides disclosed herein (see examples) for binding to the Htr A1 PDZ domain or the Htr A3 PDZ domain. In one embodiment, the peptide binds to the same antigenic determinant on the HtrAl PDZ domain bound to one or more of the binder peptides (see examples) disclosed herein or to the same epitope on the HtrA3 PDZ domain. Mutants of the first peptide binder can be produced by screening mutants of the peptide to obtain characteristics of interest (e.g., enhanced binding affinity of the target, enhanced pharmacokinetics, reduced toxicity, therapeutic index elevation, etc.). Mutation induction techniques are well known in the art. In addition, scanning mutation inducing techniques, such as those based on alanine scanning, may be particularly helpful in assessing the structural and/or functional importance of individual amino acid residues within a peptide. The HTRAl PDZ domain activity can be modulated by a candidate substance/molecule of the invention (such as a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence comprising a binder peptide disclosed herein) by assaying the substance/molecule in an in vitro or in vivo assay. 128788.doc -79- 200846358

HtrA3 PDZ域活性之能力的測定,所述檢定在此項技術中 已充分確立,例如,如Martins等人(乂 5M/· C/zem. 278(49):49417-49427 (2003))及 Faccio 等人(丄 Biol Chem· 275(4):2581-2588 (2000))中所述。Determination of the ability of the HtrA3 PDZ domain to be active, the assay being well established in the art, for example, as Martins et al. (乂5M/·C/zem. 278(49):49417-49427 (2003)) and Faccio Et al. (丄 Biol Chem. 275(4): 2581-2588 (2000)).

HtrAl PDZ域結合子及HtrAl PDZ域-配位體相互作用之調 節劑或HtrA3 PDZ域結合子及HtrA3 PDZ域-配位體相互作 用之調節劑之用途的實例 如本文所述之HtrAl PDZ域肽結合子或HtrA3 PDZ域肽 • 結合子之鑑別及表徵分別提供對HUA1蛋白質或HtrA3蛋白 質的細胞功能之有價值之見解且提供用於調節該等重要細 胞蛋白質與其結合搭配物之間的活體内相互作用之組合物 及方法。舉例而言,可利用該等肽及其同源物來干擾涉及 HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域之活體内結合相互作用。同 源物可基於其相對於本文所提供之經充分表徵之肽之結合 及/或功能特徵便利地產生。可進一步利用該等肽來闡明 構成HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域活體内複合物之細胞及 ® 生理學多肽。實際上,如本文所述之意外結果所示,可將 HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域之結合搭配物定位於多肽之 習知C-末端區以及迄今未知之N-末端區及/或内部區域。 如本文所述(參見,例如實例),可進一步使用HtrAl PDZ域或Hti*A3 PDZ域之經充分表徵之高親和力肽結合子 來闡明HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域本身之重要結構特 徵。與此相關之知識提供基於HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ 域序列本身之修飾開發調節劑。本發明提供如本文所揭示 128788.doc -80- 200846358 具有增強或降低之與HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域結合搭 配物結合之能力的HtrAl PDZ域變異體及HtrA3 PDZ域變 異體。可類似地鑑別其他變異體。 可使用基於本文所述之配位體肽開發之HtrAl ?0冗域_結 合搭配物調節劑或HtrA3 PDZ域-結合搭配物調節劑達成所 關注之調節作用。舉例而言,該操作可包括抑制HtrAl PDZ域與其同源結合蛋白質之間的締合或抑制HtrA3 PDZ 域與其同源結合蛋白質之間的締合。在另一實例中,該操 # 作可包括經由(例如)誘發作為調節劑與HtrAl PDZ域或 HtrA3 PDZ域結合之結果之細功能或經由由調節劑增強 HtrAl PDZ域與其同源結合蛋白質之間的缔合或由調節劑 增強HtrA3 PDZ域與其同源結合蛋白質之間的締合的促效 作用。Examples of the use of HtrAl PDZ domain binders and HtrAl PDZ domain-ligand interaction modulators or HtrA3 PDZ domain binders and HtrA3 PDZ domain-ligand interaction modulators are as described herein for HtrAl PDZ domain peptides Identification and characterization of a binder or HtrA3 PDZ domain peptide • a binder provides valuable insights into the cellular function of the HUA1 protein or HtrA3 protein, respectively, and provides for the in vivo interaction between these important cellular proteins and their binding partners. Composition and method of action. For example, such peptides and homologs thereof can be utilized to interfere with in vivo binding interactions involving the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain. The homologues can be conveniently produced based on their binding and/or functional characteristics relative to the well characterized peptides provided herein. These peptides can be further utilized to elucidate cells and ® physiological polypeptides that constitute the in vivo complex of the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain. Indeed, as shown by the unexpected results described herein, the binding partner of the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain can be localized to the conventional C-terminal region of the polypeptide and to the previously unknown N-terminal region and/or internal region. As described herein (see, for example, the examples), well characterized high affinity peptide binders of the HtrAl PDZ domain or the Hti*A3 PDZ domain can be used to elucidate important structural features of the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain itself. Knowledge associated with this provides for the development of modulators based on modifications of the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain sequence itself. The present invention provides HtrAl PDZ domain variants and HtrA3 PDZ domain variants having the ability to enhance or decrease binding to a HtrAl PDZ domain or a HtrA3 PDZ domain binding partner as disclosed herein 128788.doc-80-200846358. Other variants can be similarly identified. The regulatory effects of interest can be achieved using HtrAl®0 redundancy domain-binding partner modulators or HtrA3 PDZ domain-binding partner modulators developed based on the ligand peptides described herein. For example, the manipulation can include inhibiting association between the HtrAl PDZ domain and its homologous binding protein or inhibiting association between the HtrA3 PDZ domain and its homologous binding protein. In another example, the manipulation may include, by, for example, inducing a fine function as a result of binding of the modulator to the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain or via enhancing the HtrAl PDZ domain and its homologous binding protein by a modulator The association or enhancement of the association between the HtrA3 PDZ domain and its homologous binding protein is enhanced by modulators.

HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域之調節劑之其他用途包括 與HtrAl或Hti*A3及其締合搭配物相關之疾病之診斷檢定, HtrAl PDZ域或 HtrA3 PDZ域及 HtrAl PDZ域或 HtrA3 PDZ • 域之配位體在融合蛋白質中分別用作受質之純化柄及錨。 如本文所述之能夠以不同親和力與HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域結合之結合子的鑑另ij提供活體内調節生物學上重要 之蛋白質-蛋白質相互作用的適用途徑。如此項技術中已 充分確立,HtrAl蛋白質牽涉於重要生物學過程中,包括 (例如)加工澱粉樣前驅體蛋白質,且HtrAl之下調已牽涉 於癌症發展中(亦即,尤其子宮内膜癌、卵巢癌及黑素 瘤),而HtrAl之上調已牽涉於關節炎及年齡相關(濕型)黃 128788,doc -81 - 200846358 斑退化中。如此項技術中已充分確立,舰3蛋白質牵涉 :重要生物學過程中,包括胎盤發育,且HtrA3之調控異 常已牽涉於癌症發展中(亦即,尤其子宮内膜癌)。祕、】 及HtrA3蛋白質各自含有pDZ域,其為據報導在蛋白質-蛋 白、,。口相互作用令至關重要之域。因&,能夠調節該等相 互作用之分子之鑑別指出治療及/或診斷應用之途徑及在 不存在該等分子及相互作用之知識之情況下不會成為可能 之策略。可使用此項技術已知之適#投藥途徑,例如經由 微量注射、觸角足肽或脂質轉染試劑,將調節化合物(例 如’抑制型或促效型)傳送至活細胞中以充當舰域 特異性或HtrA3 PDZ域特異性料調節劑以調節且在一些 情況下驗證HtrA1 PDZ域.配位體相互作用或·Α3観域· 配位體相互作用在特定組織、細胞、器官或病理學病狀中 之生理學重要性。存在監測舰配位體相互仙及調節該 相互作用之生理效應的合適檢定。此並不要求pDz 域或HtrA3 PDZ域之生理學配位體由噬菌體呈現發現僅 要求調節劑對PDZ域具有特異性且具有破壞該配位體與 觀域之相互作用之足夠親和力。最後,#同任何與疾病 過程相關聯之蛋白質,必須確定藥物將如何影響蛋白質以 達成治療效益。可將諸如肽/配位體之調節化合物傳送至 活細胞或動物模型中,該等模型為確輯關注之調節化合 物對HtrA1 PDZ域-配位體相互作用pDz域·配位體 相互作用之破壞是否提供與治療效益之期望相符之結果的 疾病模型(亦即’模擬疾病之某些性質)。 128788.doc -82- 200846358 活體内偵測蛋白質-蛋白質(或肽)相互作用之方法在此項 技術中為已知的。舉例而言,可使用Michnick等人在美國 專利第6,270,964 B1號及第6,294,330 B1號中所述之方法分 析含HtrAl PDZ域蛋白質或含HtrA3 PDZ域蛋白質(包括本 文所述之任一者)與同源配位體或合成肽(包括本文所述之 任一者)之相互作用。此外,可使用該等方法評估諸如合 成肽之分子活體内調節HtrAl PDZ域蛋白質與其同源配位 體或HtrA3 PDZ域蛋白質與其同源配位體之結合相互作用 之能力。 治療性/預防性應用 具有增加或降低HtrAl PDZ域或HtrA3 PDZ域蛋白質活 性之性質之化合物係適用的。該活性之增加可以多種方式 發生,例如藉由向有需要之個體投與有效量之一或多種本 文所述之調節劑。 ”拮抗劑”或”負調節劑”包括部分或完全阻斷、抑制或中 和HtrAl PDZ域及/或其内源配位體或HtrA3 PDZ域及/或其 内源配位體之生物活性之任何分子。類似地,”促效劑”或 ’’正調節劑”包括模擬或增強HtrAl PDZ域及/或其内源配位 體或HtrA3 PDZ域及/或其内源配位體之生物活性之任何分 子。可充當促效劑或拮抗劑之分子包括本文所述之HtrAl PDZ域-結合子/配位體相互作用或HtrA3 PDZ域-結合子/配 位體相互作用之調節劑,包括(但不限於)抗體或抗體片 段、HtrAl PDZ域/配位體/結合子、肽、小有機分子等或 HtrA3 PDZ域/配位體/結合子、肽、小有機分子等之片段 128788.doc -83 - 200846358 或變異體》 本土明提供基於發現各種能夠與HtrA i pDz域或HtrA3 Z域特異性相互作用之結合分子及鐘別HtrA 1 pDZ域與 配位體結合肽之間的或Htl<A3舰域與配位體結合狀之間 的結合相互作用之獨特特徵的各種方法。 晰可採用各種物質或分子(包括肽等)作為治療劑。該等物 貝或刀子可根據已知方法調配以製備醫藥學上適用之組合 物:由此將其產物以與醫藥學上可接受之載劑媒劑之混合 物形式、,且δ。藉由以冷凍乾燥調配物或水溶液形式混合具 有所要純度之活性成分與可選生理學上可接受之載劑、賦 形劑或穩定劑(Remington,s PharmaceuticaI 版,Osol,A.編(1980))製備治療調配物以供儲存。可接受Other uses of modulators of the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain include diagnostic assays for diseases associated with HtrAl or Hti*A3 and their associated collocations, HtrAl PDZ domain or HtrA3 PDZ domain and HtrAl PDZ domain or HtrA3 PDZ domain The ligand is used as a purification handle and anchor for the substrate, respectively, in the fusion protein. As described herein, a binder capable of binding to the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain with different affinities provides a suitable pathway for in vivo regulation of biologically important protein-protein interactions. As is well established in the art, HtrAl proteins are involved in important biological processes, including, for example, processing amyloid precursor proteins, and HtrAl downregulation has been implicated in cancer development (ie, especially endometrial cancer, ovarian Cancer and melanoma), while HtrAl upregulation has been implicated in arthritis and age-related (wet) yellow 128788, doc-81 - 200846358 plaque degradation. As is well established in the art, Ship 3 proteins are involved in important biological processes, including placental development, and regulation of HtrA3 has been implicated in the development of cancer (i.e., especially endometrial cancer). The secret,] and HtrA3 proteins each contain a pDZ domain, which is reported to be in protein-protein, . The interaction of the mouth is a crucial domain. The identification of molecules that are capable of modulating such interactions indicates that the therapeutic and/or diagnostic application pathways and strategies in which such molecules and interactions are not available are not possible strategies. Regulatory compounds (eg, 'inhibitory or agonistic) can be delivered to living cells to serve as a ship-specific basis using a known route of administration known in the art, for example via microinjection, an antennal peptide or a lipofection reagent. Or HtrA3 PDZ domain specific regulators to modulate and in some cases validate the HtrA1 PDZ domain. Ligand interactions or Α3観 domains · Ligand interactions in specific tissues, cells, organs or pathological conditions The physiological importance of it. There is a suitable assay for monitoring the interaction of the ship's ligands with each other and regulating the physiological effects of the interaction. This does not require that the physiological ligand of the pDz domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain be revealed by phage discovery that only the modulator is required to be specific for the PDZ domain and has sufficient affinity to disrupt the interaction of the ligand with the domain. Finally, # with any protein associated with the disease process, it must be determined how the drug will affect the protein to achieve therapeutic benefit. Regulatory compounds such as peptides/ligands can be delivered to live cells or animal models that are responsible for the disruption of HtrA1 PDZ domain-ligand interaction pDz domain-ligand interactions Whether to provide a disease model that is consistent with the expectations of therapeutic benefit (ie, 'simulating certain properties of the disease'). 128788.doc -82- 200846358 Methods for detecting protein-protein (or peptide) interactions in vivo are known in the art. For example, the HtrAl PDZ domain containing protein or the HtrA3 PDZ domain containing protein (including any of the ones described herein) can be analyzed using the methods described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,270,964 B1 and 6,294,330 B1 to Michnick et al. Interaction of source ligands or synthetic peptides, including any of those described herein. In addition, such methods can be used to assess the ability of a molecule such as a synthetic peptide to modulate the binding interaction of a HtrAl PDZ domain protein with its cognate ligand or HtrA3 PDZ domain protein with its cognate ligand in vivo. Therapeutic/prophylactic applications Compounds having properties that increase or decrease the protein activity of the HtrAl PDZ domain or the HtrA3 PDZ domain are suitable. This increase in activity can occur in a variety of ways, such as by administering to an individual in need thereof an effective amount of one or more of the modulators described herein. "Antagonist" or "negative modulator" includes partial or complete blocking, inhibition or neutralization of the biological activity of the HtrAl PDZ domain and/or its endogenous ligand or HtrA3 PDZ domain and/or its endogenous ligand Any molecule. Similarly, an "agonist" or "positive modulator" includes any molecule that mimics or enhances the biological activity of the HtrAl PDZ domain and/or its endogenous ligand or HtrA3 PDZ domain and/or its endogenous ligand. Molecules that can act as agonists or antagonists include HtrAl PDZ domain-binding/ligand interactions as described herein or modulators of HtrA3 PDZ domain-binding/ligand interactions, including but not limited to a fragment of an antibody or antibody fragment, HtrAl PDZ domain/ligand/binding agent, peptide, small organic molecule or the like or HtrA3 PDZ domain/ligand/combin, peptide, small organic molecule, etc. 128788.doc -83 - 200846358 Or variants. Native to provide a binding molecule based on the discovery of specific interactions with the HtrA i pDz domain or the HtrA3 Z domain and between the HtrA 1 pDZ domain and the ligand binding peptide or Htl<A3 Various methods for the unique characteristics of the binding interaction between ligand bindings. Various substances or molecules (including peptides, etc.) can be used as therapeutic agents. These materials or knives can be formulated according to known methods to prepare medicine. Applicable composition: thus will The product is in the form of a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier vehicle, and δ. By mixing the active ingredient of the desired purity with an optional physiologically acceptable carrier in the form of a lyophilized formulation or aqueous solution. , Excipients or Stabilizers (Remington, s Pharmaceutica I Edition, Osol, A. Ed. (1980)) Prepare therapeutic formulations for storage. Acceptable

之載劑、賦形劑或穩定劑在所採用之劑量及濃度下對接受 者而e為無毒的,且包括緩衝劑,諸如磷酸鹽、檸檬酸鹽 及其他有機酸;抗氧化劑,包括抗壞血酸;低分子量(少 於約10個殘基)多a ;蛋白質,諸如血清白蛋白、明膠或 免疫球蛋白;親水聚合物,諸如聚乙烯吡咯啶_;胺基 酸,諸如甘胺酸、麩胺醯胺、天冬醯胺、精胺酸或離胺 酉文,單醣,雙醣及其他碳水化合物,包括葡萄糖、甘露糖 或糊精;螯合劑,諸如EDTA;糖醇,諸如甘露糖醇:戈山 梨糖醇;成鹽抗衡離子,諸如鈉;及/或非離子型界面活 性劑,諸如 tween™、PLURONICS™ 或 PEG 〇 菌。此係藉由在冷凍 過渡谷易地實現。 待用於活體内投藥之調配物必須盔 乾燥及復水之前或之後經無菌過據膜 128788.doc -84- 200846358 通常將本文之治療調配物置放於具有無菌接取口之容器 中’例如具有可由皮下注射針刺穿之塞子的靜脈内溶液袋 或小瓶。 投藥途徑與已知方法一致,例如經由靜脈内、腹膜内、 腦内、肌肉内、眼内、皮下、動脈内或病灶内途徑注射或 輸液、局部投藥或經由緩釋系統投藥。 本發明之醫藥組合物之劑量及所要藥物濃度可視預想之The carrier, excipient or stabilizer is non-toxic to the recipient at the dosages and concentrations employed, and includes buffers such as phosphates, citrates and other organic acids; antioxidants, including ascorbic acid; Low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) more than a; protein, such as serum albumin, gelatin or immunoglobulin; hydrophilic polymer, such as polyvinylpyrrolidine _; amino acid, such as glycine, glutamine Amine, aspartame, arginine or amidoxime, monosaccharide, disaccharide and other carbohydrates, including glucose, mannose or dextrin; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugar alcohols, such as mannitol: Ge Sorbitol; salt-forming counterions such as sodium; and/or nonionic surfactants such as tweenTM, PLURONICSTM or PEG. This is achieved easily in the frozen transition valley. Formulations to be administered in vivo must be placed in a container having a sterile access port, typically before or after sterilizing and rehydrating via a sterile membrane 128788.doc-84-200846358 An intravenous solution bag or vial of a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic needle. The route of administration is consistent with known methods, for example, by intravenous, intraperitoneal, intracerebral, intramuscular, intraocular, subcutaneous, intraarterial or intralesional route injection or infusion, topical administration or via a sustained release system. The dosage of the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention and the concentration of the desired drug can be expected

特定用途而變化。適當劑量或投藥途徑之確定完全在一般 醫師之技術範圍内。動物實驗為人類療法提供確定有效劑 里之可罪指導。有效劑量之物種間之縮放可根據 J. ^ Chappell, W. ^The use of interspecies scaling in toxicokinetics^ In Toxicokinetics and New DrBg Devel〇pment,Ya⑶bi# 人編,pergaman ρ_,n㈣ 1989 ’第42-96頁所規定之原則進行。 當採用本發明之物質或分子之活體内投藥時,正常劑量 視投藥途徑而定可自每天每公斤哺乳動物體重物叫變 化至至多每天每公斤哺乳動物體t⑽mg或⑽mg以上、 ㈣h每公斤約i叫㈣mg。關於較劑量及傳送方 :之::導提供於,獻:;參見’例如美國專利第…口 6。 :"洛’Μ4號或第5’225,212號。預期不同調配物將對 不同療化合物及不同病症有效,靶向一 少r遂〆办丨丄、 種口口 ε或組織之 技柰(例如)可能需要以不同於 傳送。 另或組織之方法 病或病 當在具有適於治療需要投 與物質或分子之任何疾 128788.doc -85- 200846358 症之釋放特徵的調配物中需要物質或分子之緩釋投藥時, 涵蓋使物質或分子微囊化。已用人類生長激素(rhGH)、干 擾素-(rhIFN-)、介白素-2及MN rgpl20成功進行用於緩釋 之重組蛋白質的微囊化。Johnson等人,八^.71^(^,2:795-799 (1996) ; Yasuda, Biomed. Ther^ 27:1221-1223 (1993); Hora等人,召8:755-758 (1990) ; Cleland, ’’Design and Production of Single Immunization Vaccines Using Polylactide Polyglycolide Microsphere Systems/1 in Vaccine Design: The Subunit and Adjuvant Approach, Powell及Newman編,(Plenum Press: New York,1995),第 439-462 頁;WO 97/03692 ; WO 96/40072 ; WO 96/07399 及美國專利第5,654,010號。 由於聚乳酸-共乙醇酸(PLGA)聚合物之生物相容性及廣 泛範圍之生物可降解性,使用該聚合物來開發該等蛋白質 之緩釋調配物。PLGA之降解產物乳酸及乙醇酸在人體内 可快速清除。此外,該聚合物之降解性可由數月調節至數 年,視其分子量及組成而定。Lewis,"Controlled release of bioactive agents from lactide/glycolide polymer,’’ 於 M· Chasin及 R. Langer(編),Biodegradable Polymers as Drug Delivery Systems (Marcel Dekker: New York,1990),第 1-41頁。 醫藥組合物 本發明之調節劑分子/物質可併入一些實施例中適於醫 藥用途之組合物中。該等組合物通常包含核酸分子、肽/ 128788.doc -86 - 200846358 蛋白質、小分子及/或抗體,及可接受之載劑,例如醫藥 學上可接受之載劑。"醫藥學上可接受之載劑”包括任何及 所有與醫藥投藥相容之溶劑、分散介質、包衣、抗細菌劑 及抗真菌劑、等張劑及吸收延遲劑及其類似物(Gennar〇, Remington: The science and practice of pharmacy. Lippin- cott,Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia,PA (2000))。該等 載劑或稀釋劑之實例包括(但不限於)水、生理食鹽水、菲 令氏溶液(Finger’s solution)、右旋糖溶液及5%人類血清白 蛋白。亦可使用脂質體及非水性媒劑,諸如不揮發性油 (fixed 01ls)。除在習知介質或藥劑與活性化合物不相容之 情況下,涵盍使用該等組合物。補充活性化合物亦可併入 該等組合物中。 \,一般考慮 醫藥組合物係經調配以與所欲投藥途徑相容,該等途徑 包括靜脈内、皮内、皮下 '經口(例如吸入)、經皮(亦即局 部)、經黏膜及直腸投藥。用於非經腸、皮内或皮下應用 之溶液或懸浮液可包括:滅菌稀釋劑,諸如注射用水、生 理食鹽水溶液、不揮發性油、聚乙二醇、甘油、丙二醇或 其他合成溶劑;抗細菌劑,諸如苯甲醇或對羥基苯甲酸甲 酯;抗氧化劑,諸如抗壞血酸或亞硫酸氫鈉;螯合劑,諸 如乙二胺四乙酸(edta);緩衝劑,諸如乙酸鹽、檸樣酸睡 或碟酸鹽;及張力調節劑’諸如氯化納或右旋糖。pH可用 酸或鹼諸如鹽酸或氫氧化鈉來調整。可將非經腸製劑密封 於由玻璃或塑料製成之安親(ampules)、拋棄式注射器或多 128788.doc -87 - 200846358 劑量小瓶中。 1,可注射調配物 適於注射之醫藥組合物包括無菌水溶液(可溶於水之情 况下)或分散液及用於臨時製備無菌可注射溶液或分散液 之無菌散劑。就靜脈内投藥而言,合適之载劑包括生理食 鹽水、抑菌水、十六醇聚氧乙稀縫el™ (B ASF,Parsippany 叫或鱗酸鹽緩衝生理食鹽水(pBs)。在所有情況下,組 口物必須無菌且應為流體以便使用注射器投藥。該等組合 物應=製造及儲存期間穩定且必驗防腐以免受諸如細菌 及真囷之微生物污染。載劑可為含有(例如)水、乙醇、多 几醇(諸如,甘油、丙二醇及液體聚乙二醇)及合適混合物 /合刈或刀政"貝。適當流動性可(例如)藉由使用諸如卵 磷脂之包衣、在分散液之情況下藉由維持所需粒度及藉由 使用界面活性劑來維持。各種抗菌劑及抗真_,例如對 匕基苯甲酉夂酉曰、氯丁醇、苯紛、抗壞血酸及硫柳汞,可含 有微生物污染°組合物中可包括等張劑’例如糖、諸如甘 露糖醇、山梨糖醇之多元醇及氯化鈉。可延遲吸收之組合 物包括諸如單硬脂酸鋁及明膠之藥劑。 無囷可注射溶液可兹山|^ 曰 了猎由將所茜置之活性化合物(例如, t發明之任何調節劑物質/分子)根據需要與一種成分或成 "之^合一起併入適當溶劑中’接著殺菌來製備。分散液 通常It由將活性化人你彳i 人士 口物併入含有鹼性分散介質及其他 成分之無菌媒劑中爽制# ^ ,, /4+ ^ 製備。用於製備無菌可注射溶益 菌散劑之製備方法包括 之…、 匕括由無囷洛液真空乾燥及冷凍乾燥以 128788.doc -88 - 200846358 得到含有活性成分及任何所要成分之散劑。 Ί>. 口服組合物Change for a specific use. The determination of the appropriate dosage or route of administration is well within the skill of the general practitioner. Animal experiments provide a guilty guide to identifying effective agents for human therapy. The scaling of the effective dose between species can be based on J. ^ Chappell, W. ^ The use of interspecies scaling in toxicokinetics^ In Toxicokinetics and New DrBg Devel〇pment, Ya(3) bi#, ed., pergaman ρ_, n (4) 1989 'pp. 42-96 The principles laid down are carried out. When the substance or molecule of the present invention is administered in vivo, the normal dose may vary from the weight per kilogram of mammalian body weight per day to at most (10) mg or more (10) mg per kilogram of mammalian body per day, and (iv) h per kilogram. Called (four) mg. Regarding the dose and the delivery side: the:: is provided by, and is provided; see, for example, the US Patent No.... :"Luo’Μ4 or 5’225,212. It is expected that different formulations will be effective for different therapeutic compounds and different conditions, and techniques that target at least a few 遂〆, mouth ε or tissue (for example) may need to be transmitted differently. Or a method of organizing a disease or disease that requires a sustained release of a substance or molecule in a formulation having a release profile suitable for the treatment of any disease or substance requiring administration of a substance or molecule, The substance or molecule is microencapsulated. Microencapsulation of recombinant proteins for sustained release has been successfully carried out using human growth hormone (rhGH), interferon- (rhIFN-), interleukin-2 and MN rgpl20. Johnson et al., VIII. 71^(^, 2:795-799 (1996); Yasuda, Biomed. Ther^ 27:1221-1223 (1993); Hora et al., J. 8:755-758 (1990); Cleland, ''Design and Production of Single Immunization Vaccines Using Polylactide Polyglycolide Microsphere Systems/1 in Vaccine Design: The Subunit and Adjuvant Approach, ed. Powell and Newman, (Plenum Press: New York, 1995), pp. 439-462; WO WO 96/40072; WO 96/07399 and U.S. Patent No. 5,654,010. The use of the polymer due to the biocompatibility of polylactic acid-co-glycolic acid (PLGA) polymer and a wide range of biodegradability To develop a sustained-release formulation of these proteins, the degradation products of PLGA, lactic acid and glycolic acid, can be rapidly eliminated in the human body. In addition, the degradability of the polymer can be adjusted from several months to several years depending on its molecular weight and composition. Lewis, "Controlled release of bioactive agents from lactide/glycolide polymer,'' at M. Chasin and R. Langer (ed.), Biodegradable Polymers as Drug Delivery Systems (Marcel Dekker: New York 1990), pp. 1-41. Pharmaceutical Compositions The modulator molecules/substance of the invention may be incorporated into compositions suitable for medical use in some embodiments. The compositions typically comprise a nucleic acid molecule, peptide / 128788.doc -86 - 200846358 Proteins, small molecules and/or antibodies, and acceptable carriers, such as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. "Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" includes any and all pharmaceutical pharmaceuticals compatible Solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents and the like (Gennar®, Remington: The science and practice of pharmacy. Lippin-cott, Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, PA (2000)). Examples of such carriers or diluents include, but are not limited to, water, physiological saline, Finger's solution, dextrose solution, and 5% human serum albumin. Liposomes and non-aqueous vehicles such as fixed oils (fixed 01ls) can also be used. These compositions are intended to be used in the absence of conventional media or agents which are incompatible with the active compound. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions. It is generally contemplated that pharmaceutical compositions are formulated to be compatible with the desired route of administration, including intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous 'oral (eg, inhalation), transdermal (ie, topical), transmucosal, and rectal. Dosing. Solutions or suspensions for parenteral, intradermal or subcutaneous use may include: sterile diluents such as water for injection, physiological saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycol, glycerol, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; Bacterial agents, such as benzyl alcohol or methylparaben; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (edta); buffers such as acetate, citric acid or A dish salt; and a tonicity modifier such as sodium chloride or dextrose. The pH can be adjusted with an acid or a base such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. The parenteral preparation can be sealed in ampules, disposable syringes or vials made of glass or plastic or in vials of 128788.doc -87 - 200846358. Injectable Formulations Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (in the case of water) or dispersions and sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, hexadecanol polyoxyethylene suture elTM (B ASF, Parsippany or sulphate buffered saline (pBs). In this case, the mouthpiece must be sterile and should be fluid for administration using a syringe. The compositions should be stable during the manufacturing and storage period and must be preserved against microbial contamination such as bacteria and sputum. The carrier can be contained (eg Water, ethanol, polyhydric alcohols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol and liquid polyethylene glycol) and suitable mixtures / hydrazine or knives. Suitable fluidity can be achieved, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin. In the case of a dispersion, it is maintained by maintaining the required particle size and by using a surfactant. Various antibacterial agents and anti-true, such as p-nonylbenzimidazole, chlorobutanol, benzene, ascorbic acid And thimerosal, which may contain microbial contamination. The composition may include an isotonic agent such as a sugar, a polyol such as mannitol, sorbitol, and sodium chloride. The composition which delays absorption includes, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin Injectable solution of innocent injectable solution can be hunted by the active compound (for example, any regulator substance/molecule of the invention) as needed, together with a component or a combination It is prepared by incorporation into a suitable solvent, followed by sterilization. The dispersion is usually made by injecting the active person into a sterile medium containing an alkaline dispersion medium and other ingredients. # ^ , /4+ ^ Preparation. The preparation method for preparing the sterile injectable lysate powder includes..., including vacuum drying and freeze-drying from the sputum-free liquid to obtain the active ingredient and the powder of any desired ingredient, 128788.doc -88 - 200846358 Ί>. Oral composition

口服組合物通常包括惰性稀釋劑或可食用载劑 裝於明膠膠囊中或壓縮成鍵劑。出於經口治療性投率= 的,可使活性化合物與賦形劑合併且以錠劑、含片;= 之形式使用。口服組合物亦可使用流體載劑製備以用二 ,水’其中流體载劑中之化合物係經口施用。彳包括 學上相容之黏合劑及’或佐劑物質。錠劑、丸劑、膠: 含片及其類似物可含有下列成分中 :、 浙 > "人1 裡4具有類似性 貝之化“勿·黏合劑,諸如微晶纖維素、黃蓍膠或明膠; 賦形劑’諸如澱粉或乳糖;崩解劑,諸如褐藻酸、 PRIMOGEL或玉米澱粉;、潤㈣,^ @㈣Oral compositions generally comprise an inert diluent or an edible carrier in a gelatin capsule or compressed into a keying agent. For oral therapeutic rate =, the active compound can be combined with excipients and used in the form of tablets, lozenges; Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier such that the compound in the fluid carrier is administered orally.彳 Includes academically compatible binders and or adjuvants. Tablets, pills, gels: Tablets and their analogues may contain the following ingredients: , Zhejiang >" People 1 4 has similar properties. "Do not adhesive, such as microcrystalline cellulose, tragacanth Or gelatin; excipients such as starch or lactose; disintegrants such as alginic acid, PRIMOGEL or corn starch; Run (4), ^ @(4)

STEROTES;助流劑,諸如膠狀二氧化石夕;甜味劑,諸L 庶糖或糖精;或調味劑,諸如胡椒薄荷、水揚酸甲酯或橙 味調味劑。 4 ·吸入用組合物 就吸入投藥而言,化合物可自含有合適推進劑(例如,STEROTES; a glidant such as a gelatinous silica dioxide; a sweetener, a saccharide or a saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate or an orange flavoring. 4 · Inhalation composition For inhalation administration, the compound may be self-contained with a suitable propellant (for example,

諸如二氧化碳之氣體)之噴霧器或加壓容器中以氣霧 霧形式傳送。 I ^全身性投藥 亦可經黏膜或經皮全身性投藥。就經黏膜或經皮投藥而 &,選擇可滲透標靶障壁之滲透劑。經黏膜滲透劑包括洗 滌劑、膽汁鹽及梭鏈孢酸(fusidic acid)衍生物。就經黏膜 投藥而言,可使用鼻用噴霧或栓劑。就經皮投藥而言,可 128788.doc -89- 200846358 將活性化合物調配為軟膏、油膏、凝膠或乳霜。 化合物亦可以用於直腸傳送之栓劑(例如,與諸如可可 油及其他甘油酯之基質—起)或保留灌腸劑形式製備❶ 6.載劑 在一實施例中,用保護化合物以免自身體快速消除之載 劑來製備活性化合物,諸如控釋調配物,包括植入物及微 囊化傳送系統。可使用生物可降解或生物相容性聚合物, 諸如乙烯乙酸乙烯酯、聚酸酐、%乙醇酸、膠原蛋白、聚 原酸_及聚乳酸。該f物f可在商業上自alzaIn a spray or pressurized container such as a gas of carbon dioxide, it is delivered in the form of an aerosol mist. I ^ systemic administration can also be administered systemically via mucosal or transdermal. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, a penetrant that is permeable to the target barrier is selected. Transmucosal penetrants include detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives. For transmucosal administration, nasal sprays or suppositories can be used. For transdermal administration, the active compound can be formulated as an ointment, ointment, gel or cream by 128788.doc -89-200846358. The compounds can also be used in rectal delivery suppositories (for example, with a base such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or in the form of retention enemas. 6. Carriers In one embodiment, the compound is protected from rapid elimination by the body. The carrier is used to prepare active compounds, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable or biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, % glycolic acid, collagen, polyacids, and polylactic acid. The f f can be commercially available from alza

Corporation(Mountain View, CA)^N〇VA Pharmaceuticals, Ine· (Lake,CA)獲得或由熟習此項技術者製備。亦可使用 脂質體懸浮液作為醫藥學上可接受之載劑。該等懸浮液可 根據熟習此項技術者已知之方法製備,諸如(咖咖等 人’美國專利第4,522,811號,1985)中。 Ί ·單位劑量 可產生王單位劑型之口服調配物或非經腸組合物以有利 於投藥及劑量均-性。單位劑型係指就待治療之個體而言 k δ作為單劑畺之物理離散單元,其含有治療有效量之 活性化合物以及所需之醫藥載劑。單位劑型之規格係由以 下If A確疋且直接依賴於以下情形:活性化合物之獨特特 徵及特疋的所要治療效應及混配活性化合物之固有限制。 、、基因療法級合物 核§文刀子可插入載體中且用作基因療法載體。可藉由 (例如)靜脈内注射、局部投藥(Nabel及Nabel,美國專利第 128788.doc -90· 200846358 5,328,470 號,199句或立體注射(stere〇tactic injeetiQn) (Chen等人,proc Natl Acad Sci u s A 913054 7 (i994)) 將基因療法載體傳送至個體。基因療法載體之醫藥製劑可 包括可接受之稀釋劑或可包含基因傳送媒劑包埋於其中之 緩杈釋放基質。或者,當例如反轉錄病毒載體之完整基因 傳送載體可由重組細胞完好產生時,醫藥製劑可包括一或 多種產生基因傳送系統之細胞。 劑量 醫藥組合物及方法可進一步包含治療HtrA1蛋白質相關 或Htr A3蛋白質相關(特定言之Htr A1 PDZ域相關或Htr A3 PDZ域相關)之病狀中通常應用之其他治療活性化合物。 在/台療或預防需要Htr A1 PDZ域·配位體調節或HtrA3 PDZ域-配位體調節之病狀中,適當劑量含量通常將為每天 母公斤患者體重約〇·01 mg至500 mg,其可以單次或多次 劑量投與。劑量含量較佳將為每天每公斤約〇 · 1 mg至約 250 mg ;更佳為每天每公斤約〇.5 mg至約1〇〇 mg。合適劑 量含量可為每天每公斤約〇·〇1 mg至250 mg,每天每公斤 約0·05 mg至100 mg或每天每公斤約〇」mg至50 mg。在該 範圍内’劑量可為每天每公斤0.05 mg至〇 5 mg、〇·5 mg至 5 mg或5 mg至50 mg。就經口投藥而言,該等組合物較佳 以旋劑形式提供,該等錠劑含有1 ·〇毫克至〗〇〇〇毫克活性 成分’尤其 1·0、5·0、1〇,〇、15.0、20,0、25.0、50.0、 75.0、 1〇〇·〇、ι50·〇、2〇〇·〇、250.0、300.0、400·〇、 500.0、 600·0、750.0、800.0、900·0 及 1000.0 毫克活性成 128788.doc -91 · 200846358 分以達成對待治療之患者的劑量之 可以每天1至4-欠,,社一 用-以化合物 、 人較仏母天一或兩次之方案投與。 …、而針對任何特定患者之特定劑量含量 …該等—= 度、年齡、“::之代謝穩定性及持續作用時間長 士 重、…體健康狀況、性別、飲食、投藥槿々 及呀間 '排泄速率、藥物組合…’ 受療法之主體。 肖疋扃狀之嚴重程度及經Corporation (Mountain View, CA) ^N〇VA Pharmaceuticals, Ine. (Lake, CA) is available or prepared by those skilled in the art. Liposomal suspensions can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. Such suspensions can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, such as in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811, issued to 1985. Ί · Unit Dose An oral or parenteral composition can be produced in a unit dosage form to facilitate administration and dose uniformity. By unit dosage form is meant a physically discrete unit of k δ as a single dose of the subject to be treated, which comprises a therapeutically effective amount of the active compound and the required pharmaceutical carrier. The unit dosage form is determined by the following If A and is directly dependent on the following: the unique characteristics of the active compound and the desired therapeutic effect of the compound and the inherent limitations of the compounding compound. Gene therapy conjugates Nuclear knives can be inserted into vectors and used as gene therapy vectors. For example, intravenous injection, topical administration (Nabel and Nabel, U.S. Patent No. 128788.doc-90.200846358 5,328,470, 199 or stereo injection (stere〇tactic injeetiQn) (Chen et al., proc Natl Acad Sci) US A 913054 7 (i994)) The gene therapy vector is delivered to an individual. The pharmaceutical preparation of the gene therapy vector may comprise an acceptable diluent or may comprise a buffer release matrix in which the gene delivery vehicle is embedded. Alternatively, for example When the entire gene delivery vector of the retroviral vector can be produced intact by the recombinant cell, the pharmaceutical preparation can include one or more cells that produce a gene delivery system. The dosage pharmaceutical composition and method can further comprise treating HtrA1 protein-related or Htr A3 protein-related (specific Other therapeutically active compounds commonly used in the pathology of Htr A1 PDZ domain-related or Htr A3 PDZ domain correlations. Htr A1 PDZ domain · Ligand regulation or HtrA3 PDZ domain-ligands are required for / in therapy or prevention In the adjusted condition, the appropriate dose level will usually be about 〇·01 mg to 500 mg per kg kg of patient per day, which can be single or It should be administered in multiple doses. The dosage will preferably be from about 1 mg to about 250 mg per kg per day; more preferably from about 55 mg to about 1 mg per kg per day. Kg about 〇·〇1 mg to 250 mg, about 0.05 mg to 100 mg per kg per day or about mg to mg mg per kg per day. Within this range, the dose can range from 0.05 mg to 〇5 per kg per day. Mg, 〇·5 mg to 5 mg or 5 mg to 50 mg. For oral administration, the compositions are preferably provided in the form of a syrup which contains from 1 〇 mg to 〇〇〇 〇〇〇 mg The active ingredient 'especially 1·0, 5·0, 1〇, 〇, 15.0, 20, 0, 25.0, 50.0, 75.0, 1〇〇·〇, ι50·〇, 2〇〇·〇, 250.0, 300.0, 400 · 〇, 500.0, 600·0, 750.0, 800.0, 900·0 and 1000.0 mg of activity into 128788.doc -91 · 200846358 The dose to reach the patient to be treated can be 1 to 4-day owed per day. - administered with a compound, a person who is administered one or two times a day, ... and a specific dose for any particular patient... these -= degrees, age, ":: Metabolic stability and duration of long-term effects, weight, body health, gender, diet, medication, and interpreting 'excretion rate, drug combination...' Subjects of therapy. The severity of Xiao Xiao and the

組合物之套組 組合物(例如,醫華έ人4 在套組、容器^^^ 同投藥說明書-起包括 组mnn #以套組形式供應時, ::不/組分可封裝在單獨容器中且在使用之前即刻 組分之功能。獨封衣可許可長期儲存而不損不活化性The kit composition of the composition (for example, the medical Huaren 4 in the kit, the container ^^^ with the dosing instructions - including the group mnn # in the form of a kit, :: no / components can be packaged in a separate container The function of the component immediately before use. The monocoat can permit long-term storage without compromising inactivation.

套組亦可於有利於執行諸如 測試的單獨容器中包括試劑。 ϋ 4 ϋ MU 診斷測試或組織分類之特定The kit can also include reagents in separate containers that facilitate performing such tests. ϋ 4 ϋ MU Diagnostic test or organization classification specific

MrT 試射在使得維持不同組分之Μ且 :不同組分不被容器之物質吸附或改變的任何類型::! 中供應。舉例而言,密封玻璃安瓶可含有已=_ 中性非反應性氣體下封之 或緩衝劑。安瓶可由任何合適物質物貝/分子及/ 聚合物,諸如聚碳酸_、聚苯乙料 如玻璃;、有機 通常用於容納試劑之其他物質。合金屬或任何 σ k谷裔、之其他實例包括 128788.doc -92- 200846358 可由與安瓿類似之物質製 之^ ^ &之間傾及^諸如銘或合全 竭部組成之包膜。其他容器包括試管、小瓶; 瓶、疏、注射器或其類似物。容、〜 a, a, 、匁…、圏接取口,諸 1 具有可由皮下注射針刺穿之塞子的瓶。#㈣ 兩個由在移除後允許組 -有 室。可胺叮“, “易移除之臈隔開之隔 至』移除膜可為玻璃、塑料、橡膠等。 說明材料MrT tests on any type that allows the maintenance of different components and that: different components are not adsorbed or altered by the substance of the container::! In the supply. For example, a sealed glass ampule may contain a buffer that has been sealed with = _ neutral non-reactive gas. Ampoules can be made of any suitable material such as shell/molecular and/or polymer, such as polycarbonate, polystyrene, such as glass; organic, other materials commonly used to hold reagents. Other examples of metal or any σ k Gu, including 128788.doc -92- 200846358 can be made from a substance similar to ampoules and a coating such as the inscription or the end. Other containers include test tubes, vials; bottles, sparse, syringes or the like. Capacitance, ~ a, a, 匁, ... 圏 取, 1 1 has a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic needle. #(四) Two by the group allowed after removal - there is room. The amine can be made into glass, plastic, rubber, etc. by removing the membrane from the "easy to remove." Description material

所套組亦可供應有說明材料。說明書可印刷於紙或其他基 貝上’及’或可以電子可讀媒體形式供應’諸如軟性磁 碟、CD-ROM、DVD_R〇M、zip磁碟、錄影帶、雷射碟片 (laserdisc)、錄音帶等。詳細說明書可不與套組物理相 關;改為可指導使用者至由套組之製造商或經銷商指定之 網際網路網站或以電子郵件形式供應給使用者。 包括以下實例以示例本發明之較佳實施例。熟習此項技 術者應瞭解,在隨後之實例中所揭示之技術代表由發明者 發現在實施本發明中作用良好之技術且因此可視為構成較 仫模式以供其實施。然而,根據本揭示案,熟習此項技術 者應瞭解’可在所揭示之特定實施例中進行許多改變且仍 獲得相似或類似結果而不悖離本發明之精神及範疇。 實例 實例1 ·· HtrAl及HtrA3 PDZ域之結合特異性概況Instructions can also be supplied to the kit. The instructions may be printed on paper or other kebab 'and' or may be supplied in electronically readable media such as a flexible disk, CD-ROM, DVD_R〇M, zip disk, video tape, laser disc, (laserdisc), Tapes, etc. The detailed instructions may not be physically related to the kit; instead, the user may be directed to an Internet site designated by the manufacturer or distributor of the kit or by email to the user. The following examples are included to illustrate preferred embodiments of the invention. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the techniques disclosed in the examples which follow represent a technique that the inventors have found to be effective in the practice of the present invention and thus can be considered as a relatively ambiguous mode for its implementation. However, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; Example Example 1 · HtAl and HtrA3 PDZ domain binding specificity profile

HtrAl、HtrA2及HtrA3胺基酸序列之比較(圖1)展示該等 HtrA蛋白質具有高度序列同源性,其中Pdz域内之一致性 大於30°/。。當期望該序列保守程度轉變為結構保守性時, 128788.doc -93- 200846358 可預期接近配位體結合位點之關鍵序列差異使得配位體特 異性出現差異。因此,使用噬菌體呈現肽文庫評估人類 HtrAl及HtrA3之PDZ域之結合特異性概況。 單獨使用 GST-HtrAl-PDZ、GST-HtrAl-(I415Q/I418A)-PDZ或GST-HtrA3-PDZ融合蛋白質來篩選與M13基因-8主 要鞘蛋白之C-末端融合之以高價格式呈現之隨機十肽文庫 (libC)(Held,Η. 及 Sidhu,S. S. (2004) Journal of Mo/ecw/ar 幻;340(3)及(b) 587-597)。亦使用 HtrAl- PDZ及HtrA3-PDZ GST融合蛋白質來篩選與M13主要鞘蛋 白之N-末端融合之12-mer肽文庫(libN)。用編碼所有20種 天然胺基酸之簡幷密碼子來構造文庫 (ATCGACAGCGCCCCCGGTGGCGGANNKNNKNNKNNK NNKNNKNNKNNKNNKNNKTGATAAACCGATACA (SEQ ID NO: 25))。募核苷酸係如先前所述使用等莫耳DNA簡 幷性設計(Sidhu,S· S·,Lowman,Η· B·,Cunningham,B. C·及 Wells,J. A. (2000) Methods Enzymol 328,333_ 363)。 該等文庫進一步包括允許呈現截短肽之終止密碼子。三 輪選擇後,使個別純系以96孔格式在補充有卡本西林 (carbenicillin)及M13-K07 之 500 pL 2 YT肉湯中生長,且 在噬菌體ELISA中直接使用培養物上清液來偵測與HtrAl 或HtrA3 PDZ特異性結合之肽。獲得各PDZ域之特異性結 合純系。使用含有噬菌體粒子之培養物上清液作為擴增含 有該等肽之DNA片段之PCR的模板。如先前所述將DNA片 128788.doc -94- 200846358Comparison of the HtrAl, HtrA2 and HtrA3 amino acid sequences (Fig. 1) shows that these HtrA proteins have a high degree of sequence homology with a consensus within the Pdz domain of greater than 30°/. . When it is expected that the degree of conservation of the sequence is converted to structural conservation, 128788.doc-93-200846358 can be expected to differ from the key sequence differences of the ligand binding site such that the ligand specificity is different. Therefore, the phage-presenting peptide library was used to evaluate the binding specificity profiles of the PDZ domains of human HtrAl and HtrA3. The GST-HtrAl-PDZ, GST-HtrAl-(I415Q/I418A)-PDZ or GST-HtrA3-PDZ fusion protein was used alone to screen the random ten of the C-terminal fusion with the M13 gene-8 major sheath protein at a high price. Peptide library (libC) (Held, Η. and Sidhu, SS (2004) Journal of Mo/ecw/ar illus; 340(3) and (b) 587-597). The HtrAl-PDZ and HtrA3-PDZ GST fusion proteins were also used to screen a 12-mer peptide library (libN) fused to the N-terminus of the M13 major sheath protein. The library was constructed with the simplification codons encoding all 20 natural amino acids (ATCGACAGCGCCCCCGGTGGCGGANNKNNKNNKNNK NNKNNKNNKNNKNNKNNKTGATAAACCGATACA (SEQ ID NO: 25)). Nucleotide nucleotides were designed as previously described using a simple molar design (Sidhu, S. S., Lowman, Η B., Cunningham, B. C. and Wells, JA (2000) Methods Enzymol 328, 333_ 363). The libraries further include a stop codon that allows for the presentation of a truncated peptide. After three rounds of selection, individual pure lines were grown in 96-well format in 500 pL 2 YT broth supplemented with carbencilin and M13-K07, and culture supernatants were directly used in phage ELISA to detect A peptide specifically bound by HtrAl or HtrA3 PDZ. Specific binding to each PDZ domain was obtained. The culture supernatant containing phage particles was used as a template for amplification of PCR containing DNA fragments of the peptides. DNA tablets as previously described 128788.doc -94- 200846358

段定序(Vajdos,F. F·,Adams,C· W·,Breece,T. N·,Presta, L. G·,de Vos,A. M.及 Sidhu,S. S. (2002) Mo/ 扪〇/ 320(2),415-428)。比對各文庫之獨特序列且分析同源性 (參見表1及2)。 128788.doc 95- 200846358Segmentation (Vajdos, F. F., Adams, C. W., Breece, T. N., Presta, L. G., de Vos, AM and Sidhu, SS (2002) Mo/ 扪〇/ 320 ( 2), 415-428). The unique sequences of each library were aligned and analyzed for homology (see Tables 1 and 2). 128788.doc 95- 200846358

^W3qil^鳑ϊ&lt; s N O Ph 00 a in 叫 s a w〇 Xfl 6 CN 00 m 寸 u〇 v〇 卜 00 On 00 OO OO 00 OO 00 00 ο — (N m 寸 Os 0\ Os Q\ Ct\ ID V〇 卜 〇\ Q\ 0\ 00 〇\ 〇\ 〇\ O r-H o HH &gt; &gt; &gt; &gt; &gt; &gt; &gt; &gt; &gt; &gt; 1 窆爹窆爹参参参爹爹爹参参爹爹爹参爹窆爹参参参 &lt;s h-H &gt; &gt; ω w W Ph Ph H &gt; HH H &gt;—'[Xt &gt; ffi H &gt; — Pi ro oo in cr 00 o 〇 m 〇 m 〇 GO o m GO 〇 b in 00 〇 ffi pH o Pi &gt; in Q Pi a U-i in in z m οί H P4 &gt; &lt; 〇 00 〇 H ϋ Q vo 00 a U ffi 00 HH P-. H m P-t 00 r-H f-H t-H 1—4 4 τ-H t-H r-H r-H r-H r-H τ-H t—H r—H r-^ e ”OM 0 I· z— £_ s, 9-aia3s zadlrAIv為H ^lyulqn 衾 2 fl 6¾ai 卜 CO 00 cn 卜 ΟΝ Ο m寸 r-H 00 Q\ (N m 寸1/^〇卜 yr\ \r\ ^r\ \r\ yx^ \r\ &gt; &gt; &gt; Η &gt; &gt; H &gt; H &gt; &gt; H &gt; H &gt; &gt; Η &gt; &gt; HH &gt; HH &gt; 参参爹参参参窆窆爹参参参参参 Pi Η (Jh H IX| HH (Xi H-) H ω Η Η Η H-H (Jh ti. H |X| P&lt; Ο Ο ’。 00 in m 〇 in ϋ 0- o oo ϋ ϋ Ο 〇 Ο 〇 〇〇 ϋ C7 〇 Uh Qh Q m pin &gt; m H 1-1 H Q CU Ο ιη in m o m H CO Oh Ρ-ι PL, Q m m xn &gt; Z 〇〇 r-H (NJ r-H r-H r-H i—H r-H r-H τ—H r-^ r-H r ζρβ,,ϊνύΗ 〇 一丨 ζ- ε- ΙΛ^W3qil^鳑ϊ&lt; s NO Ph 00 a in Called saw〇Xfl 6 CN 00 m inch u〇v〇 00 On 00 OO OO 00 OO 00 00 ο — (N m inch Os 0\ Os Q\ Ct\ ID V〇卜〇\Q\ 0\ 00 〇\ 〇\ 〇\ O rH o HH &gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; 1 窆爹窆爹参参参爹爹爹参参爹爹爹参参参参&lt;s hH &gt;&gt; ω w W Ph Ph H &gt; HH H &gt;—'[Xt &gt; ffi H &gt; — Pi ro oo in cr 00 o 〇 m 〇m 〇GO om GO 〇b in 00 〇ffi pH o Pi &gt; in Q Pi a Ui in in zm οί H P4 &gt;&lt; 〇00 〇H ϋ Q vo 00 a U ffi 00 HH P-. H m Pt 00 rH fH tH 1—4 4 τ-H tH rH rH rH rH τ-H t—H r—H r-^ e ”OM 0 I· z— £_ s, 9-aia3s zadlrAIv is H ^lyulqn衾2 fl 63⁄4ai 卜CO 00 cn ΟΝ Ο 寸 m inch rH 00 Q\ (N m inch 1/^〇卜 yr\ \r\ ^r\ \r\ yx^ \r\ &gt;&gt;&gt; Η &gt &gt; H &gt; H &gt;&gt; H &gt; H &gt;&gt; Η &gt;&gt; HH &gt; HH &gt; 参参爹参参参参参参参参Pi Η (Jh H IX| HH (Xi H-) H ω Η Η Η HH (Jh ti. H |X| P&lt; Ο Ο '. 00 in m 〇in ϋ 0- o oo ϋ ϋ Ο 〇Ο 〇〇 〇ϋ C7 〇Uh Qh Q m pin &gt; m H 1-1 HQ CU Ο ιη in mom H CO Oh Ρ-ι PL, Q mm xn &gt; Z 〇〇rH (NJ rH rH rH i-H rH rH τ —H r-^ rH r ζρβ,,ϊνύΗ 〇一丨ζ- ε- ΙΛ

Ph ^ IX, fi, pL, MW WP^^PQ^^UhW^W&gt;^!^W ^ m HHG〇〇&gt;-iQii,pH^Q^Q^Q〇' O ^ QQPU|&gt;&gt;Hp^HHh*HI«(&gt;0^Q 128788.doc -96- 200846358Ph ^ IX, fi, pL, MW WP^^PQ^^UhW^W&gt;^!^W ^ m HHG〇〇&gt;-iQii,pH^Q^Q^Q〇' O ^ QQPU|&gt;&gt;Hp^HHh*HI«(&gt;0^Q 128788.doc -96- 200846358

£ I s a T&quot;H! r*H ^ r··^ τ^Η r*H τ·Η T&quot;H ν*·Η τ — (Nr〇4^nvo 卜 oo〇n〇i~4(N m 寸 卜 ooon ο r^H r-~H τ^Η τ-Η r-H r*H ^Η ^Η τ—Η r^ ι—Η r™H r-H r*H τ-Η r-H τ-Η ▼ 爹窆爹爹爹爹爹爹爹窆爹爹窆爹爹爹参爹爹爹爹爹爹 &gt;&gt;p^fe&gt;Hpiip^p^〇P^&gt;&gt;^HfeHpip^HH-lHfJHC〇pci〇 〇〇 ζΛ〇ζΛ^^ζ&gt;ο〇ζ&gt;οα}^ϋ, 〇 〇 οο 〇 〇 c/^ 〇 m Ζ fe^PiPH^HPH〇I-L,^00〇, 1-1 〇Η ζΛ ί^ ζΛ Pti Μ m Η c^i &lt; ^ 〇) go ^ W οο οο οο ι-ί W Q ί&gt; Q Η Pci ΪΖ; Q co ζ/) ΙΖ; Η &gt;—1 &lt;ί Ρ^£ I sa T&quot;H! r*H ^ r··^ τ^Η r*H τ·Η T&quot;H ν*·Η τ — (Nr〇4^nvo oo〇n〇i~4(N m寸卜ooon ο r^H r-~H τ^Η τ-Η rH r*H ^Η ^Η τ—Η r^ ι—Η rTMH rH r*H τ-Η rH τ-Η ▼ 爹窆爹爹爹爹爹爹爹窆爹爹窆爹爹爹 爹爹爹爹爹爹 爹爹爹爹爹爹 &gt;&gt;p^fe&gt;Hpiip^p^〇P^&gt;&gt;^HfeHpip^HH-lHfJHC〇pci〇〇〇ζΛ〇ζΛ^^ζ&gt;〇ζ〇ζ&gt;οα}^ϋ, 〇〇οο 〇〇c/^ 〇m Ζ fe^PiPH^HPH〇IL,^00〇, 1-1 〇Η ζΛ ί^ ζΛ Pti Μ m Η c^i &lt; ^ 〇) go ^ W οο οο οο ι-ί WQ ί&gt; Q Η Pci ΪΖ; Q co ζ/) ΙΖ; Η &gt;-1 &lt;ί Ρ^

(N zslrAvm ^—L_Zad-Ivml^lwbal 衾 oooONO — csjm 寸 mvoi&gt;oo〇N〇 — (Nm 寸 tnvot^ooONO — 卜 ^卜卜卜 γ 卜 〇〇 爹窆爹爹窆爹参参参参参爹爹窆参窆窆爹参爹窆窆参参 :和Ο •聲纪 适裘雖》碟键發說:1¾¾. 4: 乂?濟:¾ ^ v;:iS^: λ^''' :'^.·:.^:-·ν:?· %^.\ \:^:&gt; ^i^:^y^&lt;:\:\^:f 〇Ρ〇0〇〇^0&quot;〇Ρ〇〇〇〇^〇Α〇〇〇〇〇^〇〇 Q 00 00 H^l h-l 〇〇 pu, pci W ffi d 幺 ^ 〇 Hq PLh &gt;^ ^ Q Ph ¢^ &gt; ^ ^ Q &lt; 00 00 05 00 pu, i-h Ah ζΛ H-H &gt; 00 ζΛ ^; PL, Ph H S &lt; ffi ^ 。ψ^-^皭矣咯 ¥(5απ碱 W 喊衮黩涸 1。wfiWK^4。释&lt;Ν- , τ , 0^^^键^|^^楚^-3孤^懷务砘-^€^^^^氣^^ w n^og^zad 楚440 鱗皞。驗#9^^孝^€镏鍩和世维叫伯^-4^製4^14懷^^握* I28788.doc -97- 200846358 表2 :來源於LibN之肽 ~ 來源於LibNw^~(N zslrAvm ^—L_Zad-Ivml^lwbal 衾oooONO — csjm inch mvoi&gt;oo〇N〇—(Nm inch tnvot^ooONO — 卜^卜卜卜γ〇〇爹窆爹爹窆爹〇〇爹窆爹爹窆爹参参参参参爹爹窆Participate in the ginseng and participate in the ginseng: Ο 声 • 声 裘 裘 》 》 》 》 》 》 》 》 》 》 》 碟 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13: .^:-·ν:?· %^.\ \:^:&gt;^i^:^y^&lt;:\:\^:f〇Ρ〇0〇〇^0&quot;〇Ρ〇〇〇〇 ^〇Α〇〇〇〇〇^〇〇Q 00 00 H^l hl 〇〇pu, pci W ffi d 幺^ 〇Hq PLh &gt;^ ^ Q Ph ¢^ &gt; ^ ^ Q &lt; 00 00 05 00 Pu, ih Ah ζΛ HH &gt; 00 ζΛ ^; PL, Ph HS &lt; ffi ^ .ψ^-^皭矣皭矣¥(5απ碱 W shouting 1.wfiWK^4. Interpretation &lt;Ν- , τ , 0^^^键^|^^楚^-3孤^怀务砘-^€^^^^气^^ wn^og^zad chu 440 scales. 验#9^^孝^€镏鍩世维叫伯^-4^4^14怀^^ grip* I28788.doc -97- 200846358 Table 2: Peptides derived from LibN~ from LibNw^~

htrAUPDZ -2 -3 -4 -5 6 5 4 3 2htrAUPDZ -2 -3 -4 -5 6 5 4 3 2

No D 即I s n gvrgrr vnfrlvilfllvlllllilllrwgm lpwllfaallivpvre egserlpgelvavrsl llllvllllwlwvvlv veyvmvlvfvfvvgya eededeeeead-eew,dr gggg)gggggsssfllswwwwwwwwvaaatltv strstatttpllvmrv vvvyvvyvLLLVGSGL sgesagggaeeeeeed 12345678901234 2222222223333333 -—llllllll—1111111—111 6 11 4 11116No D i.e., I s n gvrgrr vnfrlvilfllvlllllilllrwgm lpwllfaallivpvre egserlpgelvavrsl llllvllllwlwvvlv veyvmvlvfvfvvgya eededeeeead-eew, dr gggg) gggggsssfllswwwwwwwwvaaatltv strstatttpllvmrv vvvyvvyvLLLVGSGL sgesagggaeeeeeed 12345678901234 2222222223333333 --llllllll-1111111-111 6 11 4 11116

11 lx 11 11 IX11 lx 11 11 IX

HtrA3-PDZ -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 2 3HtrA3-PDZ -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 2 3

14一L L L L L L L L llllllll SSESNSNS L L L L L L LL i-v;:-;:':··'··.···:.,;&quot;-: Μ y V V V L V MWWYWWWWW EEGEGEEEDDDNDDDDvvvvvvvvVVLVVyvF VVLVLVVV GGEGEGGG14_L L L L L L L L Lllllll SSESNSNS L L L L L L LL i-v;:-;:':·········::,;&quot;-: Μ y V V V L V MWWYWWWWW EEGEGEEEDDDNDDDDvvvvvvvvVVLVVyvF VVLVLVVV GGEGEGGG

NoIDQI E s η 21222324137138139140 2573 2 11 lx IX Ί— *疏水性殘基以粗體文本展示且酸性殘基係加灰色陰影。 如文本所述對位置加以任意編號。 就C-末端文庫選擇而言,HtrAl-PDZ與HtrA3-PDZ優選 具有總體疏水性特徵之配位體。類似地,先前已展示 HtrA2 PDZ域亦優選具有疏水性特徵之配位體(zhang等 人,(2007),製備部分)。 就C-末端文庫選擇而言,HtrAi_pDz之特異性概況係由 域之C_末端處之4個殘基界定。該域之C·末端殘基(位置0) 呈現稍更優選白胺酸,綠胺酸為下-個最普遍之殘基。在 128788.doc -98- 200846358 位置-ι處,優選具有大體積側鏈之殘基(色胺酸、異白胺酸 及苯丙胺酸)。在位置-2處幾乎僅見色胺酸。位置-2處對疏 水性殘基之優選為II型PDZ域之標誌(Sheng,M.及Sala,C. (2001) 〇/ 24(1),1_29)。位置- 3為蘇胺酸或異白胺酸,且在位置_4處優選帶電殘基(Giu、 Lys或Arg)。在所獲得之HtrAl-PDZ結合肽中之任何其他位 置處未觀察到任何優選。NoIDQI E s η 21222324137138139140 2573 2 11 lx IX Ί - * Hydrophobic residues are shown in bold text and acidic residues are shaded in shades of gray. Position the locations as described in the text. For C-terminal library selection, HtrAl-PDZ and HtrA3-PDZ are preferably ligands having overall hydrophobic character. Similarly, it has previously been shown that the HtrA2 PDZ domain is also preferably a ligand having hydrophobic characteristics (zhang et al. (2007), preparation section). For C-terminal library selection, the specific profile of HtrAi_pDz is defined by 4 residues at the C-terminus of the domain. The C. terminal residue (position 0) of this domain exhibits a slightly more preferred leucine, which is the next most common residue. At the position -128 of 128788.doc -98- 200846358, residues having a large volume of side chain (tryptophan, isoleucine and phenylalanine) are preferred. Almost only tryptophan was found at position-2. Preferably, the hydrophobic residue at position-2 is a marker of the type II PDZ domain (Sheng, M. and Sala, C. (2001) 〇 / 24(1), 1_29). Position -3 is threonine or isoleucine, and a charged residue (Giu, Lys or Arg) is preferred at position _4. No preference was observed at any other position in the obtained HtrAl-PDZ binding peptide.

如由C-末端文庫選擇結果所確定,HtrA3-PDZ特異性概 況係由域之C-末端處以及位置-3處之兩個殘基界定。該域 之C-末端殘基(位置〇)稍更優選纈胺酸,異白胺酸為下一個 所選擇之最普遍殘基。位置-1僅為色胺酸。雖然在許多π 型PDZ域中在位置-2處優選疏水性殘基,但HtrA3-PDZ展 示在位置-2處無優選且在該位置處通常選擇非疏水性胺基 酸。在位置-3處觀察到優選甘胺酸或絲胺酸。在由Libc選 擇所獲得之HtrA3-PDZ結合肽十在位置_4或任何其他位置 處未親察到任何優選。 利用N-末端文庫進行之結合選擇對mrA丨_pDz與A3_ PDZ兩者而言亦為成功的,且純系之定序分別揭示μ個及 8個獨特序列(表2)。序列之比對就L_選擇結果而言比 LibC選擇結果困難,因為後者因c_末端殘基充當錨定位置 而便利。就HtrAl-PDZ而言,LibN選擇序列之子集含有保 守w[D/E]序列(SEQIDN0:141)。有可能該保守區 中之酸性殘基可充當替代c-末端’從而有效使該酸性殘基 兩個殘基前處之色胺酸殘基在彼等序列中成為位置處之 128788.doc -99- 200846358 色胺酸。基於該基元(保持酸性殘基為位置〇)之所有序列之 比對並未揭示所有所選序列之一致序列,然而,提示在選 擇結果中可能存在超過一個一致序列。選自LibN及LibC文 庫篩選之序列之間不存在顯著相似性。 就HtrA3-PDZ而言,大部分N-末端選擇配位體含有W-V-L肽(參見表2)。基於該同源性對序列加以比對,以色胺酸 作為位置-1對殘基任意編號。在HtrA3-PDZ之多個選擇結 果中觀察到位於疏水性殘基之後的保守酸性殘基。 實例2 ··合成肽結合 為進一步改進HtrAl-PDZ域及HtrA3 PDZ域之結合特異 性,基於實例1中所獲得之資訊產生一組合成肽。使用標 準9-苐基甲氧基羰基(Fmoc)方案合成肽,用於三氟乙酸 (TFA)中之2·5%三異丙基矽烷及2·5% H20清除樹脂,且藉 由逆相高效液相層析純化。由液相層析/質譜(LC/MS)驗證 各肽之純度及質量。The HtrA3-PDZ specificity profile is defined by the two residues at the C-terminus of the domain and at position -3 as determined by the C-terminal library selection results. The C-terminal residue (position 〇) of this domain is slightly more preferred for valine acid, and the isokinetic acid is the most common residue selected for the next. Position-1 is only for tryptophan. Although hydrophobic residues are preferred at position-2 in many π-type PDZ domains, HtrA3-PDZ exhibits no preference at position-2 and at this position a non-hydrophobic amino acid is typically selected. Preferred glycine or serine is observed at position -3. The HtrA3-PDZ-binding peptide obtained by Libc selection was not observed at position_4 or any other position. Binding selection using an N-terminal library was also successful for both mrA丨_pDz and A3_PDZ, and the sequence of the pure lines revealed μ and 8 unique sequences, respectively (Table 2). The alignment of the sequences is more difficult than the LibC selection result in terms of the L_ selection result, since the latter is facilitated by the c_terminal residue acting as an anchoring position. In the case of HtrAl-PDZ, a subset of the LibN selection sequences contain a conserved w[D/E] sequence (SEQ ID NO: 141). It is possible that the acidic residue in the conserved region acts as a surrogate c-terminus to effectively position the tryptophan residue at the front of the two residues of the acidic residue at positions in the sequence of 128788.doc-99 - 200846358 Tryptophan. Alignment of all sequences based on this motif (which maintains the acidic residue as position 〇) does not reveal a consensus sequence for all selected sequences, however, it is suggested that there may be more than one consensus sequence in the selection results. There was no significant similarity between the sequences selected from the LibN and LibC library screens. For HtrA3-PDZ, most of the N-terminal selection ligands contained the W-V-L peptide (see Table 2). The sequences were aligned based on the homology, and tryptophan was used as position-1 to number the residues arbitrarily. Conserved acidic residues after hydrophobic residues were observed in multiple selections of HtrA3-PDZ. Example 2··Synthetic Peptide Binding To further improve the binding specificity of the HtrAl-PDZ domain and the HtrA3 PDZ domain, a set of synthetic peptides was generated based on the information obtained in Example 1. The peptide was synthesized using the standard 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc) protocol for 2.5% triisopropyldecane and 2.5% H20 scavenging resin in trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) with reverse phase Purification by high performance liquid chromatography. The purity and quality of each peptide were verified by liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry (LC/MS).

HtrAl-PDZ或HtrA3-PDZ之肽之結合親和力使用溶液相 競爭ELISA測定為IC5G值。藉由將N-末端生物素化肽(就 HUA1-PDZ而言為生物素-GWKTWIL,且就HtrA3-PDZ而 言為生物素-RSWWV)固定於塗佈有NeutrAvidinTM(Pierce) (Rockford,IL)且用 BSA(Sigma)阻斷之 Maxisorp™板(Nalge NUNC Intemational)(Naperville,IL)上來製備檢定板。如 以下文獻所述製備具有與N-末端融合之麩胱甘肽S-轉移酶 (GST)之 HtrAl-PDZ及 HtrA3-PDZ構築體(Laura,R. P·,Witt, A. S·,Held,Η· A.,Gerstner,R·,Deshayes,K·,Koehler,Μ· 128788.doc -100- 200846358 F·,Kosik,K. S·,Sidhu,S. S.及 Lasky,L, A. (2002)The binding affinities of the peptides of HtrAl-PDZ or HtrA3-PDZ were determined as IC5G values using a solution phase competition ELISA. Immobilized with NeutrAvidinTM (Pierce) (Rockford, IL) by N-terminal biotinylated peptide (biotin-GWKTWIL for HUA1-PDZ and biotin-RSWWV for HtrA3-PDZ) The assay plates were prepared by BSA (Sigma) blocked MaxisorpTM plates (Nalge NUNC International) (Naperville, IL). HtrAl-PDZ and HtrA3-PDZ constructs with glutathione S-transferase (GST) fused to the N-terminus were prepared as described in the following literature (Laura, R. P., Witt, A. S., Held) ,Η·A., Gerstner, R., Deshayes, K., Koehler, Μ·128788.doc -100- 200846358 F·, Kosik, K. S., Sidhu, SS and Lasky, L, A. (2002)

Ckm 277(15),12906-12914)。將於 PBS、0.5% BSA、0.1% Tween 20(PBT緩衝劑)中之固定濃度之GST-HtTAl-PDZ(200 nM)或GST-HtrA3-PDZ(200 nM)與肽之連續稀釋液一起預 培育1小時,且隨後轉移至所製備之檢定板中。再培育1小 時後,將板用含有0.5% Tween 20之PBS洗滌,與在PBT緩 衝液中以1:10,000稀釋之HRP/抗GST抗體(Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) —起培育30分鐘,再次洗滌,且用 3,3’,5,5’-四曱基-聯苯胺/Η202(ΤΜΒ)過氧化物酶受質 (Kirkegaard and Perry Laboratories)偵測。IC50值係定義為 阻斷PDZ域與固定肽之結合之50%的肽濃度。某些合成肽 之所獲得之IC50值展示於表3中。Ckm 277 (15), 12906-12914). Pre-incubation of a fixed concentration of GST-HtTAl-PDZ (200 nM) or GST-HtrA3-PDZ (200 nM) in PBS, 0.5% BSA, 0.1% Tween 20 (PBT buffer) with serial dilutions of the peptide 1 hour and then transferred to the prepared assay plate. After an additional 1 hour of incubation, the plates were washed with PBS containing 0.5% Tween 20, incubated with HRP/anti-GST antibody (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) diluted 1:10,000 in PBT buffer for 30 minutes, washed again, and Detection was carried out with 3,3',5,5'-tetradecyl-benzidine/oxime 202 (ΤΜΒ) peroxidase substrate (Kirkegaard and Perry Laboratories). The IC50 value is defined as the concentration of peptide that blocks 50% of the binding of the PDZ domain to the immobilized peptide. The IC50 values obtained for some of the synthetic peptides are shown in Table 3.

128788.doc 101 - 200846358 表3 :合成肽與HtrAl-PDZ及HtrA3-PDZ之結合之IC50值 肽ID 位置ί ~ ~~ (SEQIDNO) -10 -9 -8 -7 -6~^Λ~~5~~0~~Γ 1&lt;:50128788.doc 101 - 200846358 Table 3: IC50 value of the binding of synthetic peptide to HtrAl-PDZ and HtrA3-PDZ peptide ID position ί ~ ~~ (SEQIDNO) -10 -9 -8 -7 -6~^Λ~~5 ~~0~~Γ 1&lt;:50

UtrAl-ΡΏΖ配位艘 Hl_cl (3) Hl_c2 (4) Hl—c3 (5) HI一c4 ⑹ Hl_c5 (142) HI 一 c3a(143) Hl_c3b (144) Hl_c3c(145) Hl_c3d (146) Hl_c3e(147) HI 一c3f(148) Hl_c3g(149) Hl_c3h(150) GM130(151) CoBal (152)UtrAl-ΡΏΖ coordination vessel Hl_cl (3) Hl_c2 (4) Hl-c3 (5) HI-c4 (6) Hl_c5 (142) HI-c3a(143) Hl_c3b (144) Hl_c3c(145) Hl_c3d (146) Hl_c3e(147) HI a c3f(148) Hl_c3g(149) Hl_c3h(150) GM130(151) CoBal (152)

D dgdwlddddddadeD dgdwlddddddade

LLVVFAVVVVVVVVL LIWHVWAWWWWWWVF WWWWDWWWWWWWMC T T I n R I I n A T1 Tx I I I V ekrkdrrrrarrrkp IWSDWSSSSSASSVGLLVVFAVVVVVVVVL LIWHVWAWWWWWWVF WWWWDWWWWWWWMC T T I n R I I n A T1 Tx I I I V ekrkdrrrrarrrkp IWSDWSSSSSASSVG

Hl-nl (153) Hl-n2(154)Hl-nl (153) Hl-n2(154)

S ES E

G Gw w s R V VG Gw w s R V V

G R L V Lw E s L L V Y EDG R L V Lw E s L L V Y ED

HtrA3-PDZ配位體 H3一cl (11) H3_c2 (12) H3_c3 (13) H3_c4 (14) H3_cla(155) H3_clb(15) H3—clc H3_cld H3_cle H3~clf H3_clg(16) H3_clh(17) H3_cli(156) H3_clj (18) H3_clk(157) H3_cll(158) H3_clm(159) H3_cln(19) H3_clo (20)HtrA3-PDZ Ligand H3-cl (11) H3_c2 (12) H3_c3 (13) H3_c4 (14) H3_cla(155) H3_clb(15) H3-clc H3_cld H3_cle H3~clf H3_clg(16) H3_clh(17) H3_cli( 156) H3_clj (18) H3_clk(157) H3_cll(158) H3_clm(159) H3_cln(19) H3_clo (20)

R w R R R R R G s G G G G F R F F F rrrrrrrar lerygggga fffffffffR w R R R R R G s G G G G F R F F rrrrrrrar lerygggga fffffffff

vvilvvvvagvvvvfavvvWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWAWW H3_nl (22) H3_n2 (160)vvilvvvvagvvvvfavvvWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW H3_nl (22) H3_n2 (160)

G V V V D E L V V DG V V V D E L V V D

L L L L s N L L V Vww EG μΜ 23·3 士 2.9 7·7 士 0.6 0.9±0.1 2.8 士 0.3 64·1 士 13.6 3.5 士 0.9 6·3土1 · 1 40.0 士 5.1 13.0 士 0.9 2.5 士 0.4 1.3 士0.1 2.8 士 0.3 &gt;500 24.1 士 8.4 15.7 士 3.3 &gt;500 241.6 土 169.10.6 土 0.1 0.6 士 0·1 1.0 土 0.1 2.9 士 0.3 72土 11 1.0 士 0·1 1.3 士 0.1 4.7 士 0.4 14.1 土 1·2 21·6 土 2.7 1.7 士 0.2 0.6 土 0·1 2.6 士 0.2 0.8 土 0·1 7.7 士 0.8 3.5 士 0.3 267士111 0.9士 0.1 1.1 土 0.2 202±45 18.6 士 5.9 $使所有肽之N-末端乙醯化。星號(*)指示C-末端藉由醯胺 化阻斷。結構研究所使用之肽以粗體文本展示,在該等肽 内之各位置處為單一丙胺酸取代。 128788.doc -102- 200846358 就HtrAl-PDZ而言,肽HI—c3(DSRIWWV)(SEQ ID NO: 5)與生物素-0\¥1^界11^(8£(5 10&gt;^0: 4)競爭結合 GST-HtrAl-PDZ,其中IC50 為 0·9 士 0·1 μΜ,其為就與HtrAl-PDZ 結合所測試之合成肽中所獲得之最低IC50。亦使用等溫滴 定熱量測定來量測Hl_c3-HtrAl-PDZ相互作用之解離常 數。簡言之,在28°C下使用VP-ITC滴定量熱計(MicroCal) 進行ITC量測。以具有1 mM疊氮化鈉之PBS對樣品進行廣 泛滲析。各滴定實驗由25次向5.5 μΜ HtrAl-PDZ中注射10 pL肽注射液(284 μΜ)(單元體積為1·4 mL)組成。由胺基酸 分析測定肽及蛋白質之濃度。在空白滴定實驗中藉由向緩 衝液中注射10 pL肽來量測稀釋熱。使用Origin套裝軟體 (MicroCal)假定單個結合位點模型由實驗量測值(減去稀釋 熱後)之非線性最小平方擬合來測定結合熱及解離常數。 1.1土0.1 μΜ之所得值與競爭ELISA之資料具有良好一致性 (參見圖2)。另一在噬菌體選擇中鑑別出之肽(Hl_c2)以比 Hl—c3低之親和力(IC5〇為7·7 μΜ)與HtrAl-PDZ結合,雖然 在噬菌體淘選期間具有較高選擇頻率。藉由醯胺化阻斷C-末端(參見,例如表3中之肽Hl_c3h)消除在高達500 μΜ之 濃度下肽與生物素-GWKTWIL(SEQ ID NO: 4)競爭結合 HtrAl-PDZ之能力,表明末端羧酸酯基為結合所需。用丙 胺酸取代位置_1處之色胺酸導致結合降低7倍(參見,例如 表3中之肽H1 一c3b),而丙胺酸取代位置-2處之色胺酸或位 置-3處之異白胺酸分別導致結合降低44倍及14倍(肽 HI—c3c及HI—c3d)。最佳肽在位置〇、-4、-5或-6(肽 128788.doc -103- 200846358LLLL s NLLV Vww EG μΜ 23·3 士2.9 7·7 士0.6 0.9±0.1 2.8 士0.3 64·1 士13.6 3.5 士0.9 6·3土1 · 1 40.0 士5.1 13.0 士0.9 2.5 士0.4 1.3 士 0.1 2.8士 0.3 &gt;500 24.1 士 8.4 15.7 士 3.3 &gt;500 241.6 土169.10.6 土 0.1 0.6士0·1 1.0 土 0.1 2.9 ± 0.3 72 土 11 1.0 士 0·1 1.3 士 0.1 4.7 士 0.4 14.1 土1· 2 21·6 Soil 2.7 1.7 ± 0.2 0.6 0.1 2.6 ± 0.2 0.8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 The end is acetylated. An asterisk (*) indicates that the C-terminus is blocked by guanidine. The peptides used in the structural studies are shown in bold text and are substituted with a single alanine at each position within the peptides. 128788.doc -102- 200846358 For HtrAl-PDZ, peptide HI-c3 (DSRIWWV) (SEQ ID NO: 5) and biotin-0\¥1^ bound 11^(8£(5 10&gt;^0: 4) Competitive binding to GST-HtrAl-PDZ, where IC50 is 0·9 ± 0·1 μΜ, which is the lowest IC50 obtained for the synthetic peptide tested for binding to HtrAl-PDZ. Isothermal titration calorimetry is also used. The dissociation constant of the Hl_c3-HtrAl-PDZ interaction was measured. Briefly, ITC measurements were performed using a VP-ITC titration calorimeter (MicroCal) at 28 ° C. PBS pairs with 1 mM sodium azide Extensive dialysis was performed. Each titration experiment consisted of injecting 5 pL of peptide injection (284 μΜ) (unit volume of 1.4 mL) into 5.5 μΜ HtrAl-PDZ for 25 times. The concentration of peptide and protein was determined by amino acid analysis. The dilution heat was measured by injecting 10 pL of peptide into the buffer in a blank titration experiment. The nonlinear binding site model (MicroCal) was used to assume the nonlinearity of the single binding site model from the experimental measurements (after subtracting the dilution heat). Squared fit to determine binding heat and dissociation constants. 1.1 Soil 0.1 μΜ yields good agreement with competitive ELISA data (see Figure 2). Another peptide identified in phage selection (Hl_c2) binds to HtrAl-PDZ with a lower affinity than IC-c3 (IC5〇7·7 μΜ), although it has a higher selection during phage panning. Frequency. Blocking of the C-terminus by guanidination (see, eg, peptide Hl_c3h in Table 3) eliminates the competition of the peptide with biotin-GWKTWIL (SEQ ID NO: 4) for binding to HtrAl-PDZ at concentrations up to 500 μΜ Capability, indicating that the terminal carboxylate group is required for binding. Substituting alanine for tryptophan at position _1 results in a 7-fold decrease in binding (see, for example, peptides H1 to c3b in Table 3), while alanine substitution position - 2 tryptophan acids or iso-leucine at position -3 resulted in a 44-fold and 14-fold decrease in binding, respectively (peptides HI-c3c and HI-c3d). The best peptides were in position 〇, -4, -5 or - 6 (peptide 128788.doc -103- 200846358

Hl—c3a、HI—C3e、Hl_c3f 及 HI—c3g)處之單一位置處之丙 胺酸取代對結合具有極少影響。肽Hl_cl與Hl_c5之比較 確認位置·1處之色胺酸之適度重要性且提示在位置-4處鹼 性殘基(例如,離胺酸及精胺酸)可提供優於酸性(例如,麩 胺酸或天冬胺酸)殘基之能量優點。 就HtrA3,PDZ而言,肽Η3—cl 與生物素-RSWWV(SEQ ID NO: 12)競爭結合 GST-HtrA3-PDZ,其中 IC50為 0·6 +/- 0·1 μΜ。類似於針對HtrAl-PDZ之研究結果,位置0容許任何 脂族側鏈(亦即,纈胺酸、異白胺酸、白胺酸及丙胺酸), 其中優選纈胺酸(比較肽H3-C1、H3—c2、H3_c3、H3_c4及 H3_cla之結果),而位置〇處之較大體積之苯丙胺酸側鏈 (肽H3_c5)使結合降低14倍。藉由醯胺化阻斷羧酸酯基(肽 H3_cle)急劇降低結合親和力。與噬菌體呈現資料一致, 位置-1強烈優選色胺酸,且突變為丙胺酸導致親和力降低 超過400倍(參見,例如肽H3_clb)。顯著地,甚至在第一 位置處具有色胺酸之二肽亦以中等親和力與HUA3-PDZ結 合(參見,肽 H3—cld(WV)、H3一cle(WA)及 H3—clf(WG))。 -2或-3位置處之丙胺酸取代對配位體結合具有極少影響至 無影響(參見,肽H3_clc及H3_cld)。肽H3_c6-9進一步確 認-3及-4位置處之胺基酸一致性缺乏重要性。 先前報導已提示小鼠HtrAl與諸如III型膠原蛋白a3 C-前 肽(Col3al)之纖維狀前膠原蛋白質之C-末端結合以及與 Golgi 基質蛋白質(GM130)結合(Murwantoko,Yano,M·, Ueta,Y·,Murasaki,A·,Kanda,H·,Oka,C·及 Kawaichi,Μ· 128788.doc -104- 200846358 (2004) 381(第 3 部分),895-904)。合成對應於Alanine substitution at a single position at H1-c3a, HI-C3e, Hl_c3f, and HI-c3g) has little effect on binding. Comparison of the peptides Hl_cl and Hl_c5 confirms the modest importance of tryptophan at position 1 and suggests that basic residues at position -4 (eg, lysine and arginine) provide superior acidity (eg, bran) The energy advantage of residues of aminic acid or aspartic acid. In the case of HtrA3, PDZ, peptide Η3-cl competes with biotin-RSWWV (SEQ ID NO: 12) for binding to GST-HtrA3-PDZ with IC50 of 0·6 +/- 0·1 μΜ. Similar to the results for HtrAl-PDZ, position 0 allows for any aliphatic side chains (ie, valine, isoleucine, leucine, and alanine), with lysine being preferred (comparative peptide H3-C1) , the result of H3—c2, H3_c3, H3_c4, and H3_cla), while the larger volume of the amphetamine side chain (peptide H3_c5) at position 使 reduced the binding by 14-fold. Blocking the carboxylate group (peptide H3_cle) by guanidation sharply reduces the binding affinity. Consistent with phage display data, position-1 is strongly preferred for tryptophan, and mutation to alanine results in a decrease in affinity over 400-fold (see, for example, peptide H3_clb). Significantly, even the tryptophan dipeptide at the first position binds to HUA3-PDZ with moderate affinity (see, peptides H3-cld (WV), H3-cle (WA) and H3-clf (WG)) . The alanine substitution at the -2 or -3 position has little effect on ligand binding to no effect (see, peptides H3_clc and H3_cld). The peptide H3_c6-9 further confirmed the lack of importance of the amino acid identity at the -3 and -4 positions. Previous reports have suggested that mouse HtrAl binds to the C-terminus of fibrous procollagen proteins such as type III collagen a3 C-propeptide (Col3al) and to Golgi matrix protein (GM130) (Murwantoko, Yano, M., Ueta) , Y., Murasaki, A., Kanda, H., Oka, C. and Kawaichi, Μ 128788.doc -104- 200846358 (2004) 381 (Part 3), 895-904). Synthesis corresponds to

Col3al之C-末端及GM130之肽。如上所述,在競爭結合檢 定中將Col3al之C-末端及GM130與HtrAl-PDZ之結合與生 物素 _GWKTWIL(SEQ ID NO: 4)加以比較。Col3al 及 GM130肽與生物素-GWKTWIL(SEQ ID NO: 4)競爭結合 GST-HtrAl-PDZ ,其中 IC50 值分別為 15·7±3·3 μΜ 及 24.1 士8.4 μΜ(表3)。該等值顯著高於對GWKTWIL(SEQ ID NO : 4)結合所觀察到之IC50值(7·7 +/- 0,6 μΜ),表明 Col3al及GM13 0肽與GST-HtrAl-PDZ之結合顯著弱於所觀 察到之與優化肽配位體之結合。雖然結果展示HtrAl-PDZ 確實可與該優化肽配位體結合,但本文中所量測出之親和 力顯著弱於Murwantoko等人所報導之親和力(Col3al為0.3 μΜ且GM130為6.0 nM)。值得注意的是使用利用固定於固 體表面上之配位體進行之檢定測定先前親和力,此會因由 多價結合誘導之親合效應而導致親和力之高估(Harris等人 (2001) Biochemistry 40: 5921-5930 ; Harris及 Lim (2001) J· Cell Sci. 114: 3219_323 1 ; Laura及 Witt (2002) J, Biol· Chem· 277(15): 12906-14)。本文中所述之溶液相競爭檢定 更精確地估算單體結合親和力。 為進一步研究内部肽基元之識別,合成來源於HtrAl -PDZ及HtrA3-PDZ之N_末端文庫選擇之C-末端醯胺化肽, 且測試其與生物素標記C-末端肽競爭之能力。就HtrAl-PDZ而言,僅對兩種所測試之肽中之一種(肽HI—n2)偵測到 結合,且肽Hl_n2之親和力顯著弱於對於C-末端肽所觀察 128788.doc -105- 200846358 到之親和力(參見表3)。就Htr A3 -PDZ而言,兩種所測試之 肽(H3—nl及H3—n2)可偵測到結合,但與具有游離C-末端之 肽相比,該兩種肽以顯著降低之親和力結合(表3)。雖然肽 H3 一nl來源於在N-末端肽噬菌體選擇中具有最高選擇頻率 之序列,但HtrA3-PDZ之親和力比優化C-末端肽弱數百倍 (表3)。肽H3—n2以可比於非優化C-末端二肽(與肽H3—cle 及H3_clf相比)之親和力結合(表3)。總之,該等資料提示 雖然HtrAl-PDZ及HtrA3-PDZ域能夠與配位體識別槽中之 内部肽基元結合(且因此,該結合可能在生物學上相關), 但優選C-末端配位體。 實例3 : HtrAl及HtrA3之PDZ域之結構 a.NMR分析 為更好地理解HtrAl-PDZ域與肽配位體之間的結合相互 作用,對 HtrAl_PDZ與肽 Hl_c3(DSRIWWV)(SEQ ID NO: 5)之間的複合物進行NMR分析。將編碼人類HtrAl殘基 3 80-480(對應於PDZ域)之DNA片段選殖於pET15b表現載體 (Novagen)之Ndel/BamHI位點中,產生具有相繼為N-末端 His-標籤及凝血酶裂解位點之融合體。使含有表現質體之 BLR(DE3) pLysS細胞在補充有 15N-氣化銨(&gt;99%,Spectra Stable Isotopes)及 12C-及 /或 13Cc6-D-葡萄糖(&gt;99%,Spectra Stable Isotopes)之M9基本培養基中生長。使細胞在37°C下 生長至對數中期(〇D6〇〇=0.8)。用1 mM IPTG誘導蛋白質表 現,且將培養物在室溫下再培育12小時。藉由在4,000xg 下離心1 5分鐘收集細胞。將所得細胞小球再懸浮於具有1 128788.doc -106- 200846358 mM PMSF之緩衝液A中,且由高剪切力流體處理器溶解細 胞。將細胞溶解產物藉由在21,000xg下離心45分鐘澄清, 用0·45 μηι過濾器過濾且加載於Nickel-NTA Superflow管柱 (QIAGEN)上。將管柱用於50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.0)、500 mM NaCl(缓衝液A)中之10 mM咪唑洗滌,且用於緩衝液a 中之500 mM咪唑溶離。彙集溶離份,添加凝血酶(1單位/ 宅克蛋白貝)’且在4C下以具有2 mM CaCL之50 mM Tris HCl(pH7.5)、100mMNaCl(緩衝液B)將樣品滲析隔夜。將 蛋白質樣品濃縮且經Superdex-75管柱(Pharmacia)a25 Tris HCl(pH 7·5)、300 mM NaCl純化。將樣品進一步經 MonoQ(Pharmacia)陰離子交換管柱以具有〇u 〇 μ NaCl 梯度之Tris(pH 7.5)純化。於含有10%氧化氘(仏⑺及! mM 疊氮化鈉之25 mM磷酸鈉(pH 6·0)中將蛋白質樣品濃縮至 約2 mM。藉由冷凍乾燥10% D20樣品及將其溶解於 99.996% D2〇(Cambridge Isotope Labs,Inc.)中製備,,100%,’ D20樣品。 在25 °C下在配備有三重共振三軸主動屏蔽梯度探針之 Bruker DRX600 MHz 或 DRX800 MHz 光譜計上獲得 NMR 光 譜。所有NMR資料均使用NMRPipe處理(Delaglio,F·, Grzesiek,S·,Vuister,G· W·,Zhu,G·,Pfeifer,J·iBax,A. (1995) 6(3), 277-293)且使用 Sparky程式分析 (3·11版本,Goddard及Kneller,UCSF)。藉由在分步滴定肽 Hl_c3之情況下量測15N、13C-標記之HtrAl-PDZ之15N-HSQC直接監測複合物之形成。新尖峰之出現及一些對應 128788.doc •107· 200846358 於游離HtrAl-PDZ之峰的消失與NMR時標上之缓慢交換相 符。使用來自 3D HNCA、HNCOCA、CBCACONH、 CBCANH、HNCO 及 HNCACO 實驗(Cavanagh,J·, Fairbrother,W. J·,Palmer,A. G.及 Skelton,N. J. (1995)C-terminus of Col3al and peptide of GM130. As described above, the C-terminus of Col3al and the binding of GM130 to HtrAl-PDZ were compared to the biotin _GWKTWIL (SEQ ID NO: 4) in a competition binding assay. The Col3al and GM130 peptides competed with biotin-GWKTWIL (SEQ ID NO: 4) for binding to GST-HtrAl-PDZ with IC50 values of 15.7 ± 3. 3 μΜ and 24.1 ± 8.4 μΜ, respectively (Table 3). This value is significantly higher than the IC50 value observed for GWKTWIL (SEQ ID NO: 4) binding (7·7 +/- 0,6 μΜ), indicating that the binding of Col3al and GM13 0 peptide to GST-HtrAl-PDZ is significant. It is weaker than the observed binding to the optimized peptide ligand. Although the results show that HtrAl-PDZ does bind to this optimized peptide ligand, the affinity measured here is significantly weaker than that reported by Murwantoko et al. (Col3al is 0.3 μΜ and GM130 is 6.0 nM). It is worth noting that the prior affinity is determined using assays using ligands immobilized on a solid surface, which leads to an overestimation of affinity due to the affinity effect induced by multivalent binding (Harris et al. (2001) Biochemistry 40: 5921 -5930; Harris and Lim (2001) J. Cell Sci. 114: 3219_323 1 ; Laura and Witt (2002) J, Biol Chem. 277(15): 12906-14). The solution phase competition assay described herein more accurately estimates monomer binding affinity. To further investigate the identification of internal peptide motifs, C-terminal amidated peptides derived from the N-terminal library of HtrAl-PDZ and HtrA3-PDZ were synthesized and tested for their ability to compete with biotinylated C-terminal peptides. In the case of HtrAl-PDZ, binding was detected only for one of the two peptides tested (peptide HI-n2), and the affinity of peptide Hl_n2 was significantly weaker than that observed for the C-terminal peptide 128788.doc-105- 200846358 Affinity (see Table 3). For Htr A3-PDZ, the two peptides tested (H3-nl and H3-n2) detected binding, but the two peptides showed significantly lower affinity than the peptide with free C-terminus. Combined (Table 3). Although the peptide H3-nl was derived from the sequence having the highest selection frequency in the N-terminal peptide phage selection, the affinity of HtrA3-PDZ was several hundred times weaker than the optimized C-terminal peptide (Table 3). Peptide H3-n2 binds to an affinity comparable to the non-optimized C-terminal dipeptide (compared to peptides H3-cle and H3_clf) (Table 3). In summary, these data suggest that although the HtrAl-PDZ and HtrA3-PDZ domains are capable of binding to internal peptide motifs in the ligand recognition groove (and therefore, the binding may be biologically relevant), C-terminal coordination is preferred. body. Example 3: Structure of the PDZ domain of HtrAl and HtrA3 a. NMR analysis To better understand the binding interaction between the HtrAl-PDZ domain and the peptide ligand, HtrAl_PDZ and peptide Hl_c3 (DSRIWWV) (SEQ ID NO: 5 The complex between the two was subjected to NMR analysis. A DNA fragment encoding human HtrAl residue 3 80-480 (corresponding to the PDZ domain) was cloned into the Ndel/BamHI site of the pET15b expression vector (Novagen) to generate a N-terminal His-tag and thrombin cleavage. A fusion of loci. BLR(DE3) pLysS cells containing plastids were supplemented with 15N-ammonium halide (&gt;99%, Spectra Stable Isotopes) and 12C- and/or 13Cc6-D-glucose (&gt;99%, Spectra Stable Isotopes) ) grown in M9 minimal medium. The cells were grown at 37 ° C to mid-log phase (〇D6〇〇=0.8). Protein expression was induced with 1 mM IPTG and the culture was incubated for an additional 12 hours at room temperature. Cells were harvested by centrifugation at 4,000 xg for 15 minutes. The resulting cell pellet was resuspended in Buffer A with 1 128788.doc -106 - 200846358 mM PMSF and the cells were solubilized by a high shear fluid processor. The cell lysate was clarified by centrifugation at 21,000 xg for 45 minutes, filtered through a 0.45 μηι filter and loaded onto a Nickel-NTA Superflow column (QIAGEN). The column was washed with 10 mM imidazole in 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.0), 500 mM NaCl (buffer A), and used to dissolve 500 mM imidazole in buffer a. The fractions were pooled, thrombin (1 unit / house protein protein) was added and the sample was dialyzed overnight at 4 C with 50 mM Tris HCl (pH 7.5) with 2 mM CaCL, 100 mM NaCl (buffer B). The protein sample was concentrated and purified by Superdex-75 column (Pharmacia) a25 Tris HCl (pH 7.5), 300 mM NaCl. The sample was further purified via a MonoQ (Pharmacia) anion exchange column with Tris (pH 7.5) having a gradient of 〇u 〇 μ NaCl. The protein sample was concentrated to approximately 2 mM in 25 mM sodium phosphate (pH 6.00) containing 10% yttrium oxide (仏7) and mM sodium azide by freeze-drying the 10% D20 sample and dissolving it in Prepared in 99.996% D2〇 (Cambridge Isotope Labs, Inc.), 100%, 'D20 sample. Obtained on a Bruker DRX600 MHz or DRX800 MHz spectrometer equipped with a triple resonance triaxial active shielding gradient probe at 25 °C NMR spectroscopy. All NMR data were processed using NMRPipe (Delaglio, F., Grzesiek, S., Vuister, G. W., Zhu, G., Pfeifer, J. iBax, A. (1995) 6(3), 277 -293) and using Sparky program analysis (version 3.11, Goddard and Kneller, UCSF). Direct monitoring of 15N-HSQC 15N-13C-labeled HtrAl-PDZ by stepwise titration of peptide Hl_c3 The formation of the new peaks and some corresponding 128788.doc •107·200846358 The disappearance of the peak at the free HtrAl-PDZ is consistent with the slow exchange on the NMR time scale. Uses from 3D HNCA, HNCOCA, CBCACONH, CBCANH, HNCO and HNCACO experiment (Cavanagh, J., Fairbrother, W. J., Palmer, A. G. and Skelton, N. J. (1995)

Protein NMR Spectroscopy, Principles and Practice, Academic Press,New York)之資料由Monte 程式(Hitchens, T. K·,Lukin,J. A·,Zhan,Y·,McCallum,S· Α·及 Rule,G· S. (2003) /⑽rna/ iVMi? 25(1),1-9)輔助1Hn、 15N、13Ca、130β及13C,歸屬。藉由以D20人工分析3D-HCCH-TOCSY得出側鏈歸屬。藉由在FI中以13C及15N過濾 器分析2D NOESY及2D TOCSY指定肽共振(Zwahlen,C·, Legault,P·,Vincent, S· J· F·, Greenblatt,J·,Konrat,R.及 Kay? L. E. (1997) J. Am. Chem. Soc, 119(29), 6711-6721 ; Iwahara,J·,Wojciak,J. M·及 Clubb,R. T· (2001) 〇/ JVMi? V19(3),231-241)。藉由使用利用程式 CYANA(2.0版本,Herrmann,T·,Guntert,Ρ·及 Wuthrich,Κ· (2002) J Mo/ 价·〇/ 319(1),209-227)之自動 NOE指定分析 3D NOESY_15N-HSQC、3D NOESY-13C-HSQC 及 3D 13C F1 過濾 F3-編輯-NOESY-HSQC光譜獲得初始結構及距離限制。 Φ、Ψ及χΐ二面角限制係藉由根據已確立之Karplus關係分 析HNHA、HNHB及TOCSY_15N-HSQC(35毫秒混合時間)實 驗來獲得。藉由用程式TALOS(Cornilescu,G_,Delaglio,F· 反 Βη,A, {\999、Journal of Biomolecular NMR 2名9- 302)分析主鏈化學位移來獲得其他鬆散主鏈二面角限制。 128788.doc -108· 200846358 應用二面角限制以良好擬合為化學位移(如程式所定義), 其中所允許之範圍為TALOS所確定之平均±30°之較大者或 TALOS所計算之標準偏差之三倍。藉由如所述分析穩態 iH-^N-NOE 來研究主鏈動力學(Farrow,Ν· A·,Zhang,0·, Forman-Kay,J· D.及 Kay,L· Ε· (1994) σ/ 价TVMi? V4(5),727-734)。使用模擬黏接程式 CNX(Accelrys,Inc·,2002)使用距離、二面角及氫鍵限制由 隨機蛋白質及肽構形起始計算100種結構。選擇20種具有 鲁 最低限制違犯能量之結構表示複合物之溶液結構。Htr A1 -PDZ/肽複合物之NMR資料足以清楚地確定該複合物之結 構(圖3,表4)。 表4 ··與Hl_c3肽結合之HtrAl-PDZ之NMR整體之輸入限制 及結構統計貧料的概述 參數 整體 輸入限制: 總NOE 1352 殘基内 179 連續 340 中程 252 遠程 504 分子間 77 總二面角 178 Φ 77 Ψ 76 χΐ 21 違犯: 實驗限制之RMSD : ΝΟΕ-距離(Α) 0.0041 ±0.0003 二面角(。) 0.056 士 0.016 128788.doc •109- 200846358Protein NMR Spectroscopy, Principles and Practice, Academic Press, New York) by Monte (Hitchens, T. K., Lukin, J. A., Zhan, Y., McCallum, S. Α· and Rule, G· S. (2003) / (10) rna / iVMi? 25 (1), 1-9) Auxiliary 1Hn, 15N, 13Ca, 130β and 13C, belonging. The side chain assignment was obtained by manually analyzing 3D-HCCH-TOCSY with D20. Analysis of 2D NOESY and 2D TOCSY peptide resonances by 13C and 15N filters in FI (Zwahlen, C., Legault, P., Vincent, S. J. F., Greenblatt, J., Konrat, R. and Kay? LE (1997) J. Am. Chem. Soc, 119(29), 6711-6721; Iwahara, J., Wojciak, J. M. and Clubb, R. T. (2001) 〇 / JVMi? V19 ( 3), 231-241). Analysis of 3D NOESY_15N by using the automatic NOE designation using the program CYANA (version 2.0, Herrmann, T., Guntert, Ρ· and Wuthrich, Κ (2002) J Mo/ Price·〇/ 319(1), 209-227) -HSQC, 3D NOESY-13C-HSQC and 3D 13C F1 Filter F3-Edit-NOESY-HSQC spectra to obtain initial structure and distance limits. The Φ, Ψ and χΐ dihedral angle limits are obtained by analyzing the HNHA, HNHB and TOCSY_15N-HSQC (35 ms mixing time) experiments based on the established Karplus relationship. Other loose backbone dihedral angle limits were obtained by analyzing the chemical shifts in the backbone using the program TALOS (Cornilescu, G_, Delaglio, F. Anti-A, {, 999, Journal of Biomolecular NMR 2-9-302). 128788.doc -108· 200846358 Applying a dihedral angle limit with a good fit as a chemical shift (as defined by the program), where the allowable range is the greater than the average of ±30° determined by TALOS or the standard calculated by TALOS Three times the deviation. The main chain dynamics were studied by analyzing the steady state iH-^N-NOE as described (Farrow, Ν·A·, Zhang, 0·, Forman-Kay, J. D. and Kay, L·Ε· (1994) σ/ Price TVMi? V4(5), 727-734). Using a simulated adhesion program CNX (Accelrys, Inc., 2002) used a distance, dihedral angle, and hydrogen bond restriction to calculate 100 structures starting from random protein and peptide configurations. The structure of the structure of the composite was determined by selecting 20 structures with a minimum energy limit violation. The NMR data of the Htr A1 -PDZ/peptide complex is sufficient to clearly determine the structure of the complex (Fig. 3, Table 4). Table 4 · NMR overall input limitation of HtrAl-PDZ in combination with Hl_c3 peptide and structural statistical poor material overview Parameter overall input limit: Total NOE 1352 Residue 179 Continuous 340 Medium range 252 Remote 504 Intermolecular 77 Total two sides Angle 178 Φ 77 Ψ 76 χΐ 21 Violation: RMSD of experimental limit: ΝΟΕ-distance (Α) 0.0041 ±0.0003 Dihedral angle (.) 0.056 ± 0.016 128788.doc •109- 200846358

NOE距離違犯: 數值&gt;0.01 A 34.1 ±4.8 數值&gt;0.1人 0.0 平均最大值違犯(A) 0.07 ±0.01 二面角違犯: 數值&gt;0.1。 6.6 ±1.9 平均最大值違犯(。) 0.5 ±0.19 理想化幾何結構之RMSD 0.0009 ±0.0001 鍵(A) 0.27 土 0.01 角(。) 0.12±0.01 瑕(improper)(〇) 能量: 能置部分(kcal.mol/1) NOE 1.24±0.18 CDIH 0.04 士 0.02 鍵 1.5 ±0.2 角 35.1 ±1.4 瑕 2.1 ±0.37 凡得瓦爾力(Van der Waals) 16,3 土 2·4 立體化學: 拉馬錢德蘭(Ramachandran)(%) 有利 74.39 允許 24.18 慨然 0.97a 禁止 0.46a 結構精度: 平均結構之平均RMSD 主鏈(N、Ca、C) 0.52±0.12b 重鏈(N*、C*、Ο*、S*) 0.71±0.35b a彼等屬於慨然區及禁止區中之殘基位於HtrAl-PDZ之不明 確之N-末端;整體中不超過3個成員具有該等區中之任一 殘基。 \則定涵蓋殘基 378-389、411-463及 468-475之 HtrAl-PDZ之 有序區之RMSD。 128788.doc -110- 200846358 b.X-射線結晶學 在具有由噬菌體呈現鑑別之高親和力五肽序列 (FGRWVC00H)(SEQ ID NO: 11)之複合物中使HtrA3-PDZ域 (殘基354-453)結晶。使用先前描述之策略使PDZ_配位體 複合物結晶(本文中命名為HtrA3-PDZext),包括使5殘基肽 序列與PDZ域之C-末端經由三甘胺酸連接子融合 (Appleton,Β· A·,Zhang,Y·,Wu,P·,Yin,J· P.,Hunziker, W·,Skelton,N. J·,Sidhu,S. S·及 Wiesmann,C. (2006) J. # 价·〇/. Chm. 281(31), 22312-22320)。將編碼人類 HtrA3- PDZ之殘基354-453之DNA片段選殖於pET22d表現載體之 Ndel/BamHI位點中,且此產生具有N-末端His-標籤及凝血 酶裂解位點之編碼HtrA3-PDZ之開放閱讀框。另外,使用 標準分子生物學技術使1 〇殘基延伸部分與Htr A3 -PDZ之C 末端融合以產生編碼HtrA3-PDZ-ext(延伸部分, GGGFGRWV)(SEQ ID NO: 161)之開放閱讀框。使含有表 現質體之大腸桿菌BL21(DE3)(Stratagene)培養物在37°C下 _ 生長至對數中期(Α600=0·8)。用0·4 mM IPTG誘導蛋白質表 現,且使培養物在16°C下生長16小時。藉由在4,000xg下 離心15分鐘使細菌成粒,用20 mM Tris-HCl(pH 8·0)洗務 兩次,且在-80°C下冷凍8小時。將離心塊再懸浮於100 mL 緩衝液 A(50 mM Tris-HCl(pH 8.0)及 500 mM NaCl)中,且 藉由穿過Microfluidizer®處理設備(110Y型,Microfluidics Corp·,Newton,MA,USA)使細菌溶解。將細胞溶解產物加 載於鎳-氮基三乙酸-瓊脂糖管枉(Qiagen)上。將管柱用緩 128788.doc -111 - 200846358 衝液A加20 mM咪唑洗滌,且將蛋白質用於緩衝液a中之 25 0 mM咪唑溶離。彙集含有所關注之蛋白質之溶離份, 添加凝血酶(1單位/ ¾克蛋白質),且在4°C下以PBS將樣品 滲析隔夜。將蛋白質樣品漢縮且進一步經Superdex-75管柱 以 50 mM Tris-HCl(pH 8·0)、300 mM NaCl及 5 mM β-魏基 乙醇純化。 藉由將等體積之蛋白質(10 mg/mL)與0.1 M Bis-Tris(pH 6·5)、0·2 M MgCl2及25% PEG 3350混合(適當溶液)經由在 19 C下以沈滴蒸氣擴散獲得晶體。在於液氮中急驟冷;東之 前,將該等晶體轉移至含有適當溶液之低溫緩衝液中。在 先進光源(Advanced Light Source)(Berkeley, CA)之光束線 5.0.1下收集完整的資料集合。 所有貧料均使用來自HKL Suite之Denzo及Scalepack (Otwinowski, Z. a. W. M. (1997) Methods in Enzymology 276, 307-326)處理。使用HtrA2/Omi晶體結構之PDZ域(pdb 登錄號 lLCY(Li,W·,Srinivasula,S, M,,Chai,J.,Li,P·, Wu,J· W·,Zhang,Z·,Alnemri,E· S·及 Shi,Y· (2002) iVai Βζ·ο/ 9(6),436-441)),使用 AMoRe(Navaza,J· (1994) Acta Cry st alio graphic a Section A 50(2), 1 57-163)及由 SWISS-MODEL產生之搜索模型(Schwede,T.,Kopp,J” Guex,N·及 Peitsch,M· C. (2003) NucL Acids Res. 31(13), 3381-3385)藉由分子置換求解HtrA3-PDZext結構。HtrA3-PDZext結晶於空間群P4JJ中,其中每個不對稱單元具有 兩個分子。不對稱單元中之各PDZ域與因晶體學對稱而相 128788.doc •112- 200846358 關之相對分子之配位體形成結晶二聚體。該填充排列產生 兩個非等效PDZ-肽二聚體(圖1B),由102 Ca原子上方之 0.3 A之RMSD證明,其在結構上極相似。用Coot(Emsley, Ρ·及 Cowtan,Κ· (2004) 60(12第1部分),2126-2132)建立原子模型且用 Refmac(Murshudov,G. N·,Vagin,A. A.及 Dodson,E. J. (1997) Acta Crystallographica Section D 53(3), 240-255)^: 進。獲得HtrA3-PDZ/肽複合結構之高度精確之結構(圖4, 表5)。 表5 : HtrA3-PDZext之結晶資料收集及改進統計資料之 概述 資料收集 解析度(A)a 50-1.7 空間群 P4A2 晶胞參數(A) a ' 6=73.0 &gt; c 獨特反射 24,442 冗餘a 7.6(5.6) 完整性C%)a 99.9(99.6) Rsym(%)ab 0.049(0.461) &lt;I&gt;/a(I)&gt;a 改進 39.2(3.3) 解析度 30-1.7 ^cryst J RfreeC 0·186,0.221 反射數 23,159 非氫原子數 1849 殘基數 416 水數目 202 RMSD 鍵(A) 0.012 RMSD 角(。) 1·4 拉馬錢德蘭圖(Ramachandran 95.3、4·7、0 ^l〇tX%)d =80.1NOE distance violation: Value &gt;0.01 A 34.1 ±4.8 Value &gt; 0.1 person 0.0 Average maximum violation (A) 0.07 ±0.01 Dihedral violation: Value &gt; 0.1. 6.6 ± 1.9 Average maximum violation (.) 0.5 ± 0.19 RMSD of idealized geometry 0.0009 ± 0.0001 bond (A) 0.27 ± 0.01 angle (.) 0.12 ± 0.01 瑕 (improper) (〇) Energy: capable part (kcal .mol/1) NOE 1.24±0.18 CDIH 0.04 ± 0.02 Key 1.5 ± 0.2 Angle 35.1 ± 1.4 瑕 2.1 ± 0.37 Van der Waals 16, 3 Earth 2 · 4 Stereochemistry: Rama Chandran ( Ramachandran) (%) favorable 74.39 allowed 24.18 generous 0.97a forbidden 0.46a structural accuracy: average structure average RMSD main chain (N, Ca, C) 0.52 ± 0.12b heavy chain (N*, C*, Ο*, S* 0.71 ± 0.35ba The residues belonging to the generous and forbidden regions are located at the ambiguous N-terminus of HtrAl-PDZ; no more than 3 members of the population have any of these residues. The RMSD of the ordered region of HtrAl-PDZ at residues 378-389, 411-463 and 468-475 is covered. 128788.doc -110- 200846358 bX-ray crystallography enables the HtrA3-PDZ domain (residues 354-453) in a complex with a high affinity pentapeptide sequence (FGRWVC00H) (SEQ ID NO: 11) identified by phage display crystallization. The PDZ_ligand complex was crystallized (herein referred to as HtrA3-PDZext) using the previously described strategy, including fusion of the 5-residue peptide sequence to the C-terminus of the PDZ domain via a triglycine linker (Appleton, Β · A·, Zhang, Y·, Wu, P·, Yin, J. P., Hunziker, W., Skelton, N. J., Sidhu, S. S. and Wiesmann, C. (2006) J. # Price·〇/. Chm. 281(31), 22312-22320). A DNA fragment encoding residues 354-453 of human HtrA3-PDZ was cloned into the Ndel/BamHI site of the pET22d expression vector, and this resulted in a HtrA3-PDZ encoding the N-terminal His-tag and thrombin cleavage site. Open reading frame. In addition, a 1 〇 residue extension was fused to the C-terminus of Htr A3-PDZ using standard molecular biology techniques to generate an open reading frame encoding HtrA3-PDZ-ext (extension, GGGFGRWV) (SEQ ID NO: 161). The E. coli BL21 (DE3) (Stratagene) culture containing the expression plasmid was grown to a mid-log phase (Α600=0·8) at 37 °C. Protein expression was induced with 0.4 M mM IPTG and the culture was grown for 16 hours at 16 °C. The bacteria were granulated by centrifugation at 4,000 x g for 15 minutes, washed twice with 20 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.0), and frozen at -80 °C for 8 hours. The pellet was resuspended in 100 mL of Buffer A (50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.0) and 500 mM NaCl) and passed through a Microfluidizer® treatment facility (Model 110Y, Microfluidics Corp., Newton, MA, USA). ) dissolve the bacteria. The cell lysate was loaded onto a nickel-nitrotriacetic acid-agarose tube (Qiagen). The column was washed with buffer 128788.doc -111 - 200846358, flush A plus 20 mM imidazole, and the protein was used to dissolve the 25 mM imidazole in buffer a. The fractions containing the protein of interest were pooled, thrombin was added (1 unit / 3⁄4 gram of protein), and the sample was dialyzed overnight at 4 °C in PBS. The protein samples were hanked and further purified by Superdex-75 column with 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.0), 300 mM NaCl and 5 mM β-Wilylethanol. By placing an equal volume of protein (10 mg/mL) with 0.1 M Bis-Tris (pH 6.5), 0.2 M MgCl 2 and 25% PEG 3350 (suitable solution) via a sinking vapor at 19 C Diffusion yields crystals. It is rapidly quenched in liquid nitrogen; before the east, the crystals are transferred to a low temperature buffer containing a suitable solution. Collect the complete data set under the beam line 5.0.1 of the Advanced Light Source (Berkeley, CA). All of the poor materials were treated with Denzo and Scalepack (Otwinowski, Z. a. W. M. (1997) Methods in Enzymology 276, 307-326) from HKL Suite. PDZ domain using HtrA2/Omi crystal structure (pdb accession number lLCY(Li, W·, Srinivasula, S, M,, Chai, J., Li, P·, Wu, J. W., Zhang, Z., Alnemri) , E·S· and Shi, Y· (2002) iVai Βζ·ο/ 9(6), 436-441)), using AMoRe (Navaza, J. (1994) Acta Cry st alio graphic a Section A 50 (2) ), 1 57-163) and the search model generated by SWISS-MODEL (Schwede, T., Kopp, J) Guex, N. and Peitsch, M. C. (2003) NucL Acids Res. 31(13), 3381 -3385) Solving the HtrA3-PDZext structure by molecular replacement. HtrA3-PDZext crystallizes in the space group P4JJ, where each asymmetric unit has two molecules. Each PDZ domain in the asymmetric unit is symmetric with crystallographic phase 128788 .doc •112- 200846358 The relative molecular ligand forms a crystalline dimer. This packing arrangement produces two non-equivalent PDZ-peptide dimers (Fig. 1B) with an RMSD of 0.3 A above the 102 Ca atom. It is proved that it is very similar in structure. The atomic model is established by Coot (Emsley, Ρ· and Cowtan, Κ· (2004) 60 (12 part 1), 2126-2132) and Refmac (Murshudov, G. N·, Vagin, A A. and Dodson, EJ (1997) Acta Crystallographica Section D 53(3), 240-255) ^: Into obtain a highly accurate structure of the HtrA3-PDZ/peptide complex structure (Fig. 4, Table 5). : HtrA3-PDZext crystallization data collection and improvement statistics overview data collection resolution (A) a 50-1.7 space group P4A2 unit cell parameters (A) a ' 6=73.0 &gt; c unique reflection 24,442 redundancy a 7.6 ( 5.6) Integrity C%)a 99.9(99.6) Rsym(%)ab 0.049(0.461) &lt;I&gt;/a(I)&gt;a Improved 39.2(3.3) Resolution 30-1.7 ^cryst J RfreeC 0·186 , 0.221 Reflection number 23,159 Non-hydrogen atom number 1849 Residue number 416 Number of water 202 RMSD bond (A) 0.012 RMSD angle (. ) 1·4 Ramachandran (Ramachandran 95.3, 4·7, 0 ^l〇tX%) d = 80.1

128788.doc -113· 200846358 &amp;圓括號中之值係指最高解析度外殼中之數據 b Rsym4|/-&lt;/&gt;|E/,其中&lt;1&gt;為獨特反射之對稱性相關 觀察結果之平均強度 C RcrysFRfreedl/Vi^l/Ei^,其中 Rfree 表示 P通機選擇之 資料中之5%。 d值分別表示拉馬錢德蘭圖之最有利區、額外允許 區、慨然允許區及禁止區中之殘基百分比 (Laskowski,R. A·,MacArthur,M· W·,Moss,D· S·及 籲 Thornton,J. Μ· (1993) Journal of Applied128788.doc -113· 200846358 &amp; The value in parentheses refers to the data b Rsym4|/-&lt;/&gt;|E/ in the highest resolution shell, where &lt;1&gt; is the symmetry correlation observation of unique reflection The average intensity of the results is C RcrysFRfreedl/Vi^l/Ei^, where Rfree represents 5% of the data selected by the P machine. The d values represent the percentage of residues in the most favorable zone, additional allowable zone, generous allowable zone, and prohibited zone of Lamarckrande, respectively (Laskowski, R. A., MacArthur, M. W., Moss, D. S) · and Thornton, J. Μ· (1993) Journal of Applied

Crystallography 26(2), 283-291) e.結構分析 在兩種結構中,如在其他PDZ域結構中所見,PDZ摺疊 (圖3B及4B)由經兩個α-螺旋(αΐ、α3)封端之五鏈β夾層(βΐ-β5)組成(Sheng,Μ·及 Sala,C· (2001) 〇/Crystallography 26(2), 283-291) e. Structural Analysis In both structures, as seen in other PDZ domain structures, PDZ folding (Figures 3B and 4B) is enclosed by two alpha-helices (αΐ, α3) Composition of the five-chain β-layer (βΐ-β5) at the end (Sheng, Μ· and Sala, C· (2001) 〇/

Neuroscience 24(1),1-29)。另外,在N-末端及C-末端觀察 到短β鏈(βΝ及PC)。如HtrA2蛋白質之PDZ域(Zhang等人 鲁 2007,製備部分),與典型PDZ摺疊(例如,由Erbin之PDZ 域例示(Skelton,N· J·,Koehler,M· F·,Zobel,K·,Wong,W· L.,Yeh,S.,Pisabarro,Μ· T·,Yin,J· P·,Lasky,L· Α·及Neuroscience 24(1), 1-29). Further, short β chains (βΝ and PC) were observed at the N-terminus and the C-terminus. Such as the PDZ domain of the HtrA2 protein (Zhang et al. Lu 2007, preparation section), and typical PDZ folding (for example, by the PDZ domain of Erbin (Skelton, NJ, Koehler, M. F., Zobel, K., Wong, W. L., Yeh, S., Pisabarro, Μ·T·, Yin, J·P·, Lasky, L· Α· and

Sidhu, S. S. (2003) J Biol Chem 278(9), 7645-7654))^ tb ? HtfAl-PDZ及HUA3-PDZ具有環狀交換摺疊,其中典型摺 疊之第一 β鏈對應於HtrAl-PDZ之β5(參見圖5C及5D)。所 有三個HtrA家族成員之PDZ域之β1-β2環形成明確之α-螺 旋。然而,該螺旋相對於域其餘部分之取向變化,此提示 128788.doc -114- 200846358 該螺旋在構形上可為動態的。實際上,就HtrAl-PDZ複合 物而言,異核NOE量測與該區中亞奈秒尺度動力學之存在 相符(圖6)。(為有利於比較各pdZ域内之殘基,以其在各 二級結構元件或環内之位置提及殘基(Aasland,R.,Abrams, C·,Ampe,C·,Ball,L· J·,Bedford,Μ· T·,Cesareni,G,, Gimona,M·,Hurley,J. H·,Jarchau,T.及 Lehto,V.-P· (2002) LWiers 513(1),141-144)。因此,βΐ-ΐ 為鏈 βΐ中之第 一殘基,且βΐ: β2-1為鏈βΐ與β2之間的環中之第一殘基。Sidhu, SS (2003) J Biol Chem 278(9), 7645-7654)) ^ tb ? HtfAl-PDZ and HUA3-PDZ have a cyclic exchange fold, in which the first β chain of a typical fold corresponds to β5 of HtrAl-PDZ (See Figures 5C and 5D). The β1-β2 loop of the PDZ domain of all three HtrA family members forms a definitive α-spiral. However, the orientation of the helix relative to the rest of the domain varies, this hint 128788.doc -114- 200846358 The helix may be dynamic in configuration. In fact, for the HtrAl-PDZ complex, the heteronuclear NOE measurement is consistent with the presence of sub-nanosecond-scale kinetics in this region (Figure 6). (To facilitate the comparison of residues within each pdZ domain, reference to residues at each secondary structural element or position within the ring (Aasland, R., Abrams, C., Ampe, C., Ball, L. J) ·, Bedford, Μ·T·, Cesareni, G,, Gimona, M., Hurley, J. H., Jarchau, T. and Lehto, V.-P. (2002) LWiers 513(1), 141-144 Therefore, βΐ-ΐ is the first residue in the chain βΐ, and βΐ: β2-1 is the first residue in the ring between the chains βΐ and β2.

在HtrA家族之所有三個成員之Pdz域-肽複合物中,肽 以延伸構形結合於鏈βΐ與螺旋α3之間的裂隙中,使由鏈 βΐ及β2形成之反平行β摺疊片延伸一個鏈(圖3、5Β及 5C)。C-末端羧酸酯基由恰在鏈β 1之前的三個主鏈醯胺配 位。在HtrAl-PDZ之情況下,如由氫/氣交換NMR實驗所測 定’保遵遠專酸胺以免在複合物中與溶劑交換。雖然殘基 βΝ: pl-l(Ile383)及pl-l(Ile385)之醯胺氫兩者均直接指向 魏基,但距離比通常認為確定氫鍵之距離稍長(重原子距 離為3.9 土〇.4人及3.5土〇.6人)。0&gt;1:01-2(〇卜384)之醯胺氫 並不直接指向羧酸酯基,且其可能參與水傳遞之氫鍵。雖 然對於二個醯胺氫所觀察到之氫/氘交換實驗及低場化學 位移提示形成氫鍵,但NOE限制之固有缺乏阻止精確確定 配位體羧酸酯基及羧酸酯基結合環或特定氫鍵限制在結構 計算中之使用。在HtrA3-PDZ之情況下,所有三個醯胺基 直接以蛋白質中可見之氫鍵之典型距離指向羧酸酯氧原子 (βΝ: βΐ-l、βΝ: β1-2及βΐ-ΐ之重原子距離分別為2·9 A、2 8 A 128788.doc -115 - 200846358 及 3·2 A)。 兩種結構之間的另一相似性為識別位置0處之顯胺酸側 鏈,其在PDZ配位體結合槽之淺疏水性袋内定向。在兩種 結構中,疏水性結合袋呈現提供可置放纈胺酸側鏈之互補 表面之脂族側鏈,然而在該袋中明顯存在足以容納位置0 處之多個脂族肽側鏈之空間。雖然在HtrAl-PDZ複合物之 NMR整體中觀察到VaP側鏈之兩種旋轉異構構形,但形成 PDZ配位體結合袋之月旨族側鏈在整體之所有成員中採取單 一構形。In the Pdz domain-peptide complex of all three members of the HtrA family, the peptide binds in an extended configuration to the gap between the chain βΐ and the helix α3, extending the antiparallel β-sheet formed by the chains βΐ and β2. Chain (Figures 3, 5 and 5C). The C-terminal carboxylate group is coordinated by three main chain guanamines just before the chain β 1 . In the case of HtrAl-PDZ, as determined by a hydrogen/gas exchange NMR experiment, the product is protected from solvent exchange in the complex. Although the residues βΝ: pl-1 (Ile383) and pl-1 (Ile385) are both directly directed to the Wei group, the distance is generally considered to be slightly longer than the distance determined by the hydrogen bond (the heavy atom distance is 3.9. .4 people and 3.5 bandits. 6 people). The guanamine hydrogen of 0&gt;1:01-2 (〇 384) does not directly point to the carboxylate group, and it may participate in the hydrogen bond of water transfer. Although the hydrogen/deuterium exchange experiments and low field chemical shifts observed for the two indole hydrogens suggest hydrogen bonding, the inherent lack of NOE limitations prevents the precise determination of the ligand carboxylate and carboxylate binding rings or The use of specific hydrogen bonds is limited in structural calculations. In the case of HtrA3-PDZ, all three guanamine groups directly point to the carboxylate oxygen atom (βΝ: βΐ-l, βΝ: β1-2 and βΐ-ΐ heavy atoms) at a typical distance from the hydrogen bond visible in the protein. The distances are 2·9 A, 2 8 A 128788.doc -115 - 200846358 and 3·2 A). Another similarity between the two structures is the recognition of the leucine side chain at position 0, which is oriented within the shallow hydrophobic pocket of the PDZ ligand binding groove. In both configurations, the hydrophobic binding pocket presents an aliphatic side chain that provides a complementary surface to which the proline side chain can be placed, however there is clearly enough in the pocket to accommodate multiple aliphatic peptide side chains at position 0. space. Although two rotationally isomeric configurations of the VaP side chain were observed in the NMR whole of the HtrAl-PDZ complex, the side chain forming the PDZ ligand binding pocket took a single configuration among all members of the whole.

HtrAl-PDZ與HtrA3-PDZ域之間的其餘蛋白質-配位體相 互作用顯著不同。詳言之,兩種結構之間最驚人的差異包 括位置-1處色胺酸之識別。在HtrA3-PDZ之情況下,Trp·1 採取幾乎與位置-1處優選色胺酸之其他PDZ域(例如, HtrA2(Zhang 等人 2007,製備部分))及 Erbin(Skelton,N. J·, Koehler,Μ· F.,Zobel,K·,Wong,W. L·,Yeh,S·,Pisabarro, Μ. T.,Yin, J. P·,Lasky,L. A.及 Sidhu,S. S. (2003) 5/o/ C/zem 278(9),7645-7654)中可見之構形一致的構形。該色 胺酸之吲哚環延伸穿過鏈βΐ之主鏈且插在P2-5(Glu390)與 β2: cx2-l(Ala392)之側鏈之間(圖5C)。Trp·1側鏈相對於鏈β2 之取向使人想起肽β-髮夾穩定性之最近研究(Cochran,Α· G·,Tong,R. T·,Starovasnik,Μ. A·,Park,E. J·,McDowell, R. S·,Theaker,J· Ε·及 Skelton,N. J· (2001) Ckm 123(4),625-632)中所觀察到之鏈間色胺酸接觸。因此,位 置-1處優選色胺酸提示對由芳族與鏈βΐ之蛋白質主鏈之相 128788.doc -116- 200846358 互作用所介導之高親和力結合之一般且稍微非選擇性的貢 獻。在HtrAl-PDZ之情況下,Trp 1亦延伸穿過鍵βΐ之主 鏈,然而,吲哚環之取向與HtrA3-PDZ之取向顯著不同(圖 7A)。TYp·1定位於 pN-3(Tyr382)與 pi-2(Arg386)之側鏈之間 且鄰接位置β2: α2-1處之異白胺酸側鏈(Ile418)。吲垛環之 取向並不採取橫穿整體之獨特構形(圖3 A)。NOE限制之缺 乏(芳族質子之3個分子間NOE)與未採取獨特構形而在構形 上為動態之吲哚環相符。所量測之化學位移與所計算之化 學位移的比較亦不支持吲哚環之單一、明確之構形。The remaining protein-ligand interactions between HtrAl-PDZ and the HtrA3-PDZ domain are significantly different. In particular, the most striking difference between the two structures includes the recognition of tryptophan at position-1. In the case of HtrA3-PDZ, Trp·1 takes up almost other PDZ domains of preferred tryptophan at position-1 (eg, HtrA2 (Zhang et al. 2007, preparation)) and Erbin (Skelton, N. J., Koehler, Μ·F., Zobel, K., Wong, W. L., Yeh, S., Pisabarro, Μ. T., Yin, J. P., Lasky, LA and Sidhu, SS (2003) 5/ A conformal configuration visible in o/C/zem 278(9), 7645-7654). The indole ring of the tryptophan extends through the backbone of the chain βΐ and is interposed between the side chains of P2-5 (Glu390) and β2: cx2-l (Ala392) (Fig. 5C). The orientation of the Trp·1 side chain relative to the chain β2 reminiscent of the recent study of peptide β-hairpin stability (Cochran, Α·G·, Tong, R. T., Starovasnik, Μ. A·, Park, E. J., McDowell, R. S., Theaker, J. Ε and Skelton, N. J. (2001) Ckm 123(4), 625-632) Inter-strand tryptophanate contact observed. Thus, the preferred tryptophanic acid at position -1 suggests a general and slightly non-selective contribution to the high affinity binding mediated by the interaction of the aromatic and chain βΐ protein backbone phases 128788.doc -116-200846358. In the case of HtrAl-PDZ, Trp 1 also extends through the backbone of the bond βΐ, however, the orientation of the anthracene ring is significantly different from the orientation of HtrA3-PDZ (Fig. 7A). TYp·1 is located between the side chain of pN-3 (Tyr382) and pi-2 (Arg386) and is adjacent to the position β2: the isoleucine side chain (Ile418) at α2-1. The orientation of the ankle ring does not take a unique configuration across the whole (Figure 3 A). The lack of NOE limits (the three intermolecular NOEs of aromatic protons) is consistent with the unconformity of the configuration and the dynamic structure of the ring. The comparison of the measured chemical shift with the calculated chemical shift does not support the single, well-defined configuration of the ankle ring.

HtrAl-PDZ在位置-2處確實展示對色胺酸之強烈優選。 Trp·2尤其在整體中由指定至其芳族質子之20個獨特分子間 NOE得以明確確定。吲哚環包裝抵靠螺旋α3,產生與α3-l(Ala445)、pi-3(Met387)及 α3-2之亞甲基(Gln446)之有利 疏水性相互作用(圖5 A)。°弓卜朵環直接定位在Gln446之α質 子上方,歸因於環電流效應誘發大的(-1 ppm)化學位移擾 動。雖然HtrA3-PDZ之結合概況及合成肽結合檢定提示位 置-2對配位體結合而言不重要,但晶體結構展示肽H3_cl 中之Arg·2經定位以與位置α3-4處之麩胺醯胺側鏈(Gin 423) 形成氫鍵(圖5C)。在人類CASK PDZ域之結構中已觀察到 幾乎一致的相互作用(Daniels,D· L·,Cohen,A· R·, Anderson, J. M.^Brunger, A. T. (1998) Nat Struct Mol Biol 5(4),317-325)。HtrAl-PDZ does show a strong preference for tryptophan at position-2. Trp·2 is specifically defined in its entirety by 20 unique intermolecular NOEs assigned to its aromatic protons. The anthracene ring package abuts the helix α3, producing a favorable hydrophobic interaction with α3-l (Ala445), pi-3 (Met387) and α3-2 methylene (Gln446) (Fig. 5A). The Bowbow ring is directly positioned above the alpha proton of Gln446, which is induced by the ring current effect to induce large (-1 ppm) chemical shift perturbations. Although the binding profile of HtrA3-PDZ and the synthetic peptide binding assay suggest that position-2 is not important for ligand binding, Arg.2 in the crystal structure display peptide H3_cl is localized to glutamine in position α3-4 The amine side chain (Gin 423) forms a hydrogen bond (Fig. 5C). Almost consistent interactions have been observed in the structure of the human CASK PDZ domain (Daniels, D. L., Cohen, A. R., Anderson, JM^Brunger, AT (1998) Nat Struct Mol Biol 5(4), 317-325).

HtrA 1 -PDZ之配位體結合概況及合成肽結合檢定提示其 在位置-3優選異白胺酸殘基。NMR結構展示11一包裝至由 128788.doc -117- 200846358 p2-3(Ile415)及pl-2(Arg386)產生之疏水補丁塊中(圖5A)。 肽及蛋白質之β2-3的lie·3包裝抵靠β1-2(Αα386)之側鏈亞 甲基可能造成影響位置-1之可達性的Arg386-Glu416鹽橋 之突出。在HtrA3-PDZ複合結構之情況下,肽H3_cl之Gly·3 不直接接觸HtrA3-PDZ,但採取正Φ角定位Phe-4之羰基氧 以在位置p2-2(Arg360)處與側鏈形成氫鍵以及使Phe-4之側 鏈經由π-π堆疊與Arg360側鏈相互作用(圖5C)。雖然此在 在能量方面為有利構形且噬菌體選擇展示在位置-3處優選 甘胺酸或絲胺酸(表1),但HtrA3-PDZ之合成肽結合檢定並 未提示位置-3處甘胺酸與配位體位置-4處芳族殘基之能量 優點(參見表3)。殘基-4至-7似乎不參與與HtrAl-PDZ之相 互作用,且在NMR整體中未充分確定。在HtrA3-PDZ中, 存在由Gly·6之羰基氧與Gly·3之醯胺之間的氫鍵穩定之I型 反轉,然而合成肽結合檢定並未提示該構形對配位體結合 很重要。 具有匹配HtrAl-PDZ之特異性概況之C-末端的潛在細胞 外配位體的基因組廣泛檢索鑑別出具有C-末端肽 KNLKSLTWWL(SEQ ID NO: 162)之白胺醯基/胱胺醯基胺 基肽酶同功異型物l(GenBank第NP_005566號)及具有C-末 端肽KNLKSLTWWL(SEQ ID NO: 163)之白胺醯基/胱胺醯 基胺基肽酶同功異型物2(GenBank第NP_787116號)。HtrAl 與TGF-β家族成員特異性相互作用之提示(Murwantoko等 人,(2004) Biochem J. 381(第 3 部分):895-904)並未得到該 等結果的支持。雖然結果確認HtrAl-PDZ確實結合C-末端 128788.doc -118- 200846358 (諸如Col3al之C-末端)且因此可在纖維狀膠原蛋白C-前肽 之代謝中起作用,但分析亦展示多種其他C-末端序列能夠 以可比或甚至較高之親和力結合。HtrAl-PDZ似乎識別多 種具有暴露疏水性C-末端之標靶而非僅少數選定標靶。 在HtrA3_PDZ之情況下,對在位置-1處含有色胺酸之配 位體之驚人優選提示雖然特異性之決定子有限,但HtrA3 可優先與在該位置含有色胺酸之配位體結合。許多定位於 細胞外基質之哺乳動物蛋白質在倒數第二的位置處具有保 守色胺酸,包括具有C-末端序列YCKRSMQEWV(SEQ ID NO: 164)之人類基質金屬蛋白酶15(GenBank第NP_002419 號);具有 C-末端序列 YCKRSMQEWV(SEQ ID NO: 165)之 基質金屬蛋白酶16(GenBank第NP_005932號);及具有C-末 端序列YYKRPVQEWV(SEQ ID NO: 166)之基質金屬蛋白 酶24(GenBank第NP—006681號)。具有C-末端序列 PALKNGQYWV(SEQ ID NO: 1 67)之黑素瘤相關硫酸軟骨 素(GenBank第NP-001888號)及具有C-末端序列 EIRASQRSWV(SEQ ID NO: 168)之角化細胞相關蛋白質 3(GenBank第NP_776252號)在倒數第二的位置處亦具有保 守色胺酸且因此可為HtrA3-PDZ域之配位體。 實例4 ·· HtrAl_PDZ之烏搶掃描 由組合丙胺酸掃描評估Htr A1-PDZ域之個別殘基對配位 體結合之貢獻(參見,例如WO 2001/044463)。構造三個文 庫,其中肽結合位點中及周圍之64個位置由編碼野生型胺 基酸或丙胺酸(或,在當野生型胺基酸為丙胺酸時情況 128788.doc -119- 200846358 下,為非丙胺酸突變體)之三核苷酸表示。如下構造文 庫。藉由修改先前所述之嗟粒(pS2202b)使HtrAlPDZ呈現 於 M13噬菌體之表面上(Skelton,N· J.,Koehler,M. F·, Zobel,K·,Wong,W· L·,Yeh,S·,Pisabarro, Μ· T,5 Yin,J· P·,Lasky,L· A·及 Sidhu,S. S· (2003) 278(9), 7645-7654)。使用標準分子生物學技術用編碼HtrAl PDZ 之DNA片段置換編碼人類Erbin PDZ之pS2202b之片段。所 得噬粒(p8HtrAl)含有編碼麥芽糖結合蛋白分泌信號之開 放閱讀框,隨後為抗原決定基標籤(胺基酸序列: SMADPNRFRGKDLGS(SEQ ID NO: 169)),隨後為 HtrAl PDZ且以M13基因-8次要鞘蛋白之C-末端域結束。用M13-K07輔助噬菌體共感染含有p8HtrAl之大腸桿菌且使其在 無IPTG誘導之情況下在37°C下生長,從而使得產生包裹 p8HtrAl DNA且以單價格式呈現HtrAl PDZ之噬菌體粒 子。 使用先前所述之方法(sidhu,s_ S·,Lowman,Η· B·, Cunningham, B. C.及 Wells,J· Α· (2000) Mei/zoA 328, 333-363)用經適當設計之p8HtrAl之&quot;終止模板”形式構 造文庫。對各文庫而言,吾人使用在各待突變之區中含有 TAA終止密碼子之終止模板。使用終止模板作為Kunkel突 變誘發方法(Kunkel,Τ· A·,Roberts,J· D.&amp;Zakour,R.A· (1987) Mei/zoA五似少所&lt;9/ 154,367-382)之模板,其中誘變 募核苷酸經設計以同時修復終止密碼子且在所要位點引入 突變。就鳥搶掃描而言,用Vajdos等人(Vajdos,F· F·, 128788.doc -120- 200846358The ligand binding profile of HtrA 1 -PDZ and the synthetic peptide binding assay suggest that it is preferably an isoleucine residue at position-3. The NMR structure shows 11 packaged into a hydrophobic patch block produced by 128788.doc-117-200846358 p2-3 (Ile415) and pl-2 (Arg386) (Fig. 5A). Peptide and protein β2-3 lie·3 packaging against the side chain methylene group of β1-2 (Αα386) may cause the Arg386-Glu416 salt bridge to affect the accessibility of position-1. In the case of the HtrA3-PDZ complex structure, Gly·3 of the peptide H3_cl does not directly contact HtrA3-PDZ, but adopts a positive Φ angle to locate the carbonyl oxygen of Phe-4 to form hydrogen with the side chain at position p2-2 (Arg360). The bond and the side chain of Phe-4 interact with the Arg360 side chain via a π-π stack (Fig. 5C). Although this is a favorable configuration in terms of energy and phage selection shows that glycine or serine is preferred at position -3 (Table 1), the synthetic peptide binding assay of HtrA3-PDZ does not suggest a position -3 glycine The energy advantage of the acid and the aromatic residue at position -4 of the ligand (see Table 3). Residues 4 to -7 did not appear to participate in the interaction with HtrAl-PDZ and were not sufficiently determined in the NMR whole. In HtrA3-PDZ, there is a hydrogen bond-stable type I inversion between Gly·6 carbonyl oxygen and Gly·3 decylamine, however, the synthetic peptide binding assay does not suggest that this configuration is important for ligand binding. . Genomic extensive search with potential extracellular ligands that match the C-terminus of HtrAl-PDZ specific profiles identified an amine thiol/cystamine amine with a C-terminal peptide KNLKSLTWWL (SEQ ID NO: 162) Peptidase isoform 1 (GenBank NP_005566) and leucine thiol/cystamine aminopeptidase isoform 2 with C-terminal peptide KNLKSLTWWL (SEQ ID NO: 163) (GenBank NP_787116). The suggestion that HtrAl specifically interacts with members of the TGF-β family (Murwantoko et al. (2004) Biochem J. 381 (Part 3): 895-904) is not supported by these results. Although the results confirm that HtrAl-PDZ does bind to the C-terminus 128788.doc-118-200846358 (such as the C-terminus of Col3al) and thus can play a role in the metabolism of fibrillar collagen C-propeptide, the analysis also shows a variety of other The C-terminal sequences are capable of binding with comparable or even higher affinity. HtrAl-PDZ appears to recognize a variety of targets with exposed hydrophobic C-termini rather than only a few selected targets. In the case of HtrA3_PDZ, a surprising preference for ligands containing tryptophan at position-1 suggests that HtrA3 binds preferentially to ligands containing tryptophan at this position, although the determinants of specificity are limited. Many mammalian proteins localized to the extracellular matrix have a conserved tryptophan at the penultimate position, including human matrix metalloproteinase 15 (GenBank No. NP_002419) having the C-terminal sequence YCKRSMQEWV (SEQ ID NO: 164); Matrix metalloproteinase 16 (GenBank No. NP_005932) having the C-terminal sequence YCKRSMQEWV (SEQ ID NO: 165); and matrix metalloproteinase 24 having the C-terminal sequence YYKRPVQEWV (SEQ ID NO: 166) (GenBank NP-006681) number). Melanoma-associated chondroitin sulfate (GenBank NP-001888) having the C-terminal sequence PALKNGQYWV (SEQ ID NO: 1 67) and keratinocyte-associated protein having the C-terminal sequence EIRASQRSWV (SEQ ID NO: 168) 3 (GenBank No. NP_776252) also has a conserved tryptophan acid at the penultimate position and thus may be a ligand for the HtrA3-PDZ domain. Example 4 · HtrAl_PDZ Ukrainian scan The contribution of individual residues of the Htr A1-PDZ domain to ligand binding was evaluated by a combined alanine scan (see, e.g., WO 2001/044463). Three libraries were constructed in which 64 positions in and around the peptide binding site were encoded by wild-type amino acids or alanine (or, when the wild-type amino acid was alanine, 128788.doc-119-200846358) , a trinucleotide representation of a non-alanine mutant). The library is constructed as follows. HtrAlPDZ was presented on the surface of M13 phage by modifying the previously described granules (pS2202b) (Skelton, N.J., Koehler, M. F., Zobel, K., Wong, W. L., Yeh, S., Pisabarro, Μ·T, 5 Yin, J. P., Lasky, L. A. and Sidhu, S. S. (2003) 278(9), 7645-7654). A fragment encoding pS2202b encoding human Erbin PDZ was replaced with a DNA fragment encoding HtrAl PDZ using standard molecular biology techniques. The resulting phagemid (p8HtrAl) contains an open reading frame encoding a secretion signal for maltose binding protein followed by an epitope tag (amino acid sequence: SMADPNRFRGKDLGS (SEQ ID NO: 169)) followed by HtrAl PDZ and M13 gene-8 The C-terminal domain of the secondary sheath protein ends. Escherichia coli containing p8HtrAl was co-infected with M13-K07 helper phage and allowed to grow at 37 °C without IPTG induction, thereby producing phage particles which encapsulated p8HtrAl DNA and presented HtrAl PDZ in a monovalent format. Use the previously described method (sidhu, s_S·, Lowman, Η·B·, Cunningham, BC and Wells, J. Α· (2000) Mei/zoA 328, 333-363) with appropriately designed p8HtrAl &quot "Terminal template" format construction library. For each library, we used a termination template containing a TAA stop codon in each region to be mutated. Using a termination template as a Kunkel mutation induction method (Kunkel, Τ·A·, Roberts, J. D. &amp; Zakour, RA (1987) A template for Mei/zoA &lt;9/154,367-382) in which the mutagenized nucleotides are designed to simultaneously repair the stop codon and Mutations are introduced at the desired loci. For bird grab scans, use Vajdos et al. (Vajdos, F. F., 128788.doc -120-200846358

Adams,C· W·,Breece,Τ· N·,Presta,L· G·,de Vos,A. Μ,及 Sidhu,S· S. (2002) J Mo/ 320(2),415-428)之表 1 中所 示之相應簡幷密碼子置換野生型密碼子。構造三個文庫且 各文庫如下使HtrAlPDZ之離散區突變:文庫1,位置380-400 ;文庫2,位置401-422 ;文庫3,位置440-460。文庫 1、2及3分別含有3·0χ101()個、2.5xl01G個及2.3xl01G個獨特 成員。 藉由添加Μ13 -K07輔助噬菌體使來自上述文庫之嗟菌體 在大腸桿菌XL1-藍色中繁殖。如先前所述(Sidhu,S. S·, Lowman,Η· B.,Cimningham,Β· C·及 Wells,J· A. (2000) 328,333-363),在 37°C 下生長隔夜後, 將噬菌體藉由用PEG/NaCl沈澱來濃縮且再懸浮於PBS、 0·5°/〇 BSA、0.1% Tween 20中。將嗤菌體溶液(1〇12個嗤菌 體/毫升)添加至已塗佈有捕集標靶且經BSA阻斷之96孔 Maxisorp™免疫板中。使用兩種不同標革巴:就呈現選擇而 言,標靶為識別與HtrAl PDZ之N末端融合之抗原決定基 標籤的經固定抗體,而就功能選擇而言,將以高親和力與 HtrAl-PDZ結合之生物素化肽(生物素-GWKTWIL(SEQ ID NO: 26)或生物素-DSRIWWV(SEQ ID NO: 5))(Laura,R. P·, Witt,A. S·,Held,Η. A·,Gerstner,R·,Deshayes,K·, Koehler,M. F·,Kosik,K. S·,Sidhu,S. S.及 Lasky,L. A. (2002) J 5ζ·ο/ C/zem 277(15),12906-12914)固定於經 NeutrAvidin™-塗佈之板上。培育兩小時以允許嗟菌體結 合後,將板用PBS、0.05% Tween 20洗務10次。將結合嗟 128788.doc -121 - 200846358 菌體用0·1 M HC1溶離10分鐘且將溶離劑用ΐ·〇 M Tris鹼中 和。使溶離嗤菌體在大腸桿菌XL 1 -藍色(Stratagene)中擴增 且用於其他輪選擇中。 使來自第二輪選擇之個別純系在96孔格式中在補充有卡 本西林及M13-K07之500 gL 2YT肉湯中生長,且將培養物 上清液直接用於嗤菌體ELISA(Sidhu,S. S.,Lowman,Η. Β., Cunningham,B. C.及 Wells,J. A. (2000) Mei/zoA 328,333-363)中以偵測與生物素-GWKTWIL、生物素-DSRIWWV或抗標籤抗體結合之噬菌體呈現HtrAlPDZ變異 體。超過50%之純系展現大於塗佈有BSA之對照板上所觀 察到之信號至少兩倍的陽性噬菌體ELISA信號。使該等陽 性純系經受DNA序列分析。 用如先前所述之程式 SGCOUNT(Weiss,G· A·,Watanabe, C, K·,Zhong,A·,Goddard,Α·及 Sidhu,S. S. (2000) 97(16),8950-8954)分析序列。SGCOUNT 藉由使用 Needleman-Wunch成對比對算法相對於野生型DNA序列比 對各DNA序列,轉譯各具有可接受品質之比對序列且將各 位置處各天然胺基酸之出現列成表格。就功能選擇而言, 所分析之純系之數目指示於各文庫之名稱後面之圓括號 中:就以生物素-GWKTWIL(SEQ ID NO: 4)進行之功能選 擇而言·· Ll(80)、L2(91)、L3(89);就以生物素- DSRIWWV(SEQ ID NO: 5)進行之功能選擇而言·· L1(82)、 L2(89)、L3(93);且就呈現選擇而言,分析以下數目之純 系:Ll(69) 、 L2(78) 、 L3(91)。 I28788.doc -122- 200846358 隨後就與肽Hl—c3或肽HI—c2之結合選擇該等文庫,且 在兩輪選擇後將對結合呈陽性之純系定序。將在各位置處 具有野生型殘基之純系的數目與具有丙胺酸(或突變體)之 數目比較以給出野生型殘基優於丙胺酸(或突變體)之優選 的指示。為控制不同文庫成員之表現或呈現含量之變化, 亦就與能夠識別呈現於所有文庫成員之N—末端處的抗原決 定基標籤的固定抗體之結合選擇文庫。隨後以抗體選擇中 所觀察到之野生型與突變體之比率衡量肽選擇中野生型與 _ 突變體之比率以給出正規化之出現頻率(F ;表4)。使用該 正規化之出現頻率將各位置處之取代分成三類:降低與肽 之結合之取代(F &gt; 5);不影響結合之取代約為〇 ;及增 加與肽之結合之取代(F ^ 〇,5)。 在圖7A及7B中分別將HtrAl-PDZ中之丙胺酸取代對與肽 H1 一 c3及H1 一 c2結合之影響反映在HtrA1_pDz^結構中。就 肽HI—c3而言,一些對結合產生顯著影響(F &gt; 5)之取代位 φ 於與狀配位體直接接觸之位置處(參見,例如Y3 82、 13 83 G384、M387及S389) ’而其他位於離肽配位體超過 4.5 A之位置處(參見,例如 K38〇、K381、G411、、 1414、V417、Τ421及Ρ422)。雖然彼等殘基並不直接接觸 肽配位體,但用丙胺酸置換其側鏈有可能引入pDZ域結構 之局部擾動。舉例而言,位置414(β2-2)處之異白胺酸包裝 至域之疏水性内部,且用單一曱基置換大體積脂族側鏈可 擾動疏水性内部之包裝排列且可能影響β2_β3反平行卜摺 疊片,故擾動配位體結合位點。許多殘基優選丙胺酸取代 128788.doc -123- 200846358 (參見,例如 D400、1418、V442、N446、D447、V448、 S449及L458)。在該等殘基中,僅殘基1418、N446及S449 在複合物之肽之4.5 A範圍内。 丙胺酸取代對H1 一c2肽結合之影響與H1 一C3極類似(圖 4A’表5),但存在一些顯著差異。兩種肽之丙胺酸掃描結 果之間的最驚人差異可見於殘基1418。在肽Hl—c2之情況 下,殘基1418為有利的(F=17.7),而在Hl—c3之情況下,在 該位置處稍更優選丙胺酸(F=0·5)。此可能與由結構分析所 推斷出之Trp·1之非最佳相互作用有關,且此可藉由位置 141 8處之丙胺酸取代得到改良。兩種肽之間的另一顯著差 異可見於殘基S389(pi-5)。在該位置處對與肽hi_c3結合 而言野生型絲胺酸為有利的(F &gt; 46),但該位置處之取代 並不衫響與狀HI—c2之結合(F=2)。雖然在NMR結構中該殘 基似乎並不直接接觸肽,但其位於結合位點之周邊且在整 體之所有成員中S389之側鏈羥基直接指向肽。在NMr整體 中,三個N·末端肽殘基之側鏈歸因於缺乏n〇e限制而未充 刀確疋,且不能明確確定S3 89(或其缺乏)直接涉&amp;Arg-4側 鏈。 128788.doc -124- 200846358 表6 :使用生物素-GWKTWIL進行之HtrAl-PDZ之鳥槍丙胺 酸掃描之資料* 配位體:生物素-GWKTWIL___Adams, C. W., Breece, Τ·N·, Presta, L. G., de Vos, A. Μ, and Sidhu, S. S. (2002) J Mo/320(2), 415-428) The corresponding simplification codons shown in Table 1 replace the wild type codon. Three libraries were constructed and each library mutated the discrete regions of HtrAlPDZ as follows: library 1, position 380-400; library 2, positions 401-422; library 3, positions 440-460. Libraries 1, 2, and 3 contain 3·0χ101(), 2.5xl01G, and 2.3xl01G unique members, respectively. The bacillus from the above library was propagated in E. coli XL1-blue by the addition of Μ13-K07 helper phage. As previously described (Sidhu, S. S., Lowman, Η B., Cimningham, Β·C· and Wells, J. A. (2000) 328, 333-363), grown overnight at 37 ° C The phage were concentrated by precipitation with PEG/NaCl and resuspended in PBS, 0·5°/〇BSA, 0.1% Tween 20. A sputum bacterial solution (1 〇 12 sputum bacteria/ml) was added to a 96-well MaxisorpTM immunoplate that had been coated with a capture target and blocked by BSA. Two different standardes are used: in terms of presentation options, the target is a fixed antibody that recognizes the epitope tag fused to the N-terminus of HtrAl PDZ, and in terms of function selection, will be high affinity with HtrAl-PDZ Binding biotinylated peptide (Biotin-GWKTWIL (SEQ ID NO: 26) or Biotin-DSRIWWV (SEQ ID NO: 5)) (Laura, R. P., Witt, A. S., Held, Η. A·, Gerstner, R., Deshayes, K., Koehler, M. F., Kosik, K. S., Sidhu, SS and Lasky, LA (2002) J 5ζ·ο/ C/zem 277(15), 12906-12914) was attached to a NeutrAvidinTM coated plate. After incubation for two hours to allow the cells to bind, the plates were washed 10 times with PBS, 0.05% Tween 20. The cells were combined with ·128788.doc -121 - 200846358 for 10 minutes with 0. 1 M HC1 and the lysing agent was neutralized with ΐ·〇 M Tris base. The lysing bacterium was expanded in E. coli XL 1 -Blue (Stratagene) and used in other rounds of selection. Individual pure lines from the second round of selection were grown in 96-well format in 500 gL 2YT broth supplemented with carbencillin and M13-K07, and the culture supernatant was used directly in the sputum ELISA (Sidhu, SS, Lowman, Η. C., Cunningham, BC and Wells, JA (2000) Mei/zoA 328, 333-363) for the detection of phage binding to biotin-GWKTWIL, biotin-DSRIWWV or anti-tag antibodies HtrAlPDZ variant. More than 50% of the pure lines exhibited a positive phage ELISA signal that was at least twice greater than the signal observed on the control plate coated with BSA. These positive lines are subjected to DNA sequence analysis. The sequence was analyzed using the program SGCOUNT (Weiss, G. A., Watanabe, C, K., Zhong, A., Goddard, Α· and Sidhu, SS (2000) 97(16), 8950-8954) as previously described. . SGCOUNT translates each aligned sequence of acceptable quality by using the Needleman-Wunch pairwise alignment algorithm relative to the wild-type DNA sequence and tabulates the appearance of each native amino acid at each position. For functional selection, the number of pure lines analyzed is indicated in parentheses following the name of each library: in terms of functional selection by biotin-GWKTWIL (SEQ ID NO: 4), Ll(80), L2 (91), L3 (89); in terms of functional selection by biotin-DSRIWWV (SEQ ID NO: 5), L1 (82), L2 (89), L3 (93); For the purpose, analyze the following number of pure lines: Ll (69), L2 (78), L3 (91). I28788.doc -122- 200846358 These libraries were subsequently selected for binding to peptide H1-c3 or peptide HI-c2 and will be sequenced positive for binding after two rounds of selection. The number of pure lines with wild type residues at each position is compared to the number with alanine (or mutant) to give a preferred indication that the wild type residue is superior to alanine (or mutant). To control changes in the expression or presentation content of different library members, libraries are also selected for binding to immobilized antibodies that recognize antigen epitopes present at the N-terminus of all library members. The ratio of wild type to _ mutant in the peptide selection was then determined by the ratio of wild type to mutant observed in antibody selection to give the frequency of normalization (F; Table 4). The substitution at each position is divided into three categories using the frequency of occurrence of this normalization: substitutions that reduce binding to the peptide (F &gt;5); substitutions that do not affect binding are about 〇; and substitutions that increase binding to the peptide (F ^ 〇, 5). The effect of the substitution of the alanine substitution in HtrAl-PDZ with the peptides H1 - c3 and H1 - c2 in Figure 7A and 7B, respectively, is reflected in the HtrA1_pDz^ structure. In the case of the peptide HI-c3, some of the substitution sites φ which have a significant influence on the binding (F &gt; 5) are in direct contact with the ligand (see, for example, Y3 82, 13 83 G384, M387 and S389) 'Others are located more than 4.5 A from the peptide ligand (see, for example, K38〇, K381, G411, 1414, V417, Τ421, and Ρ422). Although their residues do not directly contact the peptide ligand, it is possible to introduce a partial perturbation of the pDZ domain structure by replacing its side chain with alanine. For example, the isoleucine at position 414 (β2-2) is packed into the hydrophobic interior of the domain, and replacement of the bulk aliphatic side chain with a single thiol can perturb the hydrophobic inner packaging arrangement and may affect the β2_β3 inverse Parallel folds the sheet, thus disturbing the ligand binding site. Many residues are preferably substituted with alanine 128788.doc -123- 200846358 (see, for example, D400, 1418, V442, N446, D447, V448, S449 and L458). Of these residues, only residues 1418, N446 and S449 are within 4.5 A of the peptide of the complex. The effect of alanine substitution on H1-c2 peptide binding was very similar to H1-C3 (Figure 4A' Table 5), but there were some significant differences. The most striking difference between the alanine scan results for the two peptides can be found in residue 1418. In the case of the peptides H1-c2, the residue 1418 is advantageous (F = 17.7), and in the case of H1-c3, the alanine (F = 0.5) is slightly more preferable at this position. This may be related to the non-optimal interaction of Trp·1 inferred from structural analysis, and this can be improved by substitution of alanine at position 141 8 . Another significant difference between the two peptides can be found in residue S389 (pi-5). Wild type serine acid is advantageous at this position for binding to the peptide hi_c3 (F &gt; 46), but the substitution at this position does not bind to the HI-c2 (F = 2). Although this residue does not appear to be in direct contact with the peptide in the NMR structure, it is located at the periphery of the binding site and the side chain hydroxyl group of S389 is directed to the peptide in all members of the whole. In the NMr population, the side chain of the three N-terminal peptide residues was not fixed due to the lack of n〇e restriction, and it was not clear that S3 89 (or its lack) was directly involved in the &amp; Arg-4 side. chain. 128788.doc -124- 200846358 Table 6: Information on shotgun alanine scanning of HtrAl-PDZ using biotin-GWKTWIL * Ligand: biotin-GWKTWIL___

___wt/突變 _ F 殘基 ' &amp;能選擇 呈現選擇 K380 K381 Y382 1383 G384 1385 R386 M3 87 M388 S389 L390 T391 5392 5393 K394 A395 K396 E397 L398 K399 D400 R401 H402 R403 D404 F405 P406 D407 V408 1409 S410 G411 A412 Y413 1414 1415 E416 V417 1418 1 8 3 4 8 9 0 7 7 3 /mlo.&gt;6&gt;7&gt;5&gt;273.&gt;1·&gt;4 wt A 4 2 5 80724772268604494476 t/5418&gt;5&gt;89120037311010021010 w 2 95 ❹ 6 6 3 12 rm 4·ί1.ί7.2.0.&gt;70.a wt/A wt/ml wt/m2 .0.3.9.3.0.8 11 1X 1A 11 ov .49 2.3.8.9.0.2 2 o 34 ool 1 5 9 6 5 6 1·&gt;8&gt;310.&gt;8 1000560116 13.90.144:&gt;32L1&gt;9&gt;8 3 3 4 .6.8.64.3.9.0.5 ο o 1- 2 1- o 1_ 2 5 0. 9 7 3 &gt;80.a .2 128788.doc 49.5.8.2.5.0.5.4.7.9.6.4.8.5.0.0.4.3.9.7.7.1.7.5.0.6.2.8.5.4.7.0.9.4.2J.7.2· Αν ο 11 IX 11 Λν 11 ο CU11 ΙΑ Αν 11 ο ο f-Η ο ο 03 11 11 1i ο 11 0XW 1χ 11 11 ΙΑ 11 5 .3.7.0 0.0.1. 7 0. 4 2 4 7 0.1.0.ο* 0 2 5 8 ···* 8 2 6 1 6 2. .2.3.4.0.1.7.4 11 1i 11 11 11 11 .6 0. 0 5 0 5.2· 1· 8 5. 3 2 2 7 11 11 &gt; 1X 1 J 7*0·9·7·9·6 il 11 11 tl 11 3 0. 5 6 0. 8 0. 7 ο· a4 7 0 169135253122049376564968843120357045 1Μ » · · mry. ·····♦···········»··········· » 7f. A15437&gt;2&gt;33600225121100210201200002233115&gt;2171&gt;3&gt;7___wt/mutation_F residue' &amp; can choose rendering choice K380 K381 Y382 1383 G384 1385 R386 M3 87 M388 S389 L390 T391 5392 5393 K394 A395 K396 E397 L398 K399 D400 R401 H402 R403 D404 F405 P406 D407 V408 1409 S410 G411 A412 Y413 1414 1415 E416 V417 1418 1 8 3 4 8 9 0 7 7 3 /mlo.&gt;6&gt;7&gt;5&gt;273.&gt;1·&gt;4 wt A 4 2 5 80724772268604494476 t/5418&gt;5&gt;89120037311010021010 w 2 95 ❹ 6 6 3 12 rm 4·ί1.ί7.2.0.&gt;70.a wt/A wt/ml wt/m2 .0.3.9.3.0.8 11 1X 1A 11 ov .49 2.3.8.9.0.2 2 o 34 ool 1 5 9 6 5 6 1·&gt;8&gt;310.&gt;8 1000560116 13.90.144:&gt;32L1&gt;9&gt;8 3 3 4 .6.8.64.3.9.0.5 ο o 1- 2 1- o 1_ 2 5 0. 9 7 3 &gt;80.a .2 128788.doc 49.5.8.2.5.0.5.4.7.9.6.4.8.5.0.0.4.3.9.7.7.1.7.5.0.6.2.8.5.4.7.0.9.4. 2J.7.2· Αν ο 11 IX 11 Λν 11 ο CU11 ΙΑ Αν 11 ο ο f-Η ο ο 03 11 11 1i ο 11 0XW 1χ 11 11 ΙΑ 11 5 .3.7.0 0.0.1. 7 0. 4 2 4 7 0.1.0.ο* 0 2 5 8 ···* 8 2 6 1 6 2. .2.3.4.0.1.7.4 11 1i 11 11 11 11 .6 0. 0 5 0 5.2· 1· 8 5. 3 2 2 7 11 11 &gt; 1X 1 J 7*0·9·7·9·6 i l 11 11 tl 11 3 0. 5 6 0. 8 0. 7 ο· a4 7 0 169135253122049376564968843120357045 1Μ » · · mry. ····························· ······· » 7f. A15437&gt;2&gt;33600225121100210201200002233115&gt;2171&gt;3&gt;7

ml m2 38.6 E 11.9 T &gt;87 E 25.6 T &gt;74 D 103.6 S &gt;82 T 3.7 V 3.6 T 0.4 V 33.9 G 1.0 P &gt;1.1 T 0.1 V 0.9 T 0.2 V &gt;17 P 1.3 VMl m2 38.6 E 11.9 T &gt;87 E 25.6 T &gt;74 D 103.6 S &gt;82 T 3.7 V 3.6 T 0.4 V 33.9 G 1.0 P &gt;1.1 T 0.1 V 0.9 T 0.2 V &gt;17 P 1.3 V

2.4 E 0.5 T 0·7 E 0.5 T 2.5 P 1.6V 3.0 E 2.9 T 0.8 G 0.7 P 0.8 D LOP 1.5 G 1.8 P 0.8 S 1.4 V2.4 E 0.5 T 0·7 E 0.5 T 2.5 P 1.6V 3.0 E 2.9 T 0.8 G 0.7 P 0.8 D LOP 1.5 G 1.8 P 0.8 S 1.4 V

2.5 T 1.6V2.5 T 1.6V

&gt;18 D &gt;61 S &gt;14 T 1.2 V 11.1 T 0.4 V&gt;18 D &gt;61 S &gt;14 T 1.2 V 11.1 T 0.4 V

&gt;15 T 23.2 V 200846358&gt;15 T 23.2 V 200846358

P419 21.8 D420 2.3 T421 &gt;91 P422 &gt;91 Q440 1.9 S441 3.2 V442 1.5 V443 1·6 S444 43.5 A445 1.0 N446 0.1 D447 1.4 V448 13.8 S449 0.5 D450 0.4 V451 0.4 1452 18.0 K453 0·2 R454 1.6 E455 0.2 S456 3.7 T457 1,1 L458 6.8 N459 1.4 M460 &gt;83 1.7 1.0 27.0 0.6 1.1 &gt;68 0.7 83·0 &gt;42 0.6 1.8 0.5 17.0 6.2 3.116.6 2.5 1.7 2.3 2.5 1.7 2.4 45.0 2.5 44.5 1.0 12.0 1.0 0.2 0.2 0.3 2.5 7.3 2.3 0,8 0.5 6.0 12.0 1.5 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.5 2.7 14.3 0.5 3.1 1.2 31·0 62.0 2.3 1.6 1.1 2.0 32·0 64.0 2.7P419 21.8 D420 2.3 T421 &gt;91 P422 &gt;91 Q440 1.9 S441 3.2 V442 1.5 V443 1·6 S444 43.5 A445 1.0 N446 0.1 D447 1.4 V448 13.8 S449 0.5 D450 0.4 V451 0.4 1452 18.0 K453 0·2 R454 1.6 E455 0.2 S456 3.7 T457 1,1 L458 6.8 N459 1.4 M460 &gt;83 1.7 1.0 27.0 0.6 1.1 &gt;68 0.7 83·0 &gt;42 0.6 1.8 0.5 17.0 6.2 3.116.6 2.5 1.7 2.3 2.5 1.7 2.4 45.0 2.5 44.5 1.0 12.0 1.0 0.2 0.2 0.3 2.5 7.3 2.3 0,8 0.5 6.0 12.0 1.5 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.5 2.7 14.3 0.5 3.1 1.2 31·0 62.0 2.3 1.6 1.1 2.0 32·0 64.0 2.7

8·7 1,4 &gt;40 &gt;36 0.7 Ε &gt;0.9 Ρ 1.3 0·0 1.6 3.6 1.0 0·7 5.8 D 1.9Τ 0.6 1.9 0.2 0.6 0.8 3·〇 2.3 Τ 1.2 V 0·5 1.0 Ε 0.6 Τ !·1 0.4 G 1.2Ρ 0.4 1.2 0.9 0·2 &gt;1.1 Τ 2,7 V °·9 0.6 D 1,6 Τ ^3 1.3 Τ 6.2 V *就與高親和力肽配位體(功能選擇)或抗gD_標籤抗體(呈現 選擇)結合進行選擇後,由所分離之結合純系之序列來測 定Wt/突變比率。藉由將功能選擇wr/突變比率除以呈現選8·7 1,4 &gt;40 &gt;36 0.7 Ε &gt;0.9 Ρ 1.3 0·0 1.6 3.6 1.0 0·7 5.8 D 1.9Τ 0.6 1.9 0.2 0.6 0.8 3·〇2.3 Τ 1.2 V 0·5 1.0 Ε 0.6 Τ !·1 0.4 G 1.2Ρ 0.4 1.2 0.9 0·2 &gt;1.1 Τ 2,7 V °·9 0.6 D 1,6 Τ ^3 1.3 Τ 6.2 V * with high affinity peptide ligand (function selection) After selection by binding to an anti-gD_tag antibody (presentation selection), the Wt/mutation ratio is determined from the sequence of the isolated binding line. By dividing the function selection wr/mutation ratio by the rendering option

擇Wt/突變比率得到正規化之出現頻率。在功能選擇序 列中未觀察到特定突變之情況下,僅可確定wt/突變比率 及F值之下限(以大於符號指示)。在丙胺酸掃描需要四聯 费碼子(tetranomial codon)之情況下,測定丙胺酸取代以及 兩個其他取代(m2及m3)之F值。非丙胺酸取代之一致性展 示於各F值右邊之圓括號中。粗體數字指示具有超過4倍效 應之突變。 (續表7在下一頁上) 128788.doc •126- 200846358 表7 :使用生物素-DSRIWWV進行之HtrAl-PDZ之鳥搶丙胺 酸掃描*The frequency of occurrence of normalization is obtained by selecting the Wt/mutation ratio. In the case where no specific mutation is observed in the functional selection sequence, only the wt/mutation ratio and the lower limit of the F value (indicated by greater than the sign) can be determined. The F value of the alanine substitution and the two other substitutions (m2 and m3) were determined in the case where the alanine scan requires a tetranomial codon. The consistency of the non-alanine substitutions is shown in parentheses to the right of each F value. Bold numbers indicate mutations with more than 4 times the effect. (Continued on Table 7 on the next page) 128788.doc •126- 200846358 Table 7: HtrAl-PDZ Birds with Biotin-DSRIWWV Capture Alanine Acid*

配位體:生物素-DSRIWWV wt/突變J 殘基 功能選擇 _ ' 瓦現選擇 K380 K381 Y382 1383 G384 1385 R386 M387 M388 S389 L390 T391 5392 5393 K394 A395 K396 E397 L398 K399 D400 R40! H402 R403 D404 F405 P406 D407 V408 1409 S410 G411 A412 Y413 1414 1415 E416 V417 1418 wt/A wt/ml wt/m2 4.2 8.3 3.6 5.5 66.0 22.0 8.4 74.0 3.9 61.0 61.0 2.9 W L 4 9 5 8 /Αο· ο. ο· 2· wt Ell wt/m2 0.3 0.4 0.7 1.2 1.0 0.4 0.7 0.7Ligand: biotin-DSRIWWV wt/mutation J residue function selection _ ' 瓦 now choose K380 K381 Y382 1383 G384 1385 R386 M387 M388 S389 L390 T391 5392 5393 K394 A395 K396 E397 L398 K399 D400 R40! H402 R403 D404 F405 P406 D407 V408 1409 S410 G411 A412 Y413 1414 1415 E416 V417 1418 wt/A wt/ml wt/m2 4.2 8.3 3.6 5.5 66.0 22.0 8.4 74.0 3.9 61.0 61.0 2.9 WL 4 9 5 8 /Αο· ο. ο· 2· wt Ell wt/ M2 0.3 0.4 0.7 1.2 1.0 0.4 0.7 0.7

01080 00.4.9.4.3.6.6.6.0·0.0.5 41.1.31.7.18.18.39.3.41101 ο8528196 ο 6 632067963084923.7.0.8.8.8.3.6.9.6.6.0.0.3.0.8.5.0.6 2,4.1.0.5.0.3.2.1.111102.10.110.0210301ί91Σ82841890 8 18 8 2 2 CC 3 3 7· 8· 1· 11 Q ο ο 11 3 ο 2 6 〇〇 1.6.5 2.2.3.2.2.2.0.1 5 0. 0 5 9 5.0.C5 8 7 25 0547964850043.9.7.71·.7.5.ο.62·8.54.7ο.94217 2· 2· 2* 1.1.1· 2· ο· 1·0.ο· 1· 1· OLOO.0.1 ο ο 3 1 1 1 ο 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 8.0 1·7 2.2 73.0 6.5 L2 1.8 1.2 2.6 1.1 o.2.34 ο· 1· 7· 4· 1- 1 1- 1 1- 11 ο 11 6 0. 17.0.9.7.9.68· 11 Ίχ 1-Η ο ο ο 11 0. 2 .0.5.0.8 52.1 5 5 6 8 1.0.0. 7 0. la1.96.26.9&gt;22&gt;37L90.86.83,8sL24.5L42.02.51.01.80.92.3L40:52.40.91.21.70.90.80.52.21.2u&gt;331.09.720:a4.01.4&gt;330.5 A 1 1 &gt; &gt; 4 201080 00.4.9.4.3.6.6.6.0·0.0.5 41.1.31.7.18.18.39.3.41101 ο8528196 ο 6 632067963084923.7.0.8.8.8.3.6.9.6.6.0.0.3.0.8.5.0.6 2,4.1.0.5 .0.3.2.1.111102.10.110.0210301ί91Σ82841890 8 18 8 2 2 CC 3 3 7· 8· 1· 11 Q ο ο 11 3 ο 2 6 〇〇 1.6.5 2.2.3.2.2.2.0.1 5 0. 0 5 9 5.0.C5 8 7 25 0547964850043.9.7.71·.7.5.ο.62·8.54.7ο.94217 2· 2· 2* 1.1.1· 2· ο· 1·0.ο· 1· 1· OLOO.0.1 ο ο 3 1 1 1 ο 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 8.0 1·7 2.2 73.0 6.5 L2 1.8 1.2 2.6 1.1 o.2.34 ο· 1· 7· 4· 1- 1 1- 1 1- 11 ο 11 6 0 17.0.9.7.9.68· 11 Ίχ 1-Η ο ο ο 11 0. 2 .0.5.0.8 52.1 5 5 6 8 1.0.0. 7 0. la1.96.26.9&gt;22&gt;37L90.86.83,8sL24.5L42 .02.51.01.80.92.3L40:52.40.91.21.70.90.80.52.21.2u&gt;331.09.720:a4.01.4&gt;330.5 A 1 1 &gt;&gt; 4 2

ml m2 29·8Ε 8.7 Τ 91.0 Ε 17.9 Τ &gt;74 D 11.0 S &gt;86 Τ 4.093 V &gt;5Τ 0.761 V 0.5 G 0.4 Ρ 4.8 Τ 0.6 V 42 Τ 0.7 V 7.0 Ρ 1.0 VMl m2 29·8Ε 8.7 Τ 91.0 Ε 17.9 Τ &gt;74 D 11.0 S &gt;86 Τ 4.093 V &gt;5Τ 0.761 V 0.5 G 0.4 Ρ 4.8 Τ 0.6 V 42 Τ 0.7 V 7.0 Ρ 1.0 V

18.0 Ε 2.1 Τ 33.2 Ε 1.2 Τ 2.7 Ρ 3.2 V 3.4 Ε 3,1 Τ 1.4G 1.6 Ρ 1.2 D 2.3 Ρ 0.8 G 1.0 Ρ 1.1 S 0.9 V LOT 1.5 V18.0 Ε 2.1 Τ 33.2 Ε 1.2 Τ 2.7 Ρ 3.2 V 3.4 Ε 3,1 Τ 1.4G 1.6 Ρ 1.2 D 2.3 Ρ 0.8 G 1.0 Ρ 1.1 S 0.9 V LOT 1.5 V

&gt;17 D 58.0 S &gt;11 Τ 0.8 V 20.0 Τ 1.1 V 1.1 Τ 2.3 V 128788.doc -127- 200846358 P419 D420 T421 P422 Q440 S441 V442 V443 S444 A445 N446 D447 V448 S449 D450 V451 1452 K453 R454 E455 S456 T457 L458 N459 M460 3.2 2.36.4 21.3 2.0 22 5.2 1.7 22.3 1.0 0.1 0.5 2.8 0.3 0.5 1.018.0 0.8 1·9 0.5 2.9 0.8 8·8 0.712.0 2Λ 23.5 36.0 3·3 3.7 0.7 1.08.0 1.5 2.5 1.7 2.3 2.5 1.7 2.5 44.5 1.012.0 1.0 0.2 2.5 73 2.3 0.8 0.5 6.0 0.4 1.5 0.5 3.1 1.231.0 1.632.0 24 45,0 〇·2 0.3 12.0 0.5 2.7 1.5 0.914.3 2.7&gt;17 D 58.0 S &gt;11 Τ 0.8 V 20.0 Τ 1.1 V 1.1 Τ 2.3 V 128788.doc -127- 200846358 P419 D420 T421 P422 Q440 S441 V442 V443 S444 A445 N446 D447 V448 S449 D450 V451 1452 K453 R454 E455 S456 T457 L458 N459 M460 3.2 2.36.4 21.3 2.0 22 5.2 1.7 22.3 1.0 0.1 0.5 2.8 0.3 0.5 1.018.0 0.8 1·9 0.5 2.9 0.8 8·8 0.712.0 2Λ 23.5 36.0 3·3 3.7 0.7 1.08.0 1.5 2.5 1.7 2.3 2.5 1.7 2.5 44.5 1.012.0 1.0 0.2 2.5 73 2.3 0.8 0.5 6.0 0.4 1.5 0.5 3.1 1.231.0 1.632.0 24 45,0 〇·2 0.3 12.0 0.5 2.7 1.5 0.914.3 2.7

1.3 1.4 2.98.5 U 1.0 Ε 0.5 Ρ 0.9 0.1 1.7 1.9 1.0 0.5 20.4 D 2.0 Τ 0.2 0.4 0.1 0.6 1.8 3.0 1.9 1.3 0.9 0.9 0.6 0.3 &gt;0.9 Τ 0.7 V 0.4 0.3 D 0.7 Τ 038 LIT L9V 3.0 Τ 0.4 V 6.0 Ε 1.2Τ 1.4 G 0,6 Ρ *就與高親和力肽配位體(功U @ 、擇)或抗標籤抗體(呈現 „選擇後,由所分離之結合純系之序列來測 疋wt/m:b率1由將功能選擇⑽突變比率除以呈現選 擇wt/突變比率得到正規化 &lt;出見^員率(F)。在功能選擇序 列中未觀察到特定突變之情況下,僅可確 及F值之下限(以大於符號指示)。在丙胺酸掃描需要四聯 密碼子之情況下,敎丙胺酸取代以及兩個其他取代㈤ 及叫^值。非丙胺酸取代之—致性展示於各右邊之 圓括號中粗體數子指示具有超過4倍效應之突變。 實例5 : HtrAl-PDZ突變體之結合特異性概況 上述結構及突變分析提示出1^1_1&gt;1)2與HtrA3_pDZ之間 的特異性之差異為鄰近肽結合位點之主要在位置p 2 _ 3、β 2: 128788.doc -128- 200846358 2_1及α3-5處之有限數目之序列差異的結果。評估在HtrAl-PDZ之情況下對突變之配位體特異性之影響。使用噬菌體 呈現肽文庫確定HtrAl-PDZ之點突變(I415Q、I418A及 S449Q)及雙重突變體(I415Q/I418A)之結合特異性概況,其 中HtrA卜PDZ之殘基係經HtrA3-PDZ之相應殘基取代。相 對於呈現於M13 p8鞘蛋白之C-末端之隨機七肽的文庫對突 變體加以分類。僅對雙重突變體HtrAl(I415Q/I418A)-PDZ 獲得特異性結合純系。 特異性設計該突變體以使其模擬HtrA3-PDZ之結合特性 (參見表1),且其特異性概況與HtrA3-PDZ之特異性概況基 本上一致。在位置0處,HtrAl(I415Q/I418A)-PDZ展示對 纈胺酸及白胺酸殘基之優選,儘管亦選擇其他疏水性胺基 酸。雖然HtrAl(I415Q/I418A)-PDZ之位置 0優選與 HtrA3-PDZ之優選稍有不同,但其餘配位體位置處之優選與對 HtrA3-PDZ結合所觀察到之優選難以區分。僅在位置-1處 選擇色胺酸,位置-2處不存在優選,位置-3展示對甘胺酸 及絲胺酸殘基之優選,且任何其他配位體位置均未展示任 何優選。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1描繪人類Htf A家族蛋白質之序列比對,其中在各序 列之左邊對序列編號。在序列上方指示二級結構之元件。 所有4個成員中均一致之殘基用虛線框突出顯示,且所有4 個成員中類似之殘基用實線加框。在序列下方由實心星形 (位點0)、實心三角形(位點-1及位點-3)或實心圓圈(位點- 128788.doc -129- 200846358 2)指示直接參與配位體識別且對配位體特異性重要之殘 基。圖之右下方概述如由喔囷體王現及合成狀親和力檢定 所測定之HtrAl、HtrA2及HtrA3之配位體結合特異性概 況,其中X指示無優先且Φ指示疏水性胺基酸優先。 圖2描繪肽Hl_c3與HtrAl-PDZ之結合之實驗熱量測定資 料。上圖展示單一滴定實驗期間所獲得之原始熱資料,在 該實驗中將10 μ!&quot;肽(284 μΜ)注射液滴定至於具有1 mM疊 氮化鈉之PBS緩衝液中之HtrAl-PDZ域(5·5 μΜ)中。上圖之 資料之積分熱信號產生下圖中所示之結合曲線。實線代表 基於單一結合位點模型之減去稀釋熱後資料之非線性最小 平方擬合。 圖3描繪如實例3(a)中所述之與來源於噬菌體之肽配位體 結合的HtrAl-PDZ之結構。圖3Α展示與肽Hl_3複合之 HtrAl-PDZ的結構整體。僅由線展示主鏈Ν、Ca及C原子。 HtrAl-PDZ結構以淺灰色展示,而肽Hl_3以深灰色展示。 包括所選肽側鏈重原子。殘基378-3 89、411-463及468-475 之主鏈重原子與平均結構之均方根離差為0.52 土 0.1 A。距 離或二面角限制分別不被超出0.1 A或1°(表4)。圖3B展示 與Hl__3肽結合之HtrAl-PDZ之帶狀視圖(肽以棒表示法展 示)。規則二級結構之元件及肽殘基係經標記。 圖4八描繪如實例3(13)中所述之11忖八3-?026\1結構之二聚 體。使PDZ域呈深灰色陰影且五肽以淺灰色展示。肽經由 3個甘胺酸殘基連接至PDZ域之C末端。HtrA3-PDZext結構 每個不對稱單元含有兩個分子,且除鏈βΐ與β2之間的無序 128788.doc -130- 200846358 區外,兩個複本均在電子密度方面經充分確定。圖4B展示 HtrA3-PDZext之帶狀視圖,其中肽以棒表示法展示。規則 二級結構之元件及狀殘基係經標s己。 圖5描繪如實例3(C)中所述之某些PDZ域與特定肽配位體 之相互作用。圖5A展示與肽Hl_c3結合之HtrAl-PDZ。圖 5B 展示與肽 H2—cl(WTMFWVCOOH)(SEQ ID NO: 170)結合 之HtrA2-PDZ。圖5C展示與肽H3_cl結合之HtrA3-PDZ。圖 5D-5F展示未經配位體結合之DegP-PDZl (圖5D,pdb登錄 號1KY9)、未經配位體結合之DegS-PDZ(圖5E,pdb登錄號 1SOT)及與OmpC肽結合之DegS_PDZ(圖5F,pdb登錄號 1SOZ)。在各圖中,結構以相同相對取向展示。圖A、B、 C及F中所示之肽出現在各圖之中心。側鏈氮原子以深灰色 展示。肽配位體側鏈用三字母胺基酸代碼及呈上標之配位 體位置編號以灰色標記,而PDZ域之側鏈用單字母胺基酸 代碼及殘基編號以黑色標記。 圖6展示如實例3(c)中所述,對HtrAl-PDZ複合物之異核 NOE量測。 圖7描繪如實例4中所述,鳥槍丙胺酸掃描中肽Hl_c3(圖 7A)及肽Hl_c2(圖7B)於HtrAl-PDZ結構上之定位(如表面所 展示)。兩種肽均以棒顯示。隨文庫變化之PDZ域殘基著色 成黑色(F&gt;16)、深灰色(16&gt;F&gt;5)、中灰色(5&gt;F&gt;0.5)或淺灰 色(F&lt;/=0.5)。不隨選擇變化之殘基經加點。使用與肽 Hl_c3結合之HtrAl-PDZ之NMR整體用同源建模程式建模 者(Modeler)(Accelrys,Inc·)產生與肽 HI—c2結合之 HtrAl-PDZ之結構模型。 128788.doc -131 -1.3 1.4 2.98.5 U 1.0 Ε 0.5 Ρ 0.9 0.1 1.7 1.9 1.0 0.5 20.4 D 2.0 Τ 0.2 0.4 0.1 0.6 1.8 3.0 1.9 1.3 0.9 0.9 0.6 0.3 &gt; 0.9 Τ 0.7 V 0.4 0.3 D 0.7 Τ 038 LIT L9V 3.0 Τ 0.4 V 6.0 Ε 1.2Τ 1.4 G 0,6 Ρ *With high-affinity peptide ligands (work U @, 择) or anti-tag antibodies (presenting „selection, the sequence of the isolated pure line isolated is used to measure 疋wt/m The :b rate 1 is normalized by dividing the function selection (10) mutation ratio by the selection of the wt/mutation ratio. The rate of occurrence is (F). In the case where no specific mutation is observed in the function selection sequence, only And the lower limit of the F value (indicated by greater than the symbol). In the case where the alanine scan requires a quadruple codon, the arginine substitution and the two other substitutions (5) and the value are called. The non-alanine substitution is shown in The bold number in the right parenthesis indicates a mutation with a more than 4-fold effect. Example 5: Binding specificity profile of the HtrAl-PDZ mutant The above structure and mutation analysis suggest a relationship between 1^1_1&gt;1)2 and HtrA3_pDZ The difference in specificity is that the adjacent peptide binding site is predominantly at position p 2 _ 3 , β 2: 128788.doc -128- 200846358 2_1 and the results of a limited number of sequence differences at α3-5. The effect of ligand specificity on the mutation in the case of HtrAl-PDZ was evaluated. Peptide library was presented using phage The binding specificity profiles of point mutations (I415Q, I418A and S449Q) and double mutants (I415Q/I418A) of HtrAl-PDZ were determined, wherein the residues of HtrA-PDZ were substituted by the corresponding residues of HtrA3-PDZ. Mutants were classified by a library of random heptapeptides at the C-terminus of the M13 p8 sheath protein. Only the double mutant HtrAl(I415Q/I418A)-PDZ was used to obtain a specific binding to the pure line. The mutant was specifically designed to mimic it. Binding properties of HtrA3-PDZ (see Table 1), and its specificity profile is substantially consistent with the specificity profile of HtrA3-PDZ. At position 0, HtrAl(I415Q/I418A)-PDZ exhibits proline and amine Preferably, the acid residue is selected, although other hydrophobic amino acids are also selected. Although the position 0 of HtrAl(I415Q/I418A)-PDZ is preferably slightly different from the preference of HtrA3-PDZ, the preference and the position of the remaining ligand positions are preferred. The preference observed for HtrA3-PDZ binding is indistinguishable Preferably, tryptophan is selected at position -1, there is no preference at position -2, position -3 shows preference for glycine and serine residues, and any other ligand position does not exhibit any preference. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Figure 1 depicts a sequence alignment of human Htf A family proteins in which the sequences are numbered to the left of each sequence. The elements of the secondary structure are indicated above the sequence. Residues that are identical across all four members are highlighted by a dashed box, and similar residues in all four members are framed by solid lines. Direct participation in ligand recognition is indicated by a solid star (site 0), a solid triangle (site-1 and site-3) or a solid circle (site - 128788.doc -129-200846358 2) below the sequence and A residue that is important for ligand specificity. The lower right panel of the figure summarizes the ligand binding specificity of HtrAl, HtrA2 and HtrA3 as determined by the steroidal and synthetic affinity assays, where X indicates no preference and Φ indicates that hydrophobic amino acids are preferred. Figure 2 depicts experimental calorimetry data for the combination of peptide Hl_c3 and HtrAl-PDZ. The top panel shows the raw heat data obtained during a single titration experiment in which 10 μ!&quot;peptide (284 μΜ) injections were titrated into the HtrAl-PDZ domain in PBS buffer with 1 mM sodium azide. (5·5 μΜ). The integrated thermal signal of the data in the above figure produces the binding curve shown in the figure below. The solid line represents the nonlinear least squares fit of the data after subtracting the dilution heat based on a single binding site model. Figure 3 depicts the structure of HtrAl-PDZ bound to a phage-derived peptide ligand as described in Example 3(a). Figure 3A shows the structural integrity of HtrAl-PDZ complexed with peptide Hl_3. The main chain Ν, Ca and C atoms are shown only by the lines. The HtrAl-PDZ structure is shown in light gray, while the peptide Hl_3 is shown in dark gray. Includes the selected peptide side chain heavy atom. The root mean square dispersion of the heavy chain of the main chain of residues 378-3 89, 411-463 and 468-475 is 0.52 ± 0.1 A. The distance or dihedral angle limits are not exceeded by 0.1 A or 1 °, respectively (Table 4). Figure 3B shows a banded view of HtrAl-PDZ bound to the Hl__3 peptide (peptides are shown in bar representation). The elements of the regular secondary structure and the peptide residues are labeled. Figure 4 depicts a dimer of the 11-8-8?026\1 structure as described in Example 3 (13). The PDZ domain is shaded dark gray and the pentapeptide is shown in light gray. The peptide is linked to the C-terminus of the PDZ domain via three glycine residues. HtrA3-PDZext structure Each asymmetric unit contains two molecules, and the two copies are well defined in terms of electron density except for the disorder between the chain βΐ and β2. 128788.doc -130- 200846358. Figure 4B shows a ribbon view of HtrA3-PDZext in which the peptides are shown in bar representation. Rules The components and remnants of the secondary structure are labeled. Figure 5 depicts the interaction of certain PDZ domains as described in Example 3 (C) with specific peptide ligands. Figure 5A shows HtrAl-PDZ in combination with peptide Hl_c3. Figure 5B shows HtrA2-PDZ in combination with peptide H2-cl (WTMFWVCOOH) (SEQ ID NO: 170). Figure 5C shows HtrA3-PDZ in combination with peptide H3_cl. Figures 5D-5F show DegP-PDZl (Figure 5D, pdb Accession No. 1KY9) without ligand binding, DegS-PDZ without ligand binding (Figure 5E, pdb Accession No. 1SOT) and binding to OmpC peptide DegS_PDZ (Figure 5F, pdb login number 1SOZ). In each of the figures, the structures are shown in the same relative orientation. The peptides shown in Figures A, B, C and F appear at the center of each figure. The side chain nitrogen atoms are shown in dark gray. The side chain of the peptide ligand is marked in gray with a three-letter amino acid code and the superordinated ligand position number, while the side chain of the PDZ domain is marked with black with a one-letter amino acid code and residue number. Figure 6 shows the heteronuclear NOE measurements of the HtrAl-PDZ complex as described in Example 3(c). Figure 7 depicts the localization of peptide Hl_c3 (Figure 7A) and peptide Hl_c2 (Figure 7B) on the HtrAl-PDZ structure (as shown by the surface) in a shotgun alanine scan as described in Example 4. Both peptides are shown as sticks. The PDZ domain residues that vary with the library are colored black (F &gt; 16), dark gray (16 &gt; F &gt; 5), medium gray (5 &gt; F &gt; 0.5), or light gray (F &lt; / = 0.5). The residues that do not change with the selection are added. The structural model of HtrAl-PDZ in combination with peptide HI-c2 was generated using a homologous modeling program Modeler (Accelrys, Inc.) using NMR of HtrAl-PDZ in combination with peptide Hl_c3. 128788.doc -131 -

Claims (1)

200846358 十、申請專利範圍: 1· 一種分離之多肽,其與HtrAl PDZ域特異性結合,其中 該多肽包含一個在相對於C端之位置_2具有色胺酸之序 列。 2·如請求項1之分離之多肽,其中該多肽進一步包含一個 小胺基酸在位置0。 3 ·如凊求項2之分離之多肽’其中該位置〇之胺基酸係選自 白胺酸及纈胺酸。 4·如請求項1之分離之多肽,其中該多肽進一步包含一個 包含魔大(bulky)側鏈之胺基酸在位置_ 1。 5.如請求項4之分離之多肽,其中該位置_丨之胺基酸係選自 色胺酸、異白胺酸及苯丙胺酸。 6·如請求項5之分離之多肽,其中該位置“之胺基酸為色胺 酸。 7 ·如請求項1之分離之多肽,其中該多肽進一步包含蘇胺 酸或異白胺酸在位置-3。 8·如請求項1之分離之多肽,其中位置_4之胺基酸帶電。 9. 如請求項8之分離之多肽’其中該位置_4之胺基酸係選自 麩胺酸、離胺酸、精胺酸及天冬胺酸。 10. 如請求項9之分離之多肽,其中該位置-4之胺基酸係選自 離胺酸及精胺酸。 11 ·如請求項1之分離之多肽,其中該位置〇之胺基酸係選自 白胺酸及纈胺酸;其中該位置4之胺基酸係選自色胺 酸、異白胺酸及苯丙胺酸;其中該位置-3之胺基酸係選 128788.doc 200846358 自蘇胺酸及異白胺酸;且其中該位置-4之胺基酸係選自 麩胺酸、離胺酸、精胺酸及天冬胺酸。 12·如請求項1之分離之多肽,其中該位置〇之胺基酸為白胺 酸;其中該位置-1之胺基酸為色胺酸;其中該位置-3之 胺基酸係選自蘇胺酸及異白胺酸;且其中該位置-4之胺 基酸係選自離胺酸及精胺酸。 1 3 ·如請求項1之分離之多肽,其中該多肽包含一個選自表1 中所列出之HtrAl PDZ域結合肽之序列的序列。 _ 14·如請求項1之分離之多肽,其中該多肽包含序列 DIETWLL(SEQ ID NO: 3)、GWKTWIL(SEQ ID NO: 4)、 DSRIWWV(SEQ ID NO: 5)或 WDKIWHV(SEQ ID NO: 6) o 15·如請求項1之分離之多肽,其中該多肽包含序列 DSRIWWV(SEQ ID NO: 5)。 1 6·如請求項1之分離之多肽,其中該多肽直接與至少一個 特異性HtrAl-PDZ域殘基相互作用。 ® 17·如請求項16之分離之多肽,其中C端羧酸酯基與至少一 個選自Ile383、Ile385及Gly384之HtrAl PDZ域殘基配 位。 18·如請求項16之分離之多肽,其中該位置-1之胺基酸與至 少一個選自 Tyr3 82、Arg386及 Ile418之 HtrA1 PDZ域殘基 動態相互作用。 19·如請求項16之分離之多肽,其中該位置-2之色胺酸與至 少一個選自 Ala445、Met387及 Gln446之 HtrAl PDZ域殘 128788.doc 200846358 基相互作用。 20·如請求項16之分離之多肽,其中該位置-3之胺基酸與至 少一個選自Ile415及Arg386之HtrAl PDZ域殘基相互作 用。 21 ·如請求項1 6之分離之多肽,其中該多肽與至少一個選自 Tyr382、Ile383、Gly384、Met387及 S389之 HtrAl PDZ域 殘基相互作用及/或配位。 22· —種分離之多肽,其與HtrAl PDZ域特異性結合,其中 該多肽包含一個在相對於酸性胺基酸之位置-2具有色胺 酸之序列。 23·如請求項22之分離之多肽,其中該多肽包含一個式XI-X2-W-X3-X4之序列,其中XI係選自纈胺酸及白胺酸; 其中X2係選自絲胺酸、蘇胺酸、精胺酸、丙胺酸及纈胺 酸;其中X3係選自甘胺酸、絲胺酸、苯丙胺酸及白胺 酸;且其中X4為酸性胺基酸。 24.如請求項23之分離之多肽,其中X3為甘胺酸且X4係選自 麩胺酸及天冬胺酸。 25· —種分離之多肽,其與HtrAl PDZ域特異性結合,且包 含一個包括選自表1、2及3中所列出之胺基酸序列之肽 的胺基酸序列之C端、N端或内部胺基酸序列。 26.如請求項25之多肽,其中該C端胺基酸序列係選自 DIETWLL(SEQ ID NO: 3) ^ GWKTWIL(SEQ ID NO: 4) &gt; DSRIWWV(SEQ ID NO: 5)及 WDKIWHV(SEQ ID NO: 6) o 128788.doc 200846358 27· —種分離之多肽,其包含一個與如請求項1至26中任一 項之多肽競爭結合於HtrAl PDZ域之胺基酸序列。 28. —種分離之多肽,其與如請求項1至26中任一項之多肽 結合於HtrA1 PDZ域上之同一抗原決定基(epitope)。 29. —種分離之多肽,其包含HtrAl PDZ變異序歹U,其中至 少一個選自以下之HtrAl PDZ域殘基經另一個胺基酸取 代:Ile383、Ile385、Gly384、Tyr382、Arg386、 Ile418、Ala445、Met387、Gln446、Ile415、Arg386、 Ser389、Lys380、Lys381、G1411、Tyr413、Ile414、 Val417、Thr421 及 Pro422 〇 30. 如請求項29之分離之多肽,其中Ile4 18係經另一個胺基 酸取代。 31. 如請求項29或30之分離之多肽,其中該另一個胺基酸為 丙胺酸。 3 2. —種分離之多肽,其包含一個與如請求項29至31中任一 項之多肽競爭結合於HtrAl PDZ域之配位體之胺基酸序 列。 3 3. —種分離之多肽,其與如請求項29至31中任一項之多肽 結合於HtrAl PDZ域之配位體上之同一抗原決定基。 34. —種鑑別可調節HtrAl PDZ域-配位體相互作用之化合物 之方法,其包含使一個包含HtrAl PDZ域、HtrAl PDZ域 之片段及/或其功能相等物及至少一種如請求項1-27中任 一項之多肽的樣品與一種候選化合物接觸,及測定在該 候選化合物存在之情況下HtrAl PDZ域-配位體相互作用 1287δ8.(1οο -4- 200846358 曰 /、該候遠化合物不存在之情況相比;由在該候選 口物存在之情況下HtrAl PDZ域-配位體相互作用之量 /、在違候選化合物不存在之情況下之量相比的變化表明 該候撰^ 、 、、匕合物為可調節HtrAl PDZ域-配位體相互作用之 化合物。 •種0理設計HtrAl PDZ域-配位體相互作用之調節劑之 ' 其包含設計該調節劑以包含或模擬一個色胺酸位 於相對於C端之位置_2或相對於肽中酸性殘基之位置_2之 功庇1 ’其中該調節劑可與HtrAl PDZ域特異性結合。 36·如印求項35之方法,其中該肽係位於該羧基端。 37·如睛求項35之方法,其中位置〇係選自白胺酸及纈胺 魷,其中位置-1係選自色胺酸、異白胺酸及苯丙胺酸; 中位置-3係選自穌胺酸及異白胺酸;且其中位置·4係 選自楚胺酸、天冬胺酸、離胺酸及精胺酸。 38.如請求項35之方法,其中位置〇係選自白胺酸及纈胺 酸;其中位置-1為色胺酸;其中位置—3係選自蘇胺酸及 異白胺酸;且其中位置-4係選自麩胺酸及天冬胺酸。 39· —種HtrAl PDZ域-配位體調節劑之用途,其係用於製造 供治療與HtrAl蛋白質活性之調控異常相關之病理學病 狀之藥物,其中該調節劑可調節HtrAl PDZ域與如請求 項1 -26中任一項之多肽之間的相互作用。 40·如請求項39之用途,其中該病理學病狀係選自惡性及良 性腫瘤或癌症、非白血病及淋巴樣惡性疾病、神經退化 性病症、發炎及免疫病症及眼内新血管疾病。 128788.doc 200846358 41. 42. 43. 如請求項39之用途,其中嗜 外々 T 口茨調即劑抑制HtrAl PDZ域盥 该夕肽之間的相互作用。 ,、 如清求項3 9之用途,其中兮士 ^ Y $调即劑增強HtrAl PDZ域與 5亥多肽之間的相互作用。 如明求項1至26中任-項之HtrAl pDz域配位體之用 :’其係用於製造供治療與此幻蛋白質活性之調控異 常相關之病理學病狀之藥物。200846358 X. Patent Application Range: 1. An isolated polypeptide that specifically binds to the HtrAl PDZ domain, wherein the polypeptide comprises a sequence having tryptophan at position 2 relative to the C-terminus. 2. The isolated polypeptide of claim 1, wherein the polypeptide further comprises a small amino acid at position 0. 3. The isolated polypeptide of claim 2 wherein the amino acid at the position is selected from the group consisting of leucine and valine. 4. The isolated polypeptide of claim 1, wherein the polypeptide further comprises an amino acid comprising a bulky side chain at position _1. 5. The isolated polypeptide of claim 4, wherein the amino acid of the position is selected from the group consisting of tryptophan, isoleucine and phenylalanine. 6. The isolated polypeptide of claim 5, wherein the amino acid of the position is "tryptophan." The polypeptide of claim 1, wherein the polypeptide further comprises threonine or isokinetic acid at a position 3. The isolated polypeptide of claim 1, wherein the amino acid of position _4 is charged. 9. The isolated polypeptide of claim 8 wherein the amino acid of position _4 is selected from the group consisting of glutamic acid And an isolated amino acid of claim 9, wherein the amino acid at position -4 is selected from the group consisting of lysine and arginine. An isolated polypeptide, wherein the amino acid at the position is selected from the group consisting of leucine and valine; wherein the amino acid at position 4 is selected from the group consisting of tryptophan, isoleucine and phenylalanine; wherein the position -3 amino acid system selected 128788.doc 200846358 from threonine and isoleucine; and wherein the amino acid at position -4 is selected from the group consisting of glutamic acid, lysine, arginine and aspartame 12. The isolated polypeptide of claim 1, wherein the amino acid at the position is leucine; wherein the amino acid at position -1 is tryptophan; The amino acid at position -3 is selected from the group consisting of threonine and isoleucine; and wherein the amino acid at position -4 is selected from the group consisting of lysine and arginine. The isolated polypeptide, wherein the polypeptide comprises a sequence selected from the sequence of the HtrAl PDZ domain binding peptide set forth in Table 1. The isolated polypeptide of claim 1, wherein the polypeptide comprises the sequence DIETWLL (SEQ ID NO) : 3), GWKTWIL (SEQ ID NO: 4), DSRIWWV (SEQ ID NO: 5) or WDKIWHV (SEQ ID NO: 6) o 15. The isolated polypeptide of claim 1, wherein the polypeptide comprises the sequence DSRIWWV (SEQ ID NO: 5). The isolated polypeptide of claim 1, wherein the polypeptide directly interacts with at least one specific HtrAl-PDZ domain residue. 17. The isolated polypeptide of claim 16, wherein C The terminal carboxylate group is coordinated to at least one HtrAl PDZ domain residue selected from the group consisting of Ile383, Ile385 and Gly384. 18. The polypeptide of claim 16, wherein the amino acid at position -1 is at least one selected from the group consisting of Tyr3 82. Dynamic interaction of the HtrA1 PDZ domain residues of Arg386 and Ile418. 19. The isolated polypeptide of claim 16, wherein The tryptophan acid at position -2 interacts with at least one HtrAl PDZ domain residue 128788.doc 200846358 base selected from Ala445, Met387 and Gln446. 20. The isolated polypeptide of claim 16, wherein the amino group at position -3 The acid interacts with at least one HtrAl PDZ domain residue selected from the group consisting of Ile415 and Arg386. The isolated polypeptide of claim 16, wherein the polypeptide interacts and/or coordinates with at least one HtrAl PDZ domain residue selected from the group consisting of Tyr382, Ile383, Gly384, Met387 and S389. An isolated polypeptide which specifically binds to a HtrAl PDZ domain, wherein the polypeptide comprises a sequence having a tryptophan acid at position -2 relative to the acidic amino acid. The isolated polypeptide of claim 22, wherein the polypeptide comprises a sequence of the formula XI-X2-W-X3-X4, wherein the XI is selected from the group consisting of lysine and leucine; wherein the X2 is selected from the group consisting of leucine , sulphate, arginine, alanine and valine; wherein X3 is selected from the group consisting of glycine, serine, phenylalanine and leucine; and wherein X4 is an acidic amino acid. 24. The isolated polypeptide of claim 23, wherein X3 is glycine and X4 is selected from the group consisting of glutamic acid and aspartic acid. An isolated polypeptide which specifically binds to the HtrAl PDZ domain and which comprises a C-terminus, N comprising an amino acid sequence of a peptide selected from the amino acid sequences listed in Tables 1, 2 and 3. End or internal amino acid sequence. 26. The polypeptide of claim 25, wherein the C-terminal amino acid sequence is selected from the group consisting of DIETWLL (SEQ ID NO: 3) ^ GWKTWIL (SEQ ID NO: 4) &gt; DSRIWWV (SEQ ID NO: 5) and WDKIWHV ( SEQ ID NO: 6) o 128788.doc 200846358 27. An isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence which competes with the polypeptide of any one of claims 1 to 26 for binding to the HtrAl PDZ domain. 28. An isolated polypeptide which binds to the same epitope on the HtrA1 PDZ domain as the polypeptide of any one of claims 1 to 26. 29. An isolated polypeptide comprising a HtrAl PDZ variant, wherein at least one HtrAl PDZ domain residue selected from the group consisting of the following amino acid substitutions: Ile383, Ile385, Gly384, Tyr382, Arg386, Ile418, Ala445 Met 387, Gln446, Ile415, Arg386, Ser389, Lys380, Lys381, G1411, Tyr413, Ile414, Val417, Thr421 and Pro422. The polypeptide of claim 29, wherein the Ile4 18 is substituted with another amino acid. 31. The isolated polypeptide of claim 29 or 30, wherein the other amino acid is alanine. An isolated amino acid comprising an amino acid sequence which competes with a polypeptide of any one of claims 29 to 31 for binding to a ligand of the HtrAl PDZ domain. 3. An isolated polypeptide which binds to the same epitope on the ligand of the HtrAl PDZ domain as the polypeptide of any one of claims 29 to 31. 34. A method of identifying a compound that modulates an HtrAl PDZ domain-ligand interaction, comprising: comprising a fragment comprising a HtrAl PDZ domain, a HtrAl PDZ domain, and/or a functional equivalent thereof, and at least one such as claim 1- A sample of the polypeptide of any one of 27 is contacted with a candidate compound, and the HtrAl PDZ domain-ligand interaction 1287δ8 is determined in the presence of the candidate compound. (1οο -4- 200846358 曰/, the compound is not Compared with the case of existence; the change in the amount of HtrAl PDZ domain-ligand interaction in the presence of the candidate substance, and the amount in the absence of the candidate compound indicates that the candidate is The chelate is a compound that modulates the HtrAl PDZ domain-ligand interaction. • The HtrAl PDZ domain-coordinator interaction regulator is designed to contain or modify a The tryptophan acid is located at a position _2 relative to the C-terminus or relative to the position of the acidic residue in the peptide _2 where the modulator can specifically bind to the HtrAl PDZ domain. 36. Method wherein the peptide 37. The method of claim 35, wherein the position lanthanide is selected from the group consisting of leucine and amidoxime, wherein position-1 is selected from the group consisting of tryptophan, isoleucine, and phenylalanine; 3 is selected from the group consisting of sulphate and isoleucine; and wherein the position 4 is selected from the group consisting of sulphate, aspartic acid, lysine, and arginine. 38. The method of claim 35, wherein the position is 〇 Is selected from the group consisting of leucine and valine; wherein position-1 is tryptophan; wherein position-3 is selected from the group consisting of threonine and isoleucine; and wherein position-4 is selected from the group consisting of glutamic acid and aspartame Acid. 39. Use of a HtrAl PDZ domain-ligand modulator for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of pathological conditions associated with abnormal regulation of HtrAl protein activity, wherein the modulator modulates the HtrAl PDZ domain The interaction with the polypeptide of any one of claims 1 to 26. 40. The use of claim 39, wherein the pathological condition is selected from the group consisting of malignant and benign tumors or cancer, non-leukemia and lymphoid malignancy Diseases, neurodegenerative disorders, inflammatory and immune disorders, and intraocular neovascular diseases. 128788.doc 200846358 41. 42. 43. The use of claim 39, wherein the steroidal T-Terminal inhibits the interaction between the HtrAl PDZ domain and the compound of the ceramide, as in the use of the ninth aspect, wherein The gentleman ^ Y $ modulator enhances the interaction between the HtrAl PDZ domain and the 5H polypeptide. For example, the HtrAl pDz domain ligand of any of the items 1 to 26 is used: 'It is used for manufacturing A drug that treats pathological conditions associated with abnormal regulation of the activity of this phantom protein. θ长項43之用述’其中該病理學病狀係選自惡性及良 性腫瘤或癌症、非白血病及淋巴樣惡性疾病、神經退化 f生病症、發炎及免疫病症及眼内新血管疾病。 45· -種如請求項α26中任一項之多肤與此^ pDz域相互 A1蛋白貝活性之调控異常相關之病理學病狀之藥 物。 46.如請求項45之用途’其中該病理學病狀係選自惡性及良 性腫瘤或癌症、非白血病及淋巴樣惡性疾病、神經退化 性病症、發炎及免疫病症及眼内新血管疾病。 47· -種HtrAl PDZ域與一或多種HtrA1咖域配位體相互作 用之拮抗劑之用途,其係用於製造供治療與mrAi蛋白 貝/舌性之调控異常相關之病理學病狀之藥物。 48·如請求項47之用途,其中該病理學病狀係選自惡性及良 性腫瘤或癌症、㈣血病及淋巴樣惡性疾病、神經退化 性病症、發炎及免疫病症及眼内新血管疾病。 49· 一種分離之多肽,其與mrA3 pDZ域特異性結合,其中 128788.doc 200846358 該多肽包含一個在相對於C端之位置-1具有色胺酸之序 列。 50·如請求項49之分離之多肽,其中該多肽具有總體疏水性 特徵。 5 1 ·如請求項49之分離之多肽,其中該多肽進一步包含一個 選自纈胺酸、異白胺酸及丙胺酸之胺基酸在位置〇。 52 ·如請求項49之分離之多肽,其中該多肽進一步包含一個 選自甘胺酸及絲胺酸之胺基酸在位置-3。 鲁 53·如請求項49之分離之多肽,其中該位置〇之胺基酸係選 自纈胺酸、異白胺酸及丙胺酸;且其中該位置-3之胺基 酸係選自甘胺酸及絲胺酸。 5 4.如請求項49之分離之多肽,其中該位置〇之胺基酸為纈 胺酸且該位置-3之胺基酸係選自甘胺酸及絲胺酸。 55·如請求項49之分離之多肽,其中該多肽包含一個選自表 1及表3中所列出之HtrA3 PDZ域結合肽之序列的序列。 56·如請求項49之分離之多狀’其中該多狀包含序列 • PGRWV(SEQ ID NO: 7)、SGKGIWV(SEQ ID NO: 8)、 GFWV(SEQ ID NO: 9)、IFDGRWI(SEQ ID NO: 10)、 FGRWV(SEQ ID NO: 11)、RSWWV(SEQ ID NO: 12)、 FGRWI(SEQ ID NO: 13)、FGRWL(SEQ ID NO: 14)、 GRWV(SEQ ID NO: 15)、WV、FLRWV(SEQ ID NO: 16)、FERWV(SEQ ID NO: 17)、FYRWV(SEQIDNO: 18)、FGAWV(SEQ ID NO: 19)及 FARWV(SEQ ID NO: 20) 〇 128788.doc 200846358 5 7.如請求項49之分離之多肽,其中該多肽包含序列 FGRWV(SEQ ID NO: 11)。 58. 如請求項49之分離之多肽,其中該多肽直接與至少一個 特異HtrA3-PDZ域殘基相互作用。 59. 如請求項58之分離之多肽,其中該C端羧酸酯基與至少 一個選自 Phe356、Ile357及 Gly358之 HtrA3 PDZ域殘基配 位。 60·如請求項58之分離之多肽,其中該位置·1之色胺酸與至 • 少一個選自Glu390及Ala392之HtrA3 PDZ域殘基相互作 用。 61. 如請求項58之分離之多肽,其中位置-2之胺基酸與HtrA3 PDZ域殘基Gln423相互作用。 62. 如請求項58之分離之多肽,其中該位置-3之胺基酸與 HtrA3PDZ域殘基Arg360相互作用。 63. 如請求項58之分離之多肽,其中該多肽與至少一個選自 Phe356、Ile357、Gly358、Glu390、Ala392、Gln423 及 ^ Arg360之HtrA3 PDZ域殘基相互作用及/或配位。 64. —種分離之多肽,其與HtrA3 PDZ域特異性結合,其中 該多肽包含一個在一或多個疏水性殘基之後具有一個保 守酸性殘基之序列。 65. 如請求項64之分離之多肽,其中該多肽包含序列WVL。 66. 如請求項64之分離之多肽,其中該多肽包含序列 GVVVDEWMLSLL(SEQ ID NO: 21)、GVVVDEWVLSLL (SEQ ID NO: 22)、ELLVDGYVLELL(SEQ ID NO: 23)或 128788.doc 200846358 GVVVNEWVLSLL(SEQ ID NO: 24)。 67·如請求項64之分離之多肽,其中該多肽包含一個選自表 2中所列出之HtrA3 PDZ域結合序列之序列。 68. —種分離之多肽,其與HtrA3 PDZ域特異性結合,且包 含一個包括選自表1、2及3中所列出之胺基酸序列之肽 的胺基酸序列之C端、N端或内部胺基酸序列。 69·如請求項68之多肽,其中該C端胺基酸序列係選自 PGRWV(SEQ ID NO: 7)、SGKGIWV(SEQ ID NO: 8)、 GFWV(SEQ ID NO: 9) &gt; IFDGRWI(SEQ ID NO: 10)、 FGRWV(SEQ ID NO: 11)、RSWWV(SEQ ID NO: 12)、 FGRWI(SEQ ID NO: 13) &gt; FGRWL(SEQ ID NO: 14)、 GRWV(SEQ ID NO: 15)、WV、FLRWV(SEQ ID NO: 16)、FERWV(SEQ ID NO: 17)、FYRWV(SEQ ID NO: 18)、FGAWV(SEQ ID NO: 19)及 FARWV(SEQ ID NO: 20) 〇 70. —種分離之多肽,其包含一個與如請求項49至69中任一 項之多肽競爭結合於HtrA3 PDZ域之胺基酸序列。 7 1. —種分離之多肽,其與如請求項4 9至6 9中任一項之多肽 結合於HtrA3 PDZ域上之同一抗原決定基。 72· —種分離之多肽,其包含HtrA3 PDZ變異體序列,其中 至少一個選自 βΝ:β1-1、βΝ:β1-2 及 βΐ-ΐ、Glu390、 Ala392、Gln423 及 Arg360 之 HtrA3 PDZ域殘基經另一個 胺基酸取代。 73·如請求項72之分離之多肽,其中Glu390及/或Ala392經另 128788.doc -9 - 200846358 一個胺基酸取代。 74.如請求項72或73之分離之多肽,其中該另一個胺基酸為 丙胺酸。 75· —種分離之多肽,其包含一個與如請求項72至74中任一 項之多肽競爭結合於HtrA3 PDZ域之配位體之胺基酸序 列。 76. —種分離之多肽,其與如請求項72至74中任一項之多肽 結合於Htr A3 PDZ域之配位體上之同一抗原決定基。 ® 77. —種鑑別可調節HtrA3 PDZ域-配位體相互作用之化合物 之方法,其包含使一個包含11忖八3?02域、11忖八3?02域 之片段及/或其功能相等物及至少一種如請求項49至69中 任一項之多肽的樣品與一種候選化合物接觸,及測定在 該候選化合物存在之情況下HtrA3 PDZ域-配位體相互作 用之量,與該候選化合物不存在之情況下相比;由在該 候選化合物存在之情況下HtrA3 PDZ域-配位體相互作用 之量與在該候選化合物不存在之情況下之量相比的變化 ^ 表明該候選化合物為可調節HtrA3 PDZ域-配位體相互作 用之化合物。 78. —種合理設計HtrA3 PDZ域-配位體相互作用之調節劑之 方法,其包含設計該調節劑以包含或模擬一個色胺酸位 於相對於C端之位置-1或相對於肽中白胺酸之位置-2之功 能,其中該調節劑可與Htr A3 PDZ域特異性結合。 79. 如請求項78之方法,其中位置0係選自纈胺酸、異白胺 酸及丙胺酸;其中位置-1為色胺酸;且其中位置-3係選 128788.doc -10- 200846358 自甘胺酸及絲胺酸。 80·如請求項78之方法,其中位置0為纈胺酸;其中位置-1為 色胺酸;且其中位置-3係選自甘胺酸及絲胺酸。 8 1 ·如請求項78之方法,其中該調節劑包含胺基酸序列色胺 酸-綠胺酸-白胺酸。 82· —種HtrA3 PDZ域-配位體調節劑之用途,其係用於製造 供治療與HtrA3蛋白質活性之調控異常相關之病理學病 狀之藥物,其中該調節劑可調節HtrA3 PDZ域與如請求 鲁 項49-69中任一項之多肽之間的相互作用。 83. 如請求項82之用途,其中該病理學病狀係選自惡性及良 性腫瘤或癌症、非白血病及淋巴樣惡性疾病及胎盤功能 障礙。 84. 如請求項82之用途,其中該調節劑抑制HtrA3 PDZ域與 該多肽之間的相互作用。 85·如請求項82之用途,其中該調節劑增強Hti*A3 PDZ域與 該多肽之間的相互作用。 ® 86. —種如請求項49至69中任一項之HtrA3 PDZ域配位體之 用途,其係用於製造供治療與HtrA3蛋白質活性之調控 異常相關之病理學病狀之藥物。 87.如請求項82之用途,其中該病理學病狀係選自惡性及良 性腫瘤或癌症、非白血病及淋巴樣惡性疾病及胎盤功能 障礙。 8 8. —種如請求項49至69中任一項之多肽與Hti:A3 PDZ域相 互作用之促效劑的用途,其係用於製造供治療與HtrA3 128788.doc -11 - 200846358 蛋白質活性之調控異常相關之病理學病狀之藥物。 89·如請求項88之用途,其中該病理學病狀係選自惡性及良 性腫瘤或癌症、非白血病及淋巴樣惡性疾病及胎盤功能 障礙。 90· —種HtrA3 PDZ域與一或多種HtrA3 PDZ域配位體相互作 用之拮抗劑的用途,其係用於製造供治療與Η“Α3蛋白 質活性之調控異常相關之病理學病狀之藥物。 91·如請求項88之用途,其中該病理學病狀係選自惡性及良 鲁 性腫瘤或癌症、非白血病及淋巴樣惡性疾病及胎盤功能 障礙。 92· —種分離之聚核苷酸,其編碼如請求項1至33及49至76 中任一項之多肽,或其互補序列。 93. —種載體,其包含如請求項92之聚核苷酸。 94· 一種宿主細胞,其包含如請求項93之载體。 95 · —種產生多肽之方法,其包含如請求項94之宿主細胞在 • 該聚核苷酸得以表現之條件下培養。 96· —種轉殖基因之非人類哺乳動物,其表現如請求項%之 聚核苷酸。 97.如請求項96之轉殖基因之非人類哺乳動物,其中至少一 個原HtrAl或HtrA3基因已不活化。 98· —種抗體,其與如請求項1至26及49至69中任一項之多 肽特異性結合,或其片段。 99· 一種抗體,其與如請求項27至33及70至76中任一項之多 肽特異性結合,或其片段。 128788.doc -12- 200846358 100, —種套組,其包含至少一種如請求項1至33或49至76中 任一項之多肽及一種與如請求項92之聚核苷酸選擇性雜 交之化合物。The term "the term" is selected from the group consisting of malignant and benign tumors or cancer, non-leukemia and lymphoid malignant diseases, neurodegenerative diseases, inflammatory and immune disorders, and intraocular neovascular diseases. 45. A drug according to the pathological condition associated with the abnormal regulation of the A1 protein shell activity of the polypeptide of any one of the claims α26. 46. The use of claim 45 wherein the pathological condition is selected from the group consisting of malignant and benign tumors or cancer, non-leukemia and lymphoid malignancies, neurodegenerative disorders, inflammatory and immune disorders, and intraocular neovascular disorders. 47. Use of an antagonist of the interaction of a HtrAl PDZ domain with one or more HtrA1 coffee domain ligands for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of pathological conditions associated with abnormal regulation of mrAi protein shell/tongue . 48. The use of claim 47, wherein the pathological condition is selected from the group consisting of malignant and benign tumors or cancer, (4) blood diseases and lymphoid malignancies, neurodegenerative disorders, inflammatory and immune disorders, and intraocular neovascular disorders. 49. An isolated polypeptide that specifically binds to the mrA3 pDZ domain, wherein 128788.doc 200846358 the polypeptide comprises a sequence having tryptophan at position -1 relative to the C-terminus. 50. The isolated polypeptide of claim 49, wherein the polypeptide has an overall hydrophobic character. The polypeptide according to claim 49, wherein the polypeptide further comprises an amino acid selected from the group consisting of lysine, isoleucine and alanine at a position 〇. 52. The isolated polypeptide of claim 49, wherein the polypeptide further comprises an amino acid selected from the group consisting of glycine and serine at position -3. 5. The isolated polypeptide of claim 49, wherein the amino acid at the position is selected from the group consisting of lysine, isoleucine, and alanine; and wherein the amino acid at position -3 is selected from the group consisting of glycine Acid and serine. 5. The isolated polypeptide of claim 49, wherein the amino acid at the position is guanamic acid and the amino acid at position -3 is selected from the group consisting of glycine and serine. 55. The isolated polypeptide of claim 49, wherein the polypeptide comprises a sequence selected from the group consisting of the HtrA3 PDZ domain binding peptides set forth in Tables 1 and 3. 56. The isolated polymorphism of claim 49, wherein the polymorphic sequence comprises: PGRWV (SEQ ID NO: 7), SGKGIWV (SEQ ID NO: 8), GFWV (SEQ ID NO: 9), IFDGRWI (SEQ ID NO: 10), FGRWV (SEQ ID NO: 11), RSWWV (SEQ ID NO: 12), FGRWI (SEQ ID NO: 13), FGRWL (SEQ ID NO: 14), GRWV (SEQ ID NO: 15), WV, FLRWV (SEQ ID NO: 16), FERWV (SEQ ID NO: 17), FYRWV (SEQ ID NO: 18), FGAWV (SEQ ID NO: 19), and FARWV (SEQ ID NO: 20) 〇 128788.doc 200846358 5 7. The isolated polypeptide of claim 49, wherein the polypeptide comprises the sequence FGRWV (SEQ ID NO: 11). 58. The isolated polypeptide of claim 49, wherein the polypeptide interacts directly with at least one specific HtrA3-PDZ domain residue. 59. The isolated polypeptide of claim 58, wherein the C-terminal carboxylate group is coordinated to at least one HtrA3 PDZ domain residue selected from the group consisting of Phe356, Ile357, and Gly358. 60. The isolated polypeptide of claim 58, wherein the tryptophan acid at position 1 interacts with at least one HtrA3 PDZ domain residue selected from the group consisting of Glu390 and Ala392. 61. The isolated polypeptide of claim 58, wherein the amino acid at position-2 interacts with the HtrA3 PDZ domain residue Gln423. 62. The isolated polypeptide of claim 58, wherein the amino acid at position -3 interacts with the HtrA3PDZ domain residue Arg360. 63. The isolated polypeptide of claim 58, wherein the polypeptide interacts and/or coordinates with at least one HtrA3 PDZ domain residue selected from the group consisting of Phe356, Ile357, Gly358, Glu390, Ala392, Gln423, and ^Arg360. 64. An isolated polypeptide that specifically binds to a HtrA3 PDZ domain, wherein the polypeptide comprises a sequence having one acidic residue after one or more hydrophobic residues. 65. The isolated polypeptide of claim 64, wherein the polypeptide comprises the sequence WVL. 66. The isolated polypeptide of claim 64, wherein the polypeptide comprises the sequence GVVVDEWMLSLL (SEQ ID NO: 21), GVVVDEWVLSLL (SEQ ID NO: 22), ELLVDGYVLELL (SEQ ID NO: 23), or 128788.doc 200846358 GVVVNEWVLSLL (SEQ ID NO: 24). 67. The isolated polypeptide of claim 64, wherein the polypeptide comprises a sequence selected from the HtrA3 PDZ domain binding sequences set forth in Table 2. 68. An isolated polypeptide that specifically binds to the HtrA3 PDZ domain and comprises a C-terminus, N comprising an amino acid sequence comprising a peptide selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Tables 1, 2 and 3. End or internal amino acid sequence. 69. The polypeptide of claim 68, wherein the C-terminal amino acid sequence is selected from the group consisting of PGRWV (SEQ ID NO: 7), SGKGIWV (SEQ ID NO: 8), GFWV (SEQ ID NO: 9) &gt; IFDGRWI ( SEQ ID NO: 10), FGRWV (SEQ ID NO: 11), RSWWV (SEQ ID NO: 12), FGRWI (SEQ ID NO: 13) &gt; FGRWL (SEQ ID NO: 14), GRWV (SEQ ID NO: 15), WV, FLRWV (SEQ ID NO: 16), FERWV (SEQ ID NO: 17), FYRWV (SEQ ID NO: 18), FGAWV (SEQ ID NO: 19), and FARWV (SEQ ID NO: 20) 70. An isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence which competes with the polypeptide of any one of claims 49 to 69 for binding to the HtrA3 PDZ domain. 7. An isolated polypeptide which binds to the same epitope on the HtrA3 PDZ domain as the polypeptide of any one of claims 49 to 69. 72. An isolated polypeptide comprising a HtrA3 PDZ variant sequence, at least one of which is selected from the group consisting of βΝ:β1-1, βΝ:β1-2 and βΐ-ΐ, Glu390, Ala392, Gln423 and Arg360 HtrA3 PDZ domain residues Substituted by another amino acid. 73. The isolated polypeptide of claim 72, wherein Glu390 and/or Ala392 is substituted with an amino acid of another 128788.doc -9 - 200846358. 74. The isolated polypeptide of claim 72 or 73, wherein the other amino acid is alanine. 75. An isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence which competes with a polypeptide of any one of claims 72 to 74 for binding to a ligand of the HtrA3 PDZ domain. 76. An isolated polypeptide which binds to the same epitope on a ligand of the Htr A3 PDZ domain as the polypeptide of any one of claims 72 to 74. ® 77. A method for identifying a compound that modulates an HtrA3 PDZ domain-ligand interaction, comprising a fragment comprising a 11忖8-3?02 domain, a 11忖8-3?02 domain, and/or its function And a sample of at least one polypeptide according to any one of claims 49 to 69 in contact with a candidate compound, and determining the amount of HtrA3 PDZ domain-ligand interaction in the presence of the candidate compound, and the candidate compound In the absence of the case; the change in the amount of HtrA3 PDZ domain-ligand interaction in the presence of the candidate compound compared to the amount in the absence of the candidate compound indicates that the candidate compound is A compound that modulates the HtrA3 PDZ domain-ligand interaction. 78. A method of rationally designing a modulator of HtrA3 PDZ domain-ligand interaction, comprising designing the modulator to comprise or mimic a tryptophan at a position relative to the C-terminus-1 or relative to the peptide The function of position -2 of the amino acid, wherein the modulator specifically binds to the Htr A3 PDZ domain. 79. The method of claim 78, wherein position 0 is selected from the group consisting of lysine, isoleucine, and alanine; wherein position-1 is tryptophan; and wherein position-3 is selected 128788.doc -10- 200846358 From glycine and serine. 80. The method of claim 78, wherein position 0 is proline; wherein position -1 is tryptophan; and wherein position -3 is selected from the group consisting of glycine and serine. The method of claim 78, wherein the modulator comprises an amino acid sequence tryptophan- lysine-leucine. 82. Use of a HtrA3 PDZ domain-ligand modulator for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a pathological condition associated with abnormal regulation of HtrA3 protein activity, wherein the modulator modulates the HtrA3 PDZ domain and The interaction between the polypeptides of any of the items 49-69 is claimed. 83. The use of claim 82, wherein the pathological condition is selected from the group consisting of a malignant and benign tumor or cancer, a non-leukemia and a lymphoid malignancy, and a placental dysfunction. 84. The use of claim 82, wherein the modulator inhibits the interaction between the HtrA3 PDZ domain and the polypeptide. 85. The use of claim 82, wherein the modulator enhances the interaction between the Hti*A3 PDZ domain and the polypeptide. The use of the HtrA3 PDZ domain ligand according to any one of claims 49 to 69 for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a pathological condition associated with abnormal regulation of HtrA3 protein activity. 87. The use of claim 82, wherein the pathological condition is selected from the group consisting of malignant and benign tumors or cancer, non-leukemia and lymphoid malignancies, and placental dysfunction. 8. The use of an agonist for interacting with a Hti:A3 PDZ domain of any one of claims 49 to 69 for use in the manufacture of a protein for treatment with HtrA3 128788.doc -11 - 200846358 A drug that modulates pathological conditions associated with abnormalities. 89. The use of claim 88, wherein the pathological condition is selected from the group consisting of malignant and benign tumors or cancer, non-leukemia and lymphoid malignancies, and placental dysfunction. 90. Use of an antagonist of the interaction of a HtrA3 PDZ domain with one or more HtrA3 PDZ domain ligands for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of pathological conditions associated with the regulation of Α3 protein activity. 91. The use of claim 88, wherein the pathological condition is selected from the group consisting of malignant and benign tumors or cancer, non-leukemia and lymphoid malignancies, and placental dysfunction. 92. The polypeptide of any one of claims 1 to 33 and 49 to 76, or a complement thereof. 93. A vector comprising the polynucleotide of claim 92. 94. A host cell comprising A vector according to claim 93. A method for producing a polypeptide comprising the host cell of claim 94 cultured under conditions in which the polynucleotide is expressed. 96. A mammal, which exhibits a polynucleotide of the claim %. 97. A non-human mammal of the gene of claim 96, wherein at least one of the original HtrAl or HtrA3 genes has not been activated. With request item 1 The specific binding of the polypeptide of any of 26 and 49 to 69, or a fragment thereof. 99. An antibody which specifically binds to the polypeptide of any one of claims 27 to 33 and 70 to 76, or a fragment thereof. 128788.doc -12-200846358 100, a kit comprising at least one polypeptide according to any one of claims 1 to 33 or 49 to 76 and a selective hybridization with the polynucleotide of claim 92 Compound. 128788.doc -13-128788.doc -13-
TW097105456A 2007-02-16 2008-02-15 HtrA1-PDZ and HtrA3-PDZ modulators TW200846358A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US89042807P 2007-02-16 2007-02-16

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200846358A true TW200846358A (en) 2008-12-01

Family

ID=39590928

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW097105456A TW200846358A (en) 2007-02-16 2008-02-15 HtrA1-PDZ and HtrA3-PDZ modulators

Country Status (6)

Country Link
EP (1) EP2111413A2 (en)
AR (1) AR065370A1 (en)
CL (1) CL2008000493A1 (en)
PE (1) PE20081795A1 (en)
TW (1) TW200846358A (en)
WO (1) WO2008101160A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7989160B2 (en) 2006-02-13 2011-08-02 Alethia Biotherapeutics Inc. Polynucleotides and polypeptide sequences involved in the process of bone remodeling
US8168181B2 (en) 2006-02-13 2012-05-01 Alethia Biotherapeutics, Inc. Methods of impairing osteoclast differentiation using antibodies that bind siglec-15
CN103917556B (en) 2011-10-14 2018-02-06 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 Anti- HtrA1 antibody and application method
ES2723885T3 (en) 2012-07-19 2019-09-03 Daiichi Sankyo Co Ltd Anti-Siglec-15 antibodies
EP3368578B1 (en) 2015-10-30 2021-03-17 H. Hoffnabb-La Roche Ag Anti-htra1 antibodies and methods of use thereof
EP3423467B1 (en) * 2016-03-04 2021-04-28 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG New difluoroketamide derivatives as htra1 inhibitors
CN108699106B (en) 2016-03-04 2021-11-30 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Novel trifluoromethylpropionamide derivatives as HTRA1 inhibitors
CN109415330A (en) 2016-07-18 2019-03-01 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Novel difluoro keto acyl amine derivative as HTRA1 inhibitor
JP2019526564A (en) 2016-08-23 2019-09-19 エフ.ホフマン−ラ ロシュ アーゲーF. Hoffmann−La Roche Aktiengesellschaft Novel trifluoromethylpropanamide derivatives as HTRA1 inhibitors
CN109661389A (en) 2016-08-23 2019-04-19 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Novel difluoro keto acyl amine derivative as HTRA1 inhibitor
US11149067B2 (en) 2017-05-12 2021-10-19 Universität Duisburg-Essen Tailored cyclodepsipeptides as potent non-covalent serine protease inhibitors
US20220033450A1 (en) * 2018-10-22 2022-02-03 University Of Copenhagen Virally expressed inhibitors of pdz domains, such as pick1 and uses thereof
MX2022011051A (en) * 2020-03-06 2022-12-15 Univ Copenhagen Lipid conjugated peptide inhibitors of pick1.

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090087878A9 (en) * 1999-05-06 2009-04-02 La Rosa Thomas J Nucleic acid molecules associated with plants

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2008101160A3 (en) 2009-02-19
EP2111413A2 (en) 2009-10-28
CL2008000493A1 (en) 2008-06-27
AR065370A1 (en) 2009-06-03
WO2008101160A2 (en) 2008-08-21
PE20081795A1 (en) 2009-01-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW200846358A (en) HtrA1-PDZ and HtrA3-PDZ modulators
Peletskaya et al. Characterization of peptides that bind the tumor-associated Thomsen-Friedenreich antigen selected from bacteriophage display libraries
DK2738255T3 (en) ERAP1-Derived Peptide and its Use
US20070238667A1 (en) Compositions for treatment of cancer
CN101146822A (en) EphB receptor-binding peptides
US7977064B2 (en) Disheveled PDZ modulators
CN116650617A (en) Structure-based peptide inhibitors of alpha-synuclein aggregation
JP2013544798A (en) Methods and compositions for modulating the Wnt pathway
US8461299B2 (en) Peptide capable of binding to immunoglobulin
KR20140142293A (en) Engineered conformationally-stabilized proteins
Mercurio et al. Sam domain-based stapled peptides: Structural analysis and interaction studies with the Sam domains from the EphA2 receptor and the lipid phosphatase Ship2
Poblenz et al. Inhibition of RANKL-mediated osteoclast differentiation by selective TRAF6 decoy peptides
Westerfield et al. Conformational clamping by a membrane ligand activates the EphA2 receptor
US20090215666A1 (en) Vivit polypeptides, therapeutic agent comprising the same, and method of screening for anti-cancer agent
US20130022590A1 (en) Compositions Comprising Zinc Finger Domains and Uses Therefor
Li et al. SOS1-inspired hydrocarbon-stapled peptide as a pan-Ras inhibitor
CN110198729A (en) The selective inhibitor peptides of frizzled protein
CN115397513A (en) Improved anti-aging compounds and uses thereof
EA027940B1 (en) Peptides capable of inducing cytotoxic t lymphocytes and use thereof
JP2024504136A (en) &#34;Novel bicyclic peptide&#34;
Chen Characterization of Caspase-8 and p85alpha in Ovarian Cancer
Spiliotopoulos et al. Discovery of peptide ligands targeting a specific ubiquitin-like domain-binding site in the deubiquitinase USP11 Anastasios Spiliotopoulos1, 2, Lia Blokpoel Ferreras1, Ruth M. Densham3, Simon G. Caulton1, Ben C. Maddison4, Joanna R. Morris3, James E. Dixon1, Kevin C. Gough2* and Ingrid Dreveny1
WO2014130408A1 (en) Regulators of rab5 activity
Kirchhofer Structural and functional analysis of RIG-I like helicases: modulating spectral properties of the green fluorescent protein with nanobodies
Kirchhofer Structural and Functional Analysis of RIG-I Like Helicases